Jefferson Capital, Inc. / DE (Form: S-1, Received: 05/21/2025 17:14:56)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on May 21, 2025.

Registration No. 333-

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Jefferson Capital, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

6153

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

33-1923926

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

600 South Highway 169, Suite 1575
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55426
Phone Number: (320) 229-8505

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

David Burton
Chief Executive Officer
600 South Highway 169, Suite 1575
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55426
Phone Number: (320) 229-8505

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

Marc D. Jaffe
Erika Weinberg
Latham & Watkins LLP
1271 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10020
(212) 906-1200

Matthew Pfohl
Chief Administrative Officer and
General Counsel
Jefferson Capital, Inc.
600 South Highway 169, Suite 1575
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55426
(320) 229-8505

Alexander D. Lynch
Michael Stein
Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
767 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York 10153
(212) 310-8000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

	Large accelerated filer ☐									Accelerated filer ☐
	Non-accelerated filer ☒									Smaller reporting company ☐
										Emerging growth company ☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, dated , 2025

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

Jefferson Capital, Inc.

Common Stock

This is the initial public offering of the common stock of Jefferson Capital, Inc. We are offering shares of our common stock, and the selling stockholders named in this prospectus are offering shares of our common stock.

We expect the public offering price to be between $ and $ per share. Currently, no public market exists for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “JCAP.” This offering is contingent upon final approval of the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq, which we expect to occur promptly after the date of this prospectus.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings. See “Prospectus Summary — Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 35 of this prospectus for factors you should consider before investing in our common stock.

Per Share

Total

Public offering price

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

(1)

See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved percent of the shares of common stock to be issued by us and offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to certain of our directors, officers and employees and friends and family members of certain of our directors, officers and employees. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus. Jefferies LLC will administer our directed share program. See “Underwriting — Directed Share Program.”

The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an additional shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock offered by the selling stockholders, including upon the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

Immediately following this offering, funds controlled by our sponsor, J.C. Flowers & Co. LLC (“J.C. Flowers”), will beneficially own shares collectively representing approximately % of the voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock (or % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders). As a result, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the Nasdaq. As a “controlled company,” we are permitted to elect not to comply with certain corporate governance rules of the Nasdaq. See the section titled “Management — Controlled Company Status.”

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

This is a firm commitment underwritten offering. The underwriters expect to deliver shares of our common stock against payment in New York, New York on or about , 2025.

Lead Bookrunning Managers

	Jefferies			Keefe, Bruyette & Woods
				A Stifel Company

Bookrunning Managers

Citizens Capital Markets

Raymond James

Truist Securities

Capital One Securities

DNB Carnegie

Regions Securities LLC

Synovus

Co-Managers

FHN Financial Securities Corp.

ING

The date of this prospectus is , 2025.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table of Contents
	PAGE
Prospectus Summary		1
Risk Factors		35
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements		56
Use of Proceeds		58
Dividend Policy		59
Capitalization		60
The Reorganization		64
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		74
Business		116
Management		152
Executive Compensation		159
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions		171
Principal and Selling Stockholders		174
Description of Capital Stock		176
Shares Eligible for Future Sale		182
Description of Certain Indebtedness		184
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders		188
Underwriting		192
Legal Matters		201
Experts		202
Where You Can Find More Information		203
Index to Financial Statements		F-1

Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared or that have been prepared on our behalf, or to which we have referred you. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered by this prospectus, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

The market data and other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, reports by market research firms or other published independent sources. Certain market, ranking and industry data included in this prospectus, including the size of certain markets, our size or position and the positions of our competitors within these markets, and our solutions relative to our competitors, are based on the estimates of our management. These estimates have been derived from our management’s knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate, as well as information obtained from surveys, reports by market research firms, trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate. Unless otherwise noted, all of our market share and market position information presented in this prospectus is generally based on a number of sources and factors, including publicly available information about the distressed and insolvent receivables markets and our competitors, the size of our client base and management’s experience in, and knowledge of, our industry and competitive landscape. In addition, the discussion herein regarding our various markets is based on how we define the markets for our solutions.

This prospectus includes industry data that we obtained from periodic industry publications. Although we believe the market and industry data, forecasts and projections included in this prospectus are reliable, we have not independently verified any data from third-party sources, nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. Assumptions and estimates of our and our industry’s future performance are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause our future performance to differ materially from our assumptions and estimates. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

The sources of these periodic industry publications are provided below:

▪

Federal Reserve Bank of New York, Center for Microeconomic Data, Quarterly Report on Household Debt and Credit, February 2025;

▪

Equifax, U.S. National Consumer Credit Trends Report: Originations, January 2025;

▪

Kroll Bond Rating Agency, U.S. Auto Loan ABS Indices: March 2025;

▪

Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis, Charge-Off Rate on Other Consumer Loans, All Commercial Banks, accessed March 2025;

▪

Government of Canada, 2019 and 2024 Insolvency Statistics in Canada, accessed March 2025;

▪

Statistics Canada, Table 36-10-0639-01 Credit liabilities of households (x 1,000,000), accessed March 2025;

▪

Transunion Credit Industry Insights Report, Quarterly Overview of Consumer Credit Trends Released by TransUnion Canada, Fourth Quarter 2019;

▪

Transunion Credit Industry Insights Report, Quarterly Overview of Consumer Credit Trends Released by TransUnion Canada, Fourth Quarter 2020;

▪

Transunion Credit Industry Insights Report, Quarterly Overview of Consumer Credit Trends Released by TransUnion Canada, Fourth Quarter 2023;

▪

Transunion Credit Industry Insights Report, Quarterly Overview of Consumer Credit Trends Released by TransUnion Canada, Second Quarter 2024;

▪

Bank of England, Bankstats tables, accessed March 2025;

▪

Bank of England, LPMBI2O Database, accessed March 2025;

▪

Ofcom, Pricing trends for communications services in the UK, December 2024;

▪

Ofgem, Debt and Arrears Indicators, Q4 2024; and

▪

Superintendencia Financiera de Colombia, Evolución cartera de créditos, accessed March 2025.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS

We own or have rights to trademarks, service marks or trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business, including, but not limited to, Jefferson Capital Systems, LLC®, CreditLogistics®, PrecisionHandler Solution®, BankruptcyStream®, VeriCredit® and OptimizedOffer Solution®. In addition, we have trademark and service mark rights to our names, logos and website names and addresses. Other trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, in some cases, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® symbol and ™ symbol, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks or trade names.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Organizational Structure

Our business operations have generally been conducted through Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries. JCAP TopCo, LLC is a holding company and the direct parent of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC. Jefferson Capital, Inc., the issuer in this offering, was formed in connection with this offering and has not engaged in any business or other activities other than those incidental to its formation, the reorganization transactions described herein and the preparation of this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Following a series of transactions that we will engage in immediately prior to the completion of this offering, which we refer to collectively as the “Reorganization,” Jefferson Capital, Inc. will become a holding company with no material assets other than 100% of the equity interests in JCAP TopCo, LLC, which will remain a holding company with no material assets other than 100% of the equity interests in Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC. Jefferson Capital, Inc. will also succeed to federal net operating losses (“NOLs”), state NOLs and tax credit carryforwards under Section 381 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) as a result of its acquisition in the Reorganization of certain affiliated corporations that held direct or indirect equity interests in JCAP TopCo, LLC. As indirect parent of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC following the Reorganization and this offering, Jefferson Capital, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs, and consolidate the financial results of, Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries. See “Reorganization” for a more detailed description of the Reorganization and a chart depicting our corporate structure after giving effect to the Reorganization and this offering.

Except where the context otherwise requires or where otherwise indicated, the terms “Jefferson Capital,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company,” “Company” and “our business” refer, prior to the Reorganization, to Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries, and after the Reorganization, to Jefferson Capital, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Presentation of Financial Information

Except where otherwise indicated, the consolidated financial statements and summary historical consolidated financial data included in this prospectus are those of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC, as the predecessor of the issuer, and do not give effect to the Reorganization. The consolidated financial statements of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC as of and for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 included in this prospectus have been audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”). The summary consolidated financial data of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC as of and for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, 2020 and 2019 have been derived from Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. Additionally, effective January 1, 2022, Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC prospectively adopted the following accounting standards: (i) ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842) Section A – Leases: Amendments to the FASB Account Standards Codification” (“ASU 2016-02”), which generally requires that a lessee should recognize both a liability for future lease payments and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term on the balance sheet, and (ii) ASC 326 – Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (“ASC 326”), commonly referred to as the Current Expected Credit Loss (“CECL”) standard, which generally requires companies to record a lifetime estimate of expected credit losses upon origination or purchase of a loan held at amortized cost. Due to the difference in standards, the financial data included in this prospectus for the years ended

iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 may not necessarily be comparable to the financial data for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

We acquired Canaccede Financial Group (“Canaccede”) in March 2020 (the “Canaccede Acquisition”). Our financial results for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, 2022 and 2021 include 12 months of operations of Canaccede, compared to 10 months for the year ended December 31, 2020 and zero months for the year ended December 31, 2019.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information of Jefferson Capital, Inc. presented in this prospectus has been derived by the application of pro forma adjustments to the historical consolidated financial statements of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC included elsewhere in this prospectus. These pro forma adjustments give effect to the Reorganization and the completion of this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds”. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2025 assumes these transactions occurred on March 31, 2025. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and the year ended December 31, 2024 present the pro forma effect of these transactions as if they occurred on January 1, 2024. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” for a detailed description of the adjustments and assumptions underlying the pro forma consolidated financial information included in this prospectus.

Unless otherwise indicated, all references to our financial information are to the consolidated financial information of the Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC, and references to “dollars” and “$” in this prospectus are to, and amounts are presented in, U.S. dollars.

Certain monetary amounts, percentages and other figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, figures shown as totals in certain tables or charts and figures expressed as percentages in the text may not total 100% or, as applicable, when aggregated may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the percentages that precede them.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES AND OTHER DATA

We use adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA, each of which is a financial measure not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”), to supplement our consolidated financial statements, which are presented in accordance with GAAP. Our management believes adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA help us provide enhanced period-to-period comparability of operations and financial performance and are useful to investors as other companies in our industry report similar financial measures. See “Prospectus Summary — Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for the definitions of adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA and related disclosure.

Adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation, or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

▪

adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

▪

adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

▪

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to make interest or principal payments, on our debts;

▪

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and

▪

other companies in our industry may calculate adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Because of these limitations, adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business.

Throughout this prospectus, we also provide a number of key business metrics used by management and typically used by our competitors in our industry. These and other key business metrics are discussed in more detail in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOSSARY

“buybacks” refers to the purchase price refunded by the seller due to the return of ineligible or otherwise repurchased accounts.

“cash efficiency ratio” is defined as (a) the sum of (i) collections, (ii) Servicing revenue, and (iii) Credit card revenue, minus (b) total operating expenses, all divided by (c) the sum of (i) collections, (ii) Servicing revenue, and (iii) Credit card revenue, each for the relevant period.

“CFPB” refers to the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.

“CMS” refers to our Compliance Management System. We have developed CMS to ensure compliance with all applicable laws, regulations, and industry best practices.

“collections” refers to collections on our owned finance receivables portfolios and recoveries on our credit card origination charge-offs.

“collections including servicing” refers to collections and servicing collections.

“cost-to-collect” refers to collection related expenses, excluding court costs, depreciation and amortization, professional fees and other expenses not directly related to current period collections, as a percentage of collections, including servicing collections.

“deployments” refers to all portfolios purchased in the ordinary course and excludes those added as a result of a business acquisition.

“estimated remaining collections” or “ERC” refers to the undiscounted sum of all future projected collections on our owned finance receivables portfolios.

“forward flow agreements” refers to contractual agreements to purchase future portfolios on a periodic basis at a pre-determined price where portfolios meet pre-defined portfolio characteristics.

“forward flow sales” refers to acquisitions through forward flow agreements.

“high street banks” refers to large banking institutions in the United Kingdom that provide retail banking services to consumers and small- and medium-sized businesses.

“insolvency” accounts or portfolios refer to accounts or portfolios of receivables that are in an insolvent status when we purchase them and as such are purchased as a pool of insolvent accounts. These accounts include Consumer Proposals in Canada and bankruptcy accounts in the United States and Canada.

“portfolio purchase” refers to a portfolio purchased or deployed, excluding those added as a result of a business acquisition.

“principal amortization” refers to collections applied to principal on owned finance receivables.

“purchase price” refers to the cash paid to a seller to acquire nonperforming loans.

“purchase price multiple” refers to the total estimated collections on owned finance receivables portfolios, without making any deduction for our cost-to-collect, divided by the purchase price, without factoring in the impact of leverage on the returns achieved.

“recoveries” refers to collections plus buybacks and other adjustments.

“Revolving Credit Facility” refers to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2021, by and among CL Holdings, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, Jefferson Capital Systems, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, JC International Acquisition, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, CFG Canada Funding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Citizens Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders from time-to-time party thereto, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2021, Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2022, Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2023, Amendment No. 4 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of

TABLE OF CONTENTS

September 29, 2023, Amendment No. 5 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2024, Amendment No. 6 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2024 and as further amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“servicing collections” refers to collection services provided to third-party receivable owners where we receive a fee for the collection of accounts placed with us.

“spot sales” refers to the sale of receivables in a single purchase transaction.

“ValuTiers” refers to the Company’s internally-developed and proprietary account segmentation model used to create homogenous account placements across portfolios to optimize collections and our cost-to-collect.

vii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus. You should carefully consider, among other things, the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a leading analytically driven purchaser and manager of charged-off and insolvency consumer accounts with operations primarily in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom and Latin America. The accounts we purchase are primarily the unpaid obligations of individuals owed to credit grantors, which include banks, non-bank consumer lenders, auto finance companies, utilities and telecom companies. Our core competency is the effective management of the collections function in strict compliance with applicable laws and regulations. We enable our clients to focus their operations on the origination of new loans to new customers and to better serve their active customers, while also enabling consumers to resolve their existing obligations based on their current financial circumstances as they improve their financial health. We purchase nonperforming consumer loans and receivables at a discount to their face value across a broad range of financial assets, including where the account holder has initiated a bankruptcy proceeding, or an equivalent proceeding in Canada or the United Kingdom. We manage the loans and receivables by working with the account holders as they repay their obligations and work toward financial recovery.

The following charts present a breakdown of our investment activity by asset class, by business line and by geography for the year ended December 31, 2024:

[MISSING IMAGE: pc_breakdowninvestment-4c.jpg]

For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the three months ended March 31, 2025, we reported net income of $128.9 million, $111.5 million and $64.2 million, respectively, and $242.1 million, $168.2 million and $92.0 million of adjusted EBITDA, respectively. For additional information regarding adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, see “— Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Information — Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Adjusted EBITDA.” The following charts summarize our annual revenue, net operating income, net income and adjusted EBITDA since 2019:

TABLE OF CONTENTS

[MISSING IMAGE: bc_summarizeannual-4c.jpg]

As of March 31, 2025, we had $2,837.9 million in ERC, up 3.4% compared to December 31, 2024. Over the course of 2025 and 2026, we expect to collect $1,420.1 million, or 50.0% of our total ERC. The following charts present the geographic breakdown of our current ERC as well as the breakdown by year as of March 31, 2025:

[MISSING IMAGE: pc_geographicbreakdown-4c.jpg]

Note: ERC refers to the undiscounted sum of all future projected collections on our owned finance receivables portfolios. For further information, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Key Business Metrics — Estimated Remaining Collections.”

We believe we have successfully navigated over 22 years of credit cycle fluctuations, changing market dynamics and evolving regulatory framework. During this time, we grew our collections through a combination of organic growth and the integration of several strategic acquisitions that have provided us with long-term consumer payment performance data in what we believe are attractive markets so we can price and analyze new deployments with confidence. A summary of our annual collections by region in the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada and Latin America is presented in the chart below:

TABLE OF CONTENTS

[MISSING IMAGE: bc_historicalcollection-4c.jpg]

(1)

Collections exclude forward flow purchases that were resold shortly after the purchase thereof and do not reflect typical collection multiples because there is no cost-to-collect for accounts that are resold. Excludes credit card collections from zero basis accounts associated with our Emblem Brand Credit Card and Fidem Finance, Inc.

During these years, we have utilized our data to deploy capital at what we believe are attractive returns in the United States and the United Kingdom. The platforms we acquired in Canada and Latin America provided us with 10 to 15 years of data and experience deploying in local markets that have helped us scale in these regions with confidence in our underwriting. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2022, we started to see one of the strongest deployment environments in our history, driven by the U.S. market. A summary of our deployments by region in the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada and Latin America are presented in the chart below:

[MISSING IMAGE: bc_historicaldeployment-4c.jpg]

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Markets

We operate in four geographic markets that also represent our reportable segments: the United States, where we have over 22 years of debt purchase experience and which represents $2,155.2 million, or 75.9%, of our ERC as of March 31, 2025; Canada, where we entered the market in 2020 through the acquisition of Canaccede, which has operated in Canada for over 16 years, and represents $317.8 million, or 11.2%, of our ERC as of March 31, 2025; the United Kingdom, where we have 15 years of operating experience and which represents $146.4 million, or 5.2%, of our ERC as of March 31, 2025; and Latin America, where we entered the market in 2021 and significantly expanded our presence in 2022 through the acquisition of the assets and certain entities of Refinancia, which has operated in Colombia for over 15 years, and represents $218.5 million, or 7.7%, of our ERC as of March 31, 2025.

United States

The United States is subject to a complex state, federal and local regulatory framework, which results in the most significant degree of oversight among our respective markets. This has the advantage of creating significant barriers to entry for platforms that lack the best-in-class compliance practices we have developed and employed since our founding. It has also resulted in substantial and ongoing industry consolidation since the CFPB was formed in 2011, a trend that has historically supported our strategic and opportunistic merger and acquisition activity. In addition to rigorous governmental oversight, our clients typically seek to protect their brand equity by imposing stringent onboarding requirements, regular compliance auditing and oversight, and choosing to sell only to debt buyers with the strongest track records for compliance.

In the United States, we primarily focus on acquiring and servicing accounts in consumer asset classes that are large and growing but also underpenetrated by other debt buyers. Examples include consumer installment loans, telecom receivables, auto finance loans, utilities receivables and small balance credit card receivables. We also opportunistically purchase nonperforming prime-originated large-balance credit card receivables, that certain other major debt purchasers in the United States focus primarily on, when we can deploy capital at attractive returns. Through years of purchasing and servicing of accounts, we have gathered a substantial amount of proprietary consumer data, which enables us to more precisely value these opaque assets, develop unique collections strategies, and engage in more efficient and effective collections activities. Our advantages from proprietary data, compliance track record and operational capabilities, in each of our target asset classes, limit competition and create attractive pricing dynamics. We employ a disciplined approach to determine how to allocate capital and choose to focus on markets where we believe we obtain high risk-adjusted returns.

We estimate the 2024 annual total addressable market (“TAM”) for the U.S. market to be approximately $167.8 billion based on the cumulative estimated annual face value of charge-offs for the asset classes listed below, which we have estimated annual face value charged-off based on estimated or reported outstanding balances as of December 31, 2024 and assumed loss rate proxies. We estimate that the TAM for the U.S. market was $115.7 billion in 2019, representing a cumulative 2019 to 2024 growth rate of 45.1%.

	2019 Full Year Market								2024 Full Year Market
				Estimated Annual								Estimated Annual					2019 – 2024 % Change
	2019 Balances			Charge-Off Ratio		Market Charge-Offs			2024 Balances			Charge-Off Ratio		Market Charge-Offs			Balances		Charge-Offs
	($ in billions)
Auto loans(1)		$	1,331.0		2.9%		$	39.2		$	1,655.0		2.8%		$	46.0		24.3%		17.4%
Non-prime			399.8		8.4%			33.5			429.9		8.9%			38.2		7.5%		14.0%
Prime			931.2		0.6%			5.7			1,225.1		0.6%			7.8		31.6%		37.1%
Personal loans(2)			432.0		3.3%			14.3			554.0		4.4%			24.5		28.2%		71.4%
Non-prime			155.5		7.6%			11.8			188.4		10.8%			20.3		21.1%		71.6%
Prime			276.5		0.9%			2.5			365.6		1.2%			4.2		32.2%		70.4%
Telecom and utilities(3)			37.6		9.5%			3.6			58.4		8.5%			5.0		55.4%		39.6%
Student loans(4)			1,508.0		0.5%			8.0			1,615.0		1.0%			16.9		7.1%		112.0%

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	2019 Full Year Market								2024 Full Year Market
				Estimated Annual								Estimated Annual					2019 – 2024 % Change
	2019 Balances			Charge-Off Ratio		Market Charge-Offs			2024 Balances			Charge-Off Ratio		Market Charge-Offs			Balances		Charge-Offs
	($ in billions)
Credit cards(5)			927.0		5.5%			50.6			1,211.0		6.2%			75.4		30.6%		48.9%
Non-prime			188.9		12.6%			23.7			170.8		15.6%			26.6		(9.6)%		12.4%
Prime			738.1		3.7%			26.9			1,040.2		4.7%			48.8		40.9%		81.1%
Total United States		$	4,235.6		2.7%		$	115.7		$	5,093.4		3.3%		$	167.8		20.3%		45.1%

(1)

Source: Federal Reserve Bank of New York, Kroll Bond Rating Agency “U.S. Auto Loan ABS Index.”

(2)

Source: Federal Reserve Bank of New York, Equifax “U.S. National Consumer Credit Trends Report: Originations,” Transunion, Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis, company filings of personal loan originators.

(3)

Source: The sum or average of the three largest U.S. holders of telecom receivables that publicly report such data. Utilities figures are excluded due to lack of available data.

(4)

Source: Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the aggregate balances, and company filings of three of the largest holders of student loans in the United States for the average loss ratio.

(5)

Source: Federal Reserve Bank of New York, Equifax “U.S. National Consumer Credit Trends Report: Originations,” Transunion, Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis, FFIEC 041 Call Reports of bank originators of credit cards.

We estimate our share of the U.S. market illustrated above to be approximately 4.1% in aggregate based on the total face value of distressed or insolvent accounts we purchased in 2024, an increase from our estimated share of 2.9% in 2019. We believe our share is considerably larger in telecom than other asset classes. Because the U.S. government does not sell its distressed or insolvent student loan accounts, our share of that market is much smaller. Some of the largest credit card originators in the United States also do not sell their receivables today, so our share of that market is also smaller.

	2019 Full Year					2024 Full Year					2019 – 2024 Change
	Face Value Purchased			Share of TAM		Face Value Purchased			Share of TAM		% Face Value Purchased		Share of TAM
	($ in billions)
Auto loans		$	1.3		3.4%		$	1.0		2.1%		(28.1)%		(1.3)%
Personal loans(1)			0.7		5.1%			2.8		11.3%		283.1%		6.2%
Telecom and utilities			0.8		21.9%			1.2		24.4%		55.2%		2.5%
Student loans			0.0		0.2%			0.0		0.0%		NM		(0.2)%
Credit cards			0.5		0.9%			1.9		2.6%		331.3%		1.7%
Total United States		$	3.3		2.9%		$	6.9		4.1%		108.9%		1.2%

“NM” — not meaningful

(1)

Excludes performing assets acquired in the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase (as defined below) with aggregate face value of $567 million.

We have grown organically in the United States with collections growing at a 13.9% compound annual growth rate to $420.3 million in 2024 from $219.6 million in 2019.

In addition to the significant market opportunity in nonperforming consumer finance receivables, there is a much larger opportunity in certain segments of performing consumer finance receivables which include higher risk performing loans and loan portfolios in runoff where we have historically deployed capital at attractive returns. We benefited from being able to provide a one-stop liquidity solution to issuers of consumer credit by purchasing both performing and nonperforming finance receivables originated by them.

We have four offices in the United States: Minneapolis, Minnesota, Sartell, Minnesota, Denver, Colorado and San Antonio, Texas. As of March 31, 2025, we had 730.1 full-time equivalents (“FTE”) dedicated to our U.S. business, which includes 359.1 FTE in offshore locations.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Conn’s Portfolio Purchase

On October 2, 2024, Jefferson Capital Systems, LLC entered into that certain Asset Purchase Agreement with Conn’s, Inc. (“Conn’s”), a home goods retailer that sold its goods primarily on credit to a non-prime customer base throughout the Southeastern United States, Conn Appliances, Inc., Conn Credit Corporation, Inc., Conn Credit I, LP, CARF COL LLC, W.S. Badcock LLC, W.S. Badcock Credit LLC pursuant to which we acquired a substantial portfolio of unsecuritized loans and credit card receivables from Conn’s (the “Conn’s Portfolio Purchase”). The Conn’s Portfolio Purchase included (i) a personal installment loan portfolio comprising 199,591 accounts with a nominal face value of $428 million (the “Conn’s Installment Loan Portfolio”), (ii) a revolving loan portfolio comprising 85,582 accounts with a nominal face value of $139 million (the revolving period of which was suspended on June 6, 2024) (the “Badcock Portfolio”), and (iii) a non-performing loan portfolio comprising 697,936 accounts with a nominal face value of $1.5 billion (the “NPL Portfolio” and, collectively with the Conn’s Installment Loan Portfolio and Badcock Portfolio, the “Conn’s Portfolios”) after Conn’s had declared bankruptcy in July 2024. Additionally, one of our wholly owned subsidiaries hired 197 of the former FTEs of Conn’s on December 4, 2024, the day after the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase closed, to manage and service the Conn’s Installment Loan Portfolio and the Badcock Portfolio described above through their remaining life and entered into certain vendor contracts to maintain continuity of account servicing. In addition, we were assigned a lease in San Antonio, Texas to ensure that we would have our desired facility in place by the closing of the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase. We acquired certain intellectual property that would allow us to maintain continuity in servicing but that we do not intend to use beyond the scope of running off the acquired portfolio. We anticipate that our servicing requirements for these portfolios will scale down as the performing portfolios run off, as we do not intend to continue any ongoing originations. In addition, we entered into servicing arrangements pursuant to which we agreed to provide ongoing servicing for certain securitized pools of assets, which are also in the runoff. The Conn’s Portfolio Purchase closed on December 3, 2024. The net cash paid at closing was approximately $245 million. We funded the purchase price by drawing down on our Revolving Credit Facility to acquire approximately $428 million of the Conn’s Installment Loan Portfolio, $139 million of the Badcock Portfolio and $1.5 billion in face value of the NPL Portfolio, as of the closing date. We attributed approximately $226 million and $12 million of the purchase price to the performing loans (i.e., the Conn’s Installment Loan Portfolio and the Badcock Portfolio) and the NPL Portfolio, respectively, which represents approximately 40% and less than 1% of the face value of each portfolio, respectively. While there was significant credit deterioration on much of the assets acquired, the primary source and vast majority of the revenue that we expect to generate from the $226 million in purchase price attributed to the $567 million of performing loans (i.e., $428 million plus $139 million) will be from accretion of the discount generated by the purchase price at 40% of the face value of the loans. With respect to the $341 million discount to face value on the performing loans (i.e., $567 million minus $226 million), we booked a credit mark of $251 million and an interest rate mark of $89 million. As of March 31, 2025, our total ERC includes $304.9 million from the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase.

The Conn’s Portfolio Purchase leverages our core competency in managing distressed performing and nonperforming accounts. While the majority of the performing accounts were not charged-off, they had elevated credit risk partly due to the closure of the retail stores and the bankruptcy of Conn’s. In recent periods, we have seen more opportunities, such as the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, to acquire large mixed portfolios of performing and nonperforming accounts, and we see that as an attractive area of potential growth for our investment activity going forward.

Historical Performance

The charts below summarize the U.S. portfolio performance since our formation. Between 2003 and 2010, we undertook a cautious approach to invest relatively small amounts as we aggregated data and developed and refined our modeling, pricing and collection strategies. Our growing U.S. collections have supported our overall cash flow profile and stable returns, and our cumulative collections have consistently outperformed the original forecast, demonstrating the accuracy of our modeling and our ability to improve performance over time relative to the capabilities we have at the time of initial portfolio purchases.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note: Vintage data excludes forward flow purchases that were resold shortly after purchase and do not reflect typical collection multiples as there is no cost-to-collect for accounts that were resold. Forward flow purchases that were resold after purchase began in 2005 and ended in 2008.

Canada

We maintain forward flow agreements with three out of the five largest banks in Canada, and the other two largest banks in Canada do not currently sell their distressed or insolvent accounts.

We estimate the 2024 annual TAM for the Canadian market of approximately $5.1 billion based on the cumulative estimated annual face value of charge-offs the asset classes listed below, which we have estimated based on estimated or reported outstanding balances and the reported balance delinquency rate. We estimate that the TAM for the Canadian market was $3.9 billion in 2019, representing a cumulative 2019 to 2024 growth rate of 29.4%, reflecting modest receivable growth and relatively stable delinquency rates on credit cards due in part to unprecedented government stimulus and support for the consumer that lingered following the COVID-19 pandemic.

	2019 Full Year Market								2024 Full Year Market
				Estimated Annual								Estimated Annual					2019 – 2024 % Change
	2019 Balances			Charge-Off Ratio		Market Charge-Offs			2024 Balances			Charge-Off Ratio		Market Charge-Offs			Face Value		Charge-Offs
	($ in billions)
Auto loans(1)(2)		$	62.9		0.8%		$	0.5		$	72.2		0.8%		$	0.6		14.8%		11.8%
Personal loans(1)(2)			29.6		1.2%			0.4			39.0		1.6%			0.6		31.8%		76.2%
Telecom and utilities(3)			4.3		10.0%			0.4			9.1		6.8%			0.6		111.3%		45.3%
Credit cards(1)(2)			62.5		1.0%			0.6			79.1		1.1%			0.9		26.5%		43.1%
Insolvencies(4)			NA		NA			2.0			NA		NA			2.4		NA		18.4%
Total Canada(5)		$	159.3		1.2%		$	3.9		$	199.4		1.3%		$	5.1		25.2%		29.4%

Note: All figures converted to USD at the exchange rate of $0.69766 per Canadian dollar as of March 20, 2025.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1)

Source: Statistics Canada for face value figures; includes non-mortgage loans from chartered banks, excluding unincorporated business; excludes non-mortgage loans from non-banks due to lack of asset type breakdown.

(2)

Source: TransUnion for charge-offs figures; reflects 60+ days past due (“DPD”) balance delinquency rate for auto loans and personal loans and 90+ DPD for credit cards for Q4 2019 and Q4 2024.

(3)

Telecom figures depict total amount of net customer receivables, 60 days past billing date for Bell Canada, Rogers Communications Inc., and TELUS Corporation; utilities figures excluded due to lack of available data.

(4)

Source: Government of Canada, 2019 and 2024 Insolvency Statistics in Canada for number of consumer insolvencies; assumes $C15,000 average nonmortgage liabilities per consumer insolvency in 2019 and adjusted for CPI (Source: Statistics Canada for CPI data) to 2024.

(5)

Charge-off ratio for 2019 and 2024 excludes insolvencies.

We estimate our share of the Canadian market illustrated above to be approximately 24.6% in aggregate based on the total face value of distressed or insolvent accounts we purchased in 2024, or $1.3 billion, after not having any market share in 2019, which was before we entered the Canadian market through the acquisition of Canaccede. Because we are the largest purchaser of nonperforming and insolvent consumer receivables in Canada, the most significant opportunity to increase our market share in Canada is by increasing the proportion of credit grantors who sell their nonperforming and insolvent consumer receivables and by purchasing more in asset classes where we are already a market leader in the United States.

	2019 Full Year					2024 Full Year					2019 – 2024 Change
	Face Value Purchased			Share of TAM		Face Value Purchased			Share of TAM		% Face Value Purchased		Share of TAM
	($ in billions)
Auto loans		$	—		—%		$	0.2		29.2%		NM		29.2%
Personal loans			—		—%			0.1		14.3%		NM		14.3%
Telecom and utilities			—		—%			0.0		0.7%		NM		0.7%
Credit cards			—		—%			0.5		61.5%		NM		61.5%
Insolvencies			—		—%			0.5		18.9%		NM		18.9%
Total Canada		$	—		—%		$	1.3		24.6%		NM		24.6%

“NM” — not meaningful

Canaccede historically focused on bank-purchased portfolios, which include credit cards, unsecured personal installment loans and auto deficiencies. Since the acquisition of Canaccede more than four years ago, we have deployed our analytical framework and proprietary collection strategies to enter the telecom and utilities asset classes and the secured auto asset class. We have significantly broadened Canaccede’s base of clients to cover four out of the six largest banks in Canada (with the other two major banks currently not selling charged-off accounts), and we have established forward flow agreements with several other major credit originators in Canada.

We have two offices in Canada: Toronto, Ontario and London, Ontario. As of March 31, 2025, we had 101.8 FTE in Canada, which includes 36.5 FTE in Mumbai, India primarily focused on insolvency processing and IT support.

Historical Performance

The charts below summarize the Canada portfolio performance since the formation of Canaccede in 2008, including results from prior to our acquisition of the business in 2020. The majority of Canadian purchases have been in insolvencies, which have a lower collection multiple, but also meaningfully lower cost-to-collect relative to distressed portfolios, resulting in a similar net return. In 2016, Canaccede entered into a large insolvency forward flow agreement but deployments have declined since, mainly due to a market-wide decline in distressed and insolvent loans. In 2022 and 2023, volumes started to normalize, and Canaccede has added clients and returned to growth in 2024. Our Canadian portfolios have demonstrated consistently strong performance relative to our original forecast, with insolvency purchases generally having a higher level of predictability of collections and a much lower cost-to-collect relative to distressed purchases.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

[MISSING IMAGE: bc_canatahistorical-4c.jpg]

United Kingdom

Our purchasing activity in the United Kingdom is focused primarily on utilities and telecom accounts as well as installment loans that are principally used to finance point-of-sale purchases. We believe we are the largest purchaser of nonperforming telecom and utilities receivables in the United Kingdom. We have not historically engaged in the larger bank credit card charge-off market, where competition has made available returns unattractive, but we believe there may be an opportunity to grow into this market as over-levered competitors have been under strain and have pulled back. Our platform offers debt purchase through JC International Acquisition, LLC, third-party contingency servicing capabilities through Creditlink Account Recovery Solutions Ltd. (“CARS”), consumer reconnection through ResolveCall Ltd. (“ResolveCall”) and legal recovery through Moriarty Law Limited (“Moriarty”). The majority of our third-party servicing business globally is in the United Kingdom, partly due to the ResolveCall and Moriarty businesses. This full set of capabilities creates a unique proposition for clients who are evaluating different debt recovery strategies and are looking to reduce their vendor footprint.

We estimate the 2024 annual TAM for the U.K. market of $6.8 billion based on the cumulative TAM of the asset classes listed below, which we have estimated based on estimated or reported outstanding balances and the percentage of write-offs. We estimate that the TAM for the U.K. market was $5.8 billion in 2019, representing a cumulative 2019 to 2024 growth rate of 17.5%.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	2019 Full Year Market								2024 Full Year Market
				Estimated Annual								Estimated Annual					2019 – 2024 % Change
	2019 Face Value			Charge-Off Ratio		Market Charge-Offs			2024 Face Value			Charge-Off Ratio		Market Charge-Offs			Face Value		Charge-Offs
	($ in billions)
Consumer loans(1)		$	197.2		1.1%		$	2.1		$	209.6		0.4%		$	0.7		6.3%		(64.7)%
Telecom and utilities(2)(3)(4)			—		—%			1.6			—		—%			4.5		—		189.0%
Credit cards(1)			93.6		2.3%			2.1			93.1		1.7%			1.6		(0.6)%		(27.9)%
Total United Kingdom		$	290.8		2.0%		$	5.8		$	302.7		2.2%		$	6.8		4.1%		17.5%

“NM” — not meaningful

Note: All figures converted to USD at the exchange rate of $1.2966 per British pound as of March 20, 2025.

(1)

Source: Bank of England.

(2)

Source: Ofcom (Telecom) and Ofgem (Utilities).

(3)

Telecom figures reflect total consumer debt in arrears for January 2020 and June 2024.

(4)

Utilities figures reflect total electric & gas customer debt in arrears for Q4 2019 and Q4 2024; excludes water due to lack of available data.

We estimate our share of the U.K. market illustrated above to be approximately 3.9% in aggregate based on the total face value of distressed or insolvent accounts we purchased in 2024, an increase from our estimated share of 2.1% in 2019. We believe we are the market leader in the telecom and utilities market. We currently have a small share of the market for consumer loans or credit cards and believe we have a significant opportunity to grow our purchasing in those markets going forwards.

	2019 Full Year					2024 Full Year					2019 – 2024 Change
	Face Value Purchased			Share of TAM		Face Value Purchased			Share of TAM		% Face Value Purchased		Share of TAM
	($ in billions)
Consumer loans		$	0.0		0.9%		$	0.1		9.4%		250.5%		8.5%
Telecom and utilities			0.1		6.7%			0.2		4.3%		86.0%		(2.4)%
Credit cards			—		—%			0.0		0.3%		NM		0.3%
Total United Kingdom		$	0.1		2.1%		$	0.3		3.9%		115.4%		1.8%

“NM” — not meaningful

We have grown both organically and inorganically, with U.K. collections growing at a 46.2% compound annual growth rate to $39.4 million in 2024 from $5.9 million in 2019.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have three offices in the United Kingdom: London, Paisley and Basingstoke. As of March 31, 2025, we had 308.8 FTE dedicated to our U.K. business, which includes 31.4 FTE in Mumbai, India.

Historical Performance

The charts below summarize the U.K. portfolio performance since our entry in the U.K. market in 2009. Between 2009 and 2018, our purchasing was opportunistic as the competitive environment did not always provide consistent attractive returns. Beginning in 2019, we established our niche in telecom and utilities and point-of-sale installment loans, and we have extended our advantages in these asset classes through our acquisitions of ResolveCall and Moriarty. Our cumulative collections have consistently outperformed the original forecast, demonstrating the accuracy of our modeling and our ability to improve performance over time relative to the capabilities we have on initial forecast.

Latin America

In 2023, we also entered the Caribbean market by acquiring several legal entities with a back book of defaulted unsecured consumer loans serviced by third-party agencies from Pangea International Group (“Pangea”).

Because of the different national footprints, it is difficult to estimate the addressable markets across the whole of the Latin American region. In Colombia, our largest country exposure in Latin America, we estimate the 2024 annual TAM for the Colombian market of approximately $3.4 billion in estimated annual face value charged-off based on estimated or reported outstanding balances and past due loan book in 2024. We estimate that the TAM for the Colombian market was $1.8 billion in 2019, representing a cumulative 2019 to 2024 growth rate of 88.1%.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	2019 Full Year Market								2024 Full Year Market
				Estimated Annual								Estimated Annual					2019 – 2024 % Change
	2019 Face Value			Charge-Off Ratio		Market Charge-Offs			2024 Face Value			Charge-Off Ratio		Market Charge-Offs			Face Value		Charge-Offs
	($ in billions)
Total Colombia(1)(2)		$	37.7		4.7%		$	1.8		$	48.5		6.9%		$	3.4		28.6%		88.1%

Note: All figures converted to USD at the exchange rate of $0.00024 per Colombian peso as of March 20, 2025.

(1)

Source: Superintendencia Financiera de Colombia.

(2)

Face value reflects total consumer debt balance (excluding mortgages) and charge-off ratio reflects past due loan book at December 2019 and December 2024.

We estimate our share of the Colombian market illustrated above to be approximately 24.5% in aggregate based on the total face value of distressed or insolvent accounts we purchased in 2024, or $0.8 billion, after not having any market share in 2019, which was before we entered the Colombian market. We believe we are now the market leader in the Colombian market. In Colombia, most major credit grantors sell their non-performing accounts. We believe we have a significant opportunity to grow in Latin America by entering and developing the market for purchasing auto loans, telecom receivables or other asset classes, and by entering new Latin American markets going forwards.

2019 Full Year

2024 Full Year

2019 – 2024 Change

Face Value
Purchased

Share of TAM

Face Value
Purchased

Share of TAM

% Face Value
Purchased

Share of TAM

($ in billions)

Total Colombia

—

—%

0.8

24.5%

“NM” — not meaningful

While Latin America is our newest geographic market, we have grown this geographic market rapidly, with Latin America collections growing to $39.0 million in 2024 from $0.8 million in 2021, the year we entered the market.

We have one office in Latin America, in Bogotá, Colombia, and run most of our Latin American purchasing and collections through that office. As of March 31, 2025, we had seven FTE in that office that oversee purchasing operations, analytics and management of local third-party servicers.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Historical Performance

[MISSING IMAGE: bc_latinamericahistori-4c.jpg]

Our Role Within the Market

Our debt purchasing activity plays an important role in the financial ecosystem, providing credit originators with liquidity through the sale of nonperforming consumer receivables. Many of these lenders are focused on originating credit and do not have the capabilities to effectively service underperforming assets. As such, they choose to rely on debt purchasers who possess the compliance track record, internal resources and operational expertise needed to successfully manage consumers throughout the collections process. The recovery of delinquent consumer debts that debt purchasing enables mitigates the impact that consumer credit costs would have on borrowing costs. Debt purchasing allows credit originators to focus on originating new credit and doing so based on more predictable credit costs and operationally manageable collection processes, a vital part of a healthy functioning financial ecosystem and supporting the fair access to credit for consumers.

We customize our strategy of acquiring receivables for each geography and asset class, including those asset classes that have traditionally been underserved by major debt purchasers. While the debt purchasing sector has historically focused on prime-originated large-balance credit card receivables, a unique element of our strategy has been our full spectrum approach across asset classes. For instance, in auto loans, we pursue opportunities in secured auto loans, unsecured deficiency balances and insolvencies, positioning ourselves as a partner and full spectrum solution provider rather than just a bidder on discrete pools of assets. Whereas Canaccede had never historically purchased outside of credit card receivables prior to our acquisition of the business in 2020, we now have three significant auto loan clients in Canada that we have purchased from in 2024 and 2025. We also have capabilities in smaller balance receivables, including smaller consumer installment loans, “buy now, pay later” loans, telecom and utilities receivables, and small balance credit card debt. Certain parts of the installment loan asset class we have focused on, such as “buy now, pay later,” other point of sale financings and fintech originated installment loans have grown more quickly than other asset classes. Whether competing directly with other debt purchasers or targeting niche, underserved asset classes, our investment thesis remains centered on unwavering discipline in adhering to our return thresholds. Our significant customer database amassed over 20 years, advanced machine learning and analytics capabilities enable us to model returns with a high degree of predictability, allowing us to price portfolios

TABLE OF CONTENTS

accurately and maintain a consistent, disciplined acquisition strategy. Our advantage in cost-to-collect has also allowed us to earn higher returns at the same pricing as other debt buyers with a higher cost-to-collect. We believe we provide significant value to our clients by helping them solve a diverse array of asset classes and geographies through a single counterparty.

Our Strengths

We believe that the following strengths have been essential to our success to date and will continue to be important in the future.

Strategic focus and leadership position in asset classes with large underlying markets and low penetration

We focus on consumer asset classes that are large and growing but underpenetrated by other large debt buyers. We have unique operational capabilities in each of our target asset classes and a substantial data advantage obtained through over 22 years of operational history, which provide a competitive advantage and create attractive pricing dynamics. Today, based on our experience, industry knowledge and analysis of publicly available reports, we believe we are the market leader in several asset classes in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom including:

▪

the largest purchaser of nonperforming telecom receivables in the United States;

▪

the largest or second largest purchaser of both nonperforming and insolvent auto finance receivables in the United States;

▪

the largest or second largest purchaser of insolvent consumer receivables in the United States;

▪

the largest purchaser of both nonperforming and insolvent consumer receivables in Canada; and

▪

the largest purchaser of nonperforming telecom and utilities receivables in the United Kingdom.

There are important differences between successfully collecting a small balance nonperforming account, such as a telecom bill or a small balance credit card, and a prime-originated large-balance credit card. We believe our expertise in collecting these accounts effectively and compliantly, coupled with our low cost-to-collect, create significant barriers to entry and enhance our performance.

We also have the full set of capabilities to participate in transactions in more competitive markets such as prime large-balance credit card charge-offs, but we employ a disciplined investment approach driven by return targets to determine where to allocate capital, and we choose to focus on markets where we believe we can obtain higher risk-adjusted returns.

Superior analytics supported by proprietary “through-the-cycle” data

Since our inception over 22 years ago and through March 31, 2025, we have invested nearly $3.4 billion in portfolios with an original face value of approximately $79.2 billion, representing approximately 43 million unique consumers. We believe our significant data repository is very valuable since credit bureau data has lower predictive power for payment performance of consumers with nonperforming accounts. Our advanced pricing models stratify accounts based on hundreds of variables examined for predictive value, determine optimal collection strategy and accurately forecast liquidation rates and cost-to-collect expenses. The value of our data repository and analytics is demonstrated by our actual collections experience, which has a low standard deviation from our forecasts.

Long-standing relationships and contracted deployments with diverse and granular set of clients

We have forged both long-term and granular partnerships with our clients, including leading telecom and utilities providers and major auto finance originators. From January 1, 2022 through March 31, 2025, of our top 10 and 20 counterparties, five and 11 have been clients for five or more years, respectively, excluding the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase. In 2024 and in the three months ended March 31, 2025, we made 731 and 219 discrete purchases, respectively, averaging 61 and 73 transactions per month, respectively, with an average purchase size of $0.7 million and $0.8 million, excluding the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, respectively. We position our platform to clients as a comprehensive solution provider as opposed to a transaction counterparty, and we emphasize our industry-leading compliance and regulatory practices. The strength of our relationships allows us to enter into forward flow agreements for as long as three years that we regularly renew, which lock in future deployments from existing clients and provide contractual and pricing certainty. As of March 31, 2025, we had $263.6 million of committed purchases through forward flow agreements.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Track record of consistent, stable profitability

We have a long and consistent track record of operational execution and disciplined growth that spans our over 22-year history. We have successfully navigated a variety of market conditions and credit cycles and have continued to grow our collections through the combination of organic growth and the successful integrations of several strategic acquisitions. We have demonstrated the ability to generate reliable collections in both a strong economic climate as well as periods of economic stress. We have been profitable every year since inception. For the year ended December 31, 2024, we had net income of $128.9 million, compared to $111.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 and $87.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, we had net income of $64.2 million, compared to $32.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. In addition, we had adjusted EBITDA of $242.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $168.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 and $129.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. We had adjusted EBITDA of $92.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $53.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

Best-in-class operating efficiency

We have a long history of operational innovation, and our platform has been able to produce improving efficiency in collections despite our smaller overall scale and the fact that the average account balance in our portfolios is smaller than some of our key peers. Our cash efficiency ratio, which was 68.7% for the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to ratios ranging from 54.2% to 58.9% for our two primary competitors. Our cash efficiency ratio was also higher than the cash efficiency ratios of our key competitors in each of the last five years. We believe our superior operating efficiency allows us to earn a higher level of profit than our competitors on equivalent purchases and allows us to continue to scale with increased profitability. A number of factors drive our platform’s efficiency outperformance, including our proprietary platform, our primarily outsourced variable expense structure and our co-sourced operation in Mumbai, India, which we believe helps produce a significant cost-to-collect advantage relative to competitors that maintain fixed cost U.S. based collection operations.

Competitive advantages from variable cost business model with proprietary collection capabilities

Our model is to outsource the aspects of the collections value chain that we view as commoditized or operationally intensive and do not produce a competitive advantage, such as running a large domestic call center. We instead seek to own the high value-add aspects of the purchasing and collection process, including performance data, extensive data analytical capabilities, technological capabilities and the collection processes and techniques that we believe create significant barriers to entry and competitive advantages. We believe competitors that maintain large domestic call centers are disadvantaged because they bear a significant fixed cost base and are not able to scale up and scale down deployments based on the market environment. By contrast, we have a variable cost structure. We scaled down deployments during 2020 and 2021 when the deployment market was weaker due to government stimulus packages, and we are scaling up significantly in recent years as the market opportunity has become significantly more favorable to us. In addition to our Mumbai collection center, we outsource other collections we believe to be commoditized to different agencies based on their particular competencies using our proprietary ValuTiers segmentation process to optimize our collections and reduce our cost-to-collect. These unique collection capabilities, paired with our proprietary technologies and business processes that help us analyze consumer information, sustain our efficiency advantage.

Conservative leverage and consistent cash flow provide strong debt servicing capabilities

We reported net income of $128.9 million and $64.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and the three months ended March 31, 2025, respectively. Our adjusted cash EBITDA was $430.8 million and $210.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and the three months ended March 31, 2025, respectively, and our leverage based on the ratio of our net debt to adjusted cash EBITDA was 2.17x as of March 31, 2025. Leverage at the end of 2024 increased temporarily as a result of the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, which closed on December 3, 2024. For additional information regarding adjusted cash EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, and our leverage, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.” We have historically had, and continue to maintain, lower leverage than our peers. We view our low level of leverage to be a competitive advantage because it allows us to maintain the flexibility to expand deployments as market opportunities arise.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Since we were founded, we have operated with conservative financial policies while delivering strong results. We have increased our leverage in the current market, as we believe the opportunities to deploy attractively have risen meaningfully over the year ended December 31, 2024. Despite our investments in growth, we continue to maintain lower leverage than our two primary competitors, whose reported leverage as of December 31, 2024 ranged from 2.6x to 2.9x.

Comprehensive focus on compliance and risk management centered around the consumer

Since our founding, we have emphasized a culture of compliance premised on treating consumers fairly and helping them achieve their financial goals. We believe our compliance investments and capabilities as well as our collaborative approach with both consumers and regulators positions us well as regulators continue to promote high standards for our industry. We aim to provide consumers sensible solutions and assist them as they return to financial health. This unrelenting focus on doing the right thing and treating consumers with compassion and respect is at the heart of our exemplary compliance track record, which we believe is an important differentiator when compared to other industry participants. Credit originators across our markets are highly sensitive to regulatory compliance issues and the care of their customers, and our reputation as a “safe pair of hands” allows us to win transactions in certain situations even if we do not offer the highest purchase price for their accounts.

Experienced, operationally focused management team

We have a highly qualified senior management team with a strong track record of executing effective, compliant and innovative collection strategies. Our Chief Executive Officer, David Burton, with over 30 years of experience in the debt recovery industry, founded Jefferson Capital in 2002 and has been integral to our strategy, operations and success. Our team has experience across economic cycles and understands how to navigate changing market conditions. Throughout the organization, we have a culture of performance that is based upon decades of industry experience among the senior management team.

Our Growth Strategy

Our revenue and net income have grown at a 24.7% and 42.0% compound annual growth rate from the year ended December 31, 2019 to the year ended December 31, 2024, respectively. We have grown both our revenue and our net operating income every year since 2013. We have managed to produce consistent historical growth despite changing deployment environments in many of our core markets by expanding our geographies, including the acquisition of Canaccede in Canada and by acquiring the assets and certain entities of Refinancia in Colombia. At the same time, we have also produced significant organic growth in our deployment volumes, particularly in our core U.S. market.

We believe there are organic and inorganic opportunities for growing our ERC, revenues and net income from both new and existing clients. We estimate that the TAM in our asset classes in the United States was approximately $167.8 billion in 2024, relative to our purchased face value of $6.9 billion or 4.1% of our TAM. We estimate that our TAM in Canada, the United Kingdom and Colombia was an additional $5.1 billion, $6.8 billion and $3.4 billion, respectively, and our purchased face value in these markets was 24.6%, 3.9% and 24.5% of our TAM in 2024. See “—Our Markets” for further information on the calculation of our TAM.

We may be required to seek additional capital in order to fund our multifaceted growth strategy. For example, we may make additional borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, enter into other credit or financing agreements or sell additional securities. If we decide to fund our growth strategy with equity securities, our stockholders may experience significant dilution.

We believe the below factors position us well to increase our ERC, revenues and net income and enhance our position as a market leader in our core asset classes.

Rising nonperforming loans market-wide

TABLE OF CONTENTS

highest level since the third quarter of 2011 based on the same data. The trend towards higher levels of delinquency has come despite consistently low levels of unemployment, which stood at 4.2% at March 31, 2025, up modestly from 3.7% at December 31, 2023 and 4.1% at December 31, 2024 according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics. On September 30, 2024, the “on-ramp” for student loan repayments ended and missed payments on the $1.5 trillion of federal government student loans started to be reported to credit bureaus and sent to collections for the first time in four and a half years, further straining finances for consumers who may also have other loan obligations. Given the trend towards a rising proportion of loans in early stage delinquency, we believe more loans will continue to ultimately roll to charge-off, and this will increase the number of charged-off loans that our clients will look to sell. We believe the opportunity to grow our deployments and ERC has been rising. At the same time, as the amount of nonperforming loans for sale rises, we believe pricing has typically declined and returns have risen, and recent deployments have been underwritten at higher risk-adjusted returns than our older vintages. We believe we have ample financial capacity to take advantage of this potential market opportunity.

Drive deployment growth through operating efficiencies of our proprietary digital technologies

We have developed an innovative and proprietary digital collections platform that automates standardized administrative or repetitive tasks while providing consumers with direct and immediate communication in a personal and non-intrusive manner that offers a more convenient payment method. The platform also reduces our reliance on traditional communication methods such as mail and direct calls, which further lowers our cost-to-collect and increases our net income. Our digital collections environment exemplifies our consumer-centric approach to client service by reaching consumers who prefer to interact with us online or digitally. This technology infrastructure also allows us to more precisely identify customer behavioral patterns. These insights enable us to digest new predictive data and adapt to changing macro-economic circumstances to more quickly refine our predictive models for new purchase pricing, fine-tune our deployment and pricing strategies or to change our collection strategies. Our technology infrastructure enables us to implement changes across our organization in an expedited fashion. We believe these factors contribute to our ability to produce higher returns than our publicly traded competitors and grow our market share, including our market share in asset classes where our peers focus.

Add new clients in our core markets in the United States and Canada

Our business development team has successfully grown our deployments for many years by adding new clients, retaining our core clients and increasing the range of asset classes that clients generally sell to us. In 2023, we added 32 new clients, in 2024, we added 14 new clients and in the three months ended March 31, 2025, we added four new clients. During this time, we also saw substantial increases in volumes from many existing clients. Some of our new clients are first time sellers that previously retained and collected their own charged-off accounts. These relationships typically begin with us making smaller purchases; however, as our clients become more familiar with our capabilities, compliance, and professionalism, there is greater potential for substantially higher purchase volume. In other instances, we gain new clients that previously sold their accounts to peer debt buyers. We increasingly find that our efficiency and our demonstrated lower cost-to-collect allows us to be competitive with larger debt buyers in the large-balance credit card market in which they focus while maintaining our target return requirements.

Leverage our data and collection capabilities across a variety of asset class focus in Canada, the United Kingdom and Latin America

Unlike some of our peers, we pursue nonperforming loan purchase opportunities across a wide variety of asset classes beyond credit cards and in both insolvency and distressed receivables. We believe we have for a long time been a leader in the United States in several of those asset classes. When we acquired Canaccede in 2020, Canaccede’s business was mainly comprised of purchasing credit cards and personal loans. Based in part upon our experience in the United States, we have now expanded our Canadian business into purchasing, among other things, secured auto loans, telecom receivables and utility receivables. In 2019, we similarly started to focus heavily on telecom and utilities purchases in the United Kingdom and are now a market leader in the United Kingdom. Based upon our leadership in the Canadian and U.S. insolvency markets, we decided to launch insolvency purchasing in the United Kingdom in 2023. In the Caribbean, we began purchasing credit cards and personal loans in 2023, and we are expanding our purchasing to include secured loans as well. We believe our experience and success in purchasing certain asset classes in the United States will allow us to grow our market share in similar asset classes in other geographies.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Expand performing or semi-performing loan purchasing in the United States

We have historically entered new asset classes opportunistically where we believe returns will be attractive, the underlying market is large, and we are able to develop a competitive moat through better data and collection strategies. We believe performing consumer loans with credit deterioration, a high degree of credit risk or that require significant focus on servicing offer such an opportunity and one for which our skill set is particularly well-suited. During 2022 and 2023, we selectively purchased pools of performing loans where there was some level of credit deterioration or related risk, because our experience in handling more seriously delinquent nonperforming loans provided the skills and strategies to successfully acquire and service the semi-performing asset class. The Conn’s Portfolio Purchase in 2024 reflected a significant expansion of this strategy. Because the cash flows emanating from performing loans or semi-performing loans are much greater than they are for non-performing loans on a relative basis, and the cost of collecting these assets are substantially less, the market size for performing loans can represent a significant expansion from the non-performing loan market. We believe that there will be the opportunity to purchase other portfolios that contain a mix of performing and non-performing loans and having the capability to evaluate and purchase and service both together, and an ability to manage performing loans that become non-performing where there is an elevated credit risk, will be a competitive advantage.

Organically enter new adjacent geographic markets in Latin America

We entered the Colombian market in 2021 through a purchase alongside Refinancia, as a partner, from a significant global bank that was also our client in a separate geography. We scaled our presence in Colombia by acquiring the assets and certain entities of Refinancia in 2022 and 2023, which expanded our purchasing and client relationships in the Colombian market. In 2023, we began purchasing in Peru and the Caribbean. Existing clients have expressed interest in selling portfolios to us in the following markets: Mexico, Chile, Panama and Costa Rica. We believe this interest is indicative of the attractiveness of our platform as compared to local competitors, such as cost of funds, financial capacity and operational compliance disciplines. Given increased interest in our platform in Latin America, we believe we could create a more substantive Pan-Latin America platform over time.

Acquire a European platform at an attractive entry price

Because of the financial distress that a handful of major European platforms are undergoing due to overleverage and years of poor performance, there has been a level of dislocation in European capital markets for non-performing loan purchasers, which may create an opportunity to acquire a stronger platform that has been impacted by the dislocation. Based on publicly disclosed financial reports, two of the largest platforms are reported to have become increasingly unprofitable and are in the midst of publicly announced debt restructurings, which has resulted in much higher bond yields across the European market. While we do not have any binding agreements or commitments to do so, we believe there could be a possibility in the future to acquire the assets of such a European platform at an attractive entry price, which would allow us to expand our business further into continental Europe.

Enter the high street bank market in the United Kingdom

We may have the opportunity to purchase from the British high street banks because other competitors that have experienced financial distress have pulled back in this market. We believe our competitors’ exits have created more favorable pricing in the market and allow for higher returns than have been available historically. Should the competitive market change to the extent that returns meet our requirements, we could access the much larger U.K. bank market, allowing us to expand beyond the telecom and utilities and installment loans markets in which we currently participate.

Our Clients

We purchase portfolios of nonperforming loans through either single portfolio purchases, referred to as spot sales, or through the pre-arranged agreement to purchase multiple portfolios at regular intervals, referred to as forward flow sales. Under a forward flow contract, we agree to purchase statistically similar nonperforming loan portfolios from credit grantors on a periodic basis at a pre-negotiated price over a specified time period, generally from six months to as long as three years for some of our clients. We regularly renew our forward flow contracts with our long-time clients. As of March 31, 2025, we had $263.6 million of total committed forward flows.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We benefit from a long-term client base with whom we have forward flow agreements in place that regularly renew. We seek to form strategic relationships with clients and engage in regular dialogue with their senior executives in order to identify additional opportunities to enhance their goals. We continuously improve our cost-to-collect and build a “moat” around the client relationship that we believe would be very difficult for any new entrant to replicate. As of March 31, 2025, we have had a relationship of over five years with five of our top 10 clients, excluding Conn’s.

We also manage an active pipeline of new clients and utilize extensive marketing efforts to realize new purchasing opportunities. Over the last six years, we have experienced significant growth in our purchases in terms of both dollar amount and the number of sellers, adding over 120 new clients between 2018 and March 31, 2025.

Our Operations

Our operational strategy is to create differentiated capabilities that provide a competitive advantage while outsourcing the activities that we believe are commoditized and operationally intensive. These capabilities include the data and analytical capabilities, master servicing capabilities, technology and digital collection capabilities, and legal collections as well as other unique or differentiated collection capabilities for a given market.

We utilize external servicing resources, including both collection agencies and external law firms, more than some of the other major nonperforming loan purchasers because of the operational flexibility and the competitive performance dynamics they provide. By having less overhead and a higher proportion of variable costs, we believe we are more disciplined on pricing than our peers and are able to refrain from purchasing at returns below our thresholds. We believe our peers may feel more pressure to purchase at lower returns in order to support a larger fixed cost base comprised of much larger internal call center and internal legal channel operations. Because our operating model is flexible and scalable based on variable operating expenses, we can scale upward and downward as needed depending on supply conditions in the deployment market. Managing external servicers and resources is a core competency. We employ a rigorous onboarding process, with an emphasis on compliance and risk management through CMS, we have active oversight of the operations and performance, and we can and do shift our placements if we find performance is lagging or because an external vendor, like a law firm or agency, will not be able to meet our stringent compliance standards.

Asset Diversification

We have expertise and historical data in under-penetrated asset classes where others lack robust historical performance that give us a competitive advantage in pricing and implementing collection strategies. Our asset classes are very diversified in the United States and the United Kingdom. We have achieved consistently high multiples of investment across all core asset classes. The below chart shows our asset diversification in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom and Latin America as of March 31, 2025:

TABLE OF CONTENTS

[MISSING IMAGE: pc_assetdiversification-4c.jpg]

Our Business Lines

The chart below presents an overview of our collection channels for the year ended December 31, 2024 for each of our geographic locations or segments:

[MISSING IMAGE: pc_collectionchannels-4c.jpg]

Distressed Business Line

The Distressed business line (“Distressed”) is our largest business line and represents the purchase, collection and servicing collection of nonperforming consumer loans. The vast majority of distressed accounts that we purchase have been charged-off for reason of delinquency. However, we have also purchased accounts that are considered to be performing but that have elevated credit risk, which we can purchase at a significant discount to face value. The Conn’s Portfolio Purchase included both accounts that were charged-off and accounts that are considered to still be performing though with elevated credit risk, and we consolidated that purchase into our Distressed business line.

Since inception and through March 31, 2025, we have invested approximately $2.3 billion in portfolios with original face value of approximately $70.5 billion of distressed receivables with a strategic focus on underpenetrated asset classes, including consumer installment loans, telecom receivables, auto finance loans, utilities, and small balance credit card receivables. We believe we possess robust historical performance data that other competitors lack in each of these asset classes.

Insolvency Business Line

In our Insolvency business line, we purchase and service insolvency accounts that are filed under Chapter 7 or Chapter 13 of Title 11 of the United States Code (as amended, the “U.S. Bankruptcy Code”), or under equivalent insolvency statutes in Canada and the United Kingdom. Accounts in an insolvency typically obtain payment plans that generally range from three to five years in duration. We purchase accounts that are at any stage in the bankruptcy plan life schedule. Portfolios acquired close to the filing of the bankruptcy plan

TABLE OF CONTENTS

will generally take months to generate cash flow, while aged portfolios acquired years after the plan filing will typically generate immediate cash flows. Non-U.S. insolvency accounts may have some slight differences but generally operate in a similar manner. In Canada, we purchase consumer proposal, consumer credit counseling and bankrupt accounts. We recently commenced purchasing portfolios of insolvent accounts in the United Kingdom, which are referred to as Individual Voluntary Arrangements.

Since inception and through March 31, 2025, we have invested approximately $1.1 billion in portfolios with original face value of approximately $8.8 billion in insolvency purchases. We are able to manage all bankruptcy chapters in all states and territories and purchase in all secured and unsecured asset classes except for mortgages. We believe we are part of a very small subset of companies that buys consumer bankruptcy claims and part of an even smaller subset that buys secured consumer bankruptcy claims. Because we buy both secured and unsecured loans across the credit spectrum, we believe creditors prefer to work with us as they do not have to engage multiple vendors, which may require lengthy and complicated on-boarding and may increase cost and risk. In addition to the purchase of portfolios of insolvent loans, we provide fee-based services including third-party servicing of bankruptcy accounts in the United States and Canada.

Our Focus on Compliance

We believe our compliance track record is one of the best in the industry. Since our founding in 2002, investments in people and processes to ensure ongoing legal and regulatory compliance, coupled with a culture that promotes doing the right thing for consumers, have provided a key commercial competitive advantage in winning new business from reputation sensitive credit originators, financial institutions and service providers. Our success is rooted in our history of compliance. Since 2012 through March 31, 2025, we have engaged in approximately 1,400 compliance requests and audits by clients and regulators. We successfully completed 141 and 44 such requests and audits for the year ended December 31, 2024 and the three months ended March 31, 2025, respectively, and we have never failed a regulatory audit in our 22-year history.

By centering our business around treating the consumer fairly in all of our operations, and through the use of proprietary technology and experienced associates to promptly and efficiently resolve consumer inquiries, we believe we are able to provide a better customer experience and better responsiveness to consumer concerns than other large industry participants. These outcomes have been viewed favorably by both the institutions from whom we acquire accounts and by our regulators.

Recent Developments

8.250% Senior Notes due 2030

On May 2, 2025, Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC completed an offering (the “2030 Notes Offering”) of $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.250% senior notes due 2030 (the “2030 Notes”) under an indenture (the “2030 Notes Indenture”), dated as of May 2, 2025, among Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as trustee. The 2030 Notes are general senior unsecured obligations of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC and are guaranteed by certain of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries. Interest on the 2030 Notes is payable semiannually on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on November 15, 2025. The 2030 Notes mature on May 15, 2030. For additional information on material terms, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness — 8.250% Senior Notes due 2030.”

Summary Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves substantial risk. Our ability to execute our strategy is also subject to certain risks. The risks described under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus may cause us not to realize the full benefits of our strengths or may cause us to be unable to successfully execute all or part of our strategy. Some of the most significant challenges and risks we face include the following:

▪

A deterioration in the economic or inflationary environment in the countries in which we operate could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

▪

We may not be able to continually replace our nonperforming loans with additional portfolios sufficient to operate efficiently and profitably, or we may not be able to purchase nonperforming loans at appropriate prices.

▪

We may not be able to collect a sufficient amount from our nonperforming loans to fund our operations.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

▪

Our collections may decrease if certain types of insolvency proceedings and bankruptcy filings involving liquidations increase.

▪

We outsource and offshore certain activities related to our business to third parties. Any disruption or failure of these third parties to provide these services could adversely affect our business operations, financial condition and reputation.

▪

Disruptions at our co-sourced operation in Mumbai could adversely impact our business.

▪

Goodwill impairment charges could negatively impact our net income and stockholders’ equity.

▪

Our loss contingency accruals may not be adequate to cover actual losses.

▪

Solicitors of Moriarty, our wholly-owned law firm subsidiary in the United Kingdom, could act outside our interests and/or regulatory bodies to which such law firm subsidiary and its solicitors are subject could take enforcement action or impose sanctions that could impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

▪

Our expected collections from the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase may not be realized, or our expenses from the FTE that were formerly employed by Conn’s may be higher than we anticipated, which may adversely impact our financial results.

▪

Our international operations expose us to risks, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

▪

We may experience losses on portfolios consisting of new asset classes of receivables or receivables in new geographies due to our lack of collection experience with these receivables, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

▪

Compliance with complex and evolving international and U.S. laws and regulations that apply to our international operations could increase our cost of doing business in international jurisdictions.

▪

Evolving regulation, particularly in Latin America, where the regulatory environment is less restrictive with respect to the use of certain new technologies and where new collection capabilities are tested before broader adoption across our business, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

▪

Our ability to collect and enforce our nonperforming and performing loans may be limited under federal, state and international laws, regulations and policies.

▪

The regulation of data privacy in the United States and globally, or an inability to effectively manage our data governance structures, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations by increasing our compliance costs or decreasing our competitiveness.

▪

We are dependent on our data gathering systems and proprietary consumer profiles, and if access to such data was lost or became public, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

▪

A cybersecurity incident could damage our reputation and adversely impact our business and financial results.

▪

The underperformance or failure of our information technology infrastructure, networks or communication systems could result in a loss in productivity, loss of competitive advantage and business disruption.

▪

We may not be able to adequately protect the intellectual property rights upon which we rely and, as a result, any lack of protection may diminish our competitive advantage.

▪

Our use of machine learning and AI technologies could adversely affect our products and services, harm our reputation, or cause us to incur liability resulting from harm to individuals or violation of laws and regulations or contracts to which we are a party.

▪

We expect to use leverage in executing our business strategy, which may have adverse consequences.

▪

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow or complete alternative financing plans, including raising additional capital, to meet our debt service obligations.

▪

The JCF Stockholders (as defined below) control us, and their interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future, including matters that involve corporate opportunities.

▪

TABLE OF CONTENTS

will not have the same protections as those afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such governance requirements.

Our Corporate Information

We were initially formed on November 12, 2024 as a Delaware corporation, for purposes of becoming the issuer in this offering. Our principal executive offices are located at 600 South Highway 169, Suite 1575, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55426, and our telephone number is (320) 229-8505. Our corporate website address is www.jcap.com. Information contained on, or accessible through, our website shall not be deemed incorporated into and is not a part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part. We have included our website in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

The Reorganization

Jefferson Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation, was formed in connection with this offering and is the issuer of the common stock offered by this prospectus. Prior to this offering, our business operations have generally been conducted through Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries. JCAP TopCo, LLC is a holding company and the direct parent of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC. Following a series of transactions that we will engage in immediately prior to the completion of this offering, which we refer to collectively as the “Reorganization,” Jefferson Capital, Inc. will become a holding company with no material assets other than 100% of the equity interests in JCAP TopCo, LLC, which will remain a holding company with no material assets other than 100% of the equity interests in Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC. Jefferson Capital, Inc. will also succeed to federal NOLs, state NOLs and tax credit carryforwards under Section 381 of the Code as a result of its acquisition in the Reorganization of certain affiliated corporations that held direct or indirect equity interests in JCAP TopCo, LLC. As indirect parent of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC following the Reorganization and this offering, Jefferson Capital, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs, and consolidate the financial results of, Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries.

As a result of the Reorganization and after giving effect to the completion of this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:

▪

the investors in this offering will collectively own % of the outstanding shares of our common stock (or % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders);

▪

the JCF Stockholders will collectively own % of the outstanding shares of our common stock (or % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders);

▪

the Management Stockholders will collectively own % of the outstanding shares of our common stock (or % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders); and

▪

the Former Canaccede Stockholders will collectively own % of the outstanding shares of our common stock (or % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders).

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in an aggregate of 50,000,000 shares of our common stock being issued in exchange for such Class A Units and Class C Units. In addition, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, an aggregate of shares of common stock will be issued in exchange for the 27,937,232 Class B Units of JCAP TopCo, LLC outstanding immediately prior to the Reorganization, resulting in a total of shares of common stock outstanding immediately after the Reorganization and before giving effect to this offering.

The number of shares of common stock that the Management Stockholders will collectively receive pursuant to the Reorganization will be based in part on the value that Management Invest LLC would have received under the distribution provisions of the limited liability agreement of JCAP TopCo, LLC, with shares of our common stock valued by reference to the ultimate initial public offering price of shares of common stock in this offering. Specifically, of the shares of common stock to be issued to the Management Stockholders in the Reorganization, shares will be issued in respect of Class B Units of Management Invest LLC (which correspond to Class B Units of JCAP TopCo, LLC) that are “in- the-money” but remain subject to certain vesting conditions specified in individual award agreements. These shares will be issued as restricted stock either with the same time-based vesting requirements that the corresponding Class B Units were subject to prior to the Reorganization or, if such corresponding Class B Units had performance vesting requirements, with a three year time-vesting requirement. If the vesting conditions of the restricted stock are not satisfied, such restricted stock will be forfeited and canceled. See “The Reorganization” and “Executive Compensation — Equity Compensation — Class B Unit Grants.”

Organizational Structure

The following chart illustrates our simplified structure following the Reorganization and this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share of common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. The chart is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not represent all legal entities affiliated with us, or our obligations.

[MISSING IMAGE: fc_organizational-bw.jpg]

(1)

Issuer of the 2026 Notes, 2029 Notes and 2030 Notes.

(2)

CL Holdings, LLC, Jefferson Capital Systems, LLC, JC International Acquisition, LLC and CFG Canada Funding, LLC, four of our operating subsidiaries, are the Borrowers under the Revolving Credit Facility. For further information, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness — Revolving Credit Facility.”

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Sponsor

J.C. Flowers is a leading private investment firm dedicated to investing globally in the financial services industry. Founded in 1998, J.C. Flowers has invested more than $18 billion of capital in 70 portfolio companies in 18 countries across a range of industry subsectors including banking, insurance and reinsurance, securities firms, specialty finance, and services and asset management. With approximately $5 billion of assets under management, J.C. Flowers has offices in New York and London.

J.C. Flowers acquired a majority equity interest in the Jefferson Capital business in 2018. Since then, we have maintained a strong and constructive relationship with J.C. Flowers, who has continued to hold a controlling interest in our business through its affiliated funds. Three of the seven members of our board of directors are also affiliated with J.C. Flowers.

Immediately following this offering, the JCF Stockholders, some of whom are selling stockholders in this offering, will together control approximately % of the voting power of our outstanding common stock (or % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders). As a result, the JCF Stockholders will continue to control any action requiring the general approval of our stockholders, including the election of our board of directors, the adoption of amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws and the approval of any merger or sale of substantially all of our assets.

Because the JCF Stockholders will control more than 50% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, we will be a “controlled company” under the corporate governance rules for the Nasdaq. Therefore, we will be permitted to elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock — We expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the Nasdaq and, as a result, we qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections as those afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such governance requirements.”

In addition, in connection with the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a stockholders agreement with the JCF Stockholders (the “Stockholders Agreement”), which will provide the JCF Stockholders the right to designate a certain number of nominees for election to our board of directors and certain committee nomination rights for so long as the JCF Stockholders (including their permitted transferees under the Stockholders Agreement) beneficially own a specified percentage of our outstanding common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Stockholders Agreement.”

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of at least $1.235 billion, (3) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which would occur if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of such year or (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As an emerging growth company:

▪

we will present in this prospectus only two years of audited consolidated financial statements, plus any required unaudited consolidated financial statements, and related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations;

▪

we will avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

▪

we will provide less extensive disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and

▪

we will not require stockholder non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from our competitors that are public companies or other public companies in which you hold stock.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and, as a result, our results of operations and financial statements may not be comparable to those of companies that have adopted the new or revised accounting standards.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Offering

Common stock offered by us

shares.

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

shares (or shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders).

Option to purchase additional shares
of common stock from the selling stockholders

The underwriters have an option to purchase up to an aggregate of additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

shares.

Use of proceeds

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, facilitate an orderly distribution for the selling stockholders, create a public market for our common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We expect to use approximately $ million of the net proceeds from this offering to repay outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and intend to use the remaining net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including to fund our growth, technology development, working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds and/or future borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies, however, we do not have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions or investments at this time. We will have broad discretion in the way that we use the net proceeds of this offering. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock offered by the selling stockholders, including upon the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

See the sections titled “Principal and Selling Stockholders” and “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Controlled company

Immediately following this offering, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the Nasdaq, as the JCF Stockholders will together have more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors. See the section titled “Principal and Selling Stockholders.” Under these rules, a “controlled company” may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that, within one year of the listing date, (i) we have a board of directors that is composed of a majority of independent directors and (ii) we have a compensation committee that consists entirely of independent directors. Following this offering, we intend to elect not to comply with such corporate governance requirements. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements. See the section titled “Management — Controlled Company Status.”

Dividend policy

We currently intend to pay quarterly cash dividends of $ per share on our common stock beginning in the quarter of 2025, representing an initial amount of approximately $ million per quarter, although any declaration of dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, earnings, liquidity and capital requirements, regulatory constraints, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to payment of dividends, restrictions imposed by Delaware law, general business conditions and any other factors that our board of directors deems relevant in making such a determination. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock, or as to the amount of any such dividends. See “Dividend Policy.”

Directed Share Program

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq, under the symbol “JCAP.”

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 35 for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of , 2025, after giving effect to the Reorganization, and based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Such number excludes:

▪

shares of restricted stock, which, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, will be issued in respect of certain profits interests held by executive officers, directors and employees that will be cancelled in connection with the Reorganization and this offering; and

▪

shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options we expect to grant in connection with the Reorganization and this offering in respect of certain profits interests that are out-of-the-money at the initial public offering price, assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, to certain executive officers, directors and employees under our 2025 Incentive Award Plan (the “2025 Plan”), which will become effective in connection with this offering, at an exercise price equal to the distribution threshold of the out-of-the-money Class B Units multiplied by the exchange ratio;

▪

remaining shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2025 Plan (after giving effect to the issuance of the options described above). Such number also excludes any shares that become issuable pursuant to provisions in the 2025 Plan that automatically increase the share reserve under the 2025 Plan. See “The Reorganization” and “Executive Compensation — Equity Compensation — Class B Unit Grants.”

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus, including the number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering, assumes or gives effect to:

▪

the completion of the Reorganization;

▪

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

▪

an initial public offering price of $ per share of our common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and

▪

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Information

The following tables present our summary consolidated historical financial data as of and for the periods ended on the dates indicated below. The summary consolidated statements of operations data and cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data and cash flow data for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2025 are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. In our opinion, the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and contain all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such interim financial statements. The summary consolidated statements of operations data and cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, 2020 and 2019 and summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2022, 2021, 2020 and 2019 are derived from our consolidated financial statements and related notes not included in this prospectus. The presentation of our consolidated historical financial data below includes the results of Canaccede Financial Group, which we acquired on March 9, 2020, with an effective date of February 29, 2020.

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected in the future. You should read these data together with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,						Year Ended December 31,
	2025			2024			2024			2023			2022			2021			2020			2019
	(in millions, except share and per share data)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
Revenues:
Total portfolio revenue		$	142.3		$	91.3		$	395.9		$	293.6		$	235.5		$	209.8		$	178.0		$	130.3
Credit card revenue			1.9			2.2			8.3			8.8			9.6			10.2			9.3			3.5
Servicing revenue			10.7			6.4			29.1			20.7			23.2			12.7			13.3			9.9
Total revenues		$	154.9		$	99.9		$	433.3		$	323.1		$	268.3		$	232.7		$	200.6		$	143.6
Provision for credit losses		$	0.5		$	0.8		$	3.5		$	3.5		$	3.4		$	8.7		$	15.1		$	8.5
Operating expenses:
Salaries and benefits		$	14.0		$	11.1		$	48.1		$	36.5		$	33.6		$	28.5		$	25.8		$	21.1
Servicing expenses			42.8			31.8			130.9			101.7			88.3			93.6			82.1			58.2
Depreciation and amortization			1.6			0.6			2.6			2.4			2.6			2.5			2.3			1.2
Professional fees			2.2			1.9			11.4			6.8			6.4			5.5			5.4			2.6
Canaccede exit consideration			0.2			—			7.7			—			—			—			—			—
Other selling, general and administrative			4.3			1.8			8.8			8.1			7.7			5.7			5.2			3.6
Total operating expenses		$	65.1		$	47.2		$	209.5		$	155.5		$	138.6		$	135.8		$	120.9		$	86.7
Net operating income		$	89.3		$	51.9		$	220.3		$	164.1		$	126.3		$	88.3		$	64.6		$	48.5
Other income (expense):
Interest expense			(24.8)			(17.2)			(77.2)			(48.1)			(29.3)			(36.3)			(34.7)			(26.1)
Foreign exchange and other income (expense)			2.5			0.1			(5.5)			4.6			(0.9)			(0.3)			—			—
Total other income (expense)		$	(22.3)		$	(17.1)		$	(82.7)		$	(43.5)		$	(30.2)		$	(36.6)		$	(34.7)		$	(26.1)
Income before income taxes		$	67.0		$	34.8		$	137.6		$	120.6		$	96.1		$	51.7		$	29.9		$	22.4
Provision for income taxes			(2.8)			(1.9)			(8.7)			(9.1)			(8.3)			(5.5)			(3.3)			—
Net income		$	64.2		$	32.9		$	128.9		$	111.5		$	87.8		$	46.2		$	26.6		$	22.4
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest			—			—			—			—			(0.2)			—			—			—
Net income attributable to Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC		$	64.2		$	32.9		$	128.9		$	111.5		$	87.6		$	46.2		$	26.6		$	22.4
Per Unit/Share Data(1):
Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders(2)
Basic		$
Diluted		$
Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding(2)
Basic
Diluted
Pro forma adjusted net income per share attributable to common stockholders(2)(3)
Basic		$
Diluted		$

(1)

The historical earnings per unit are not meaningful or comparable because, prior to the Reorganization, Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC was a single member limited liability company. Accordingly, earnings per unit are not presented.

(2)

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding, and pro forma adjusted net income per share attributable to common stockholders each give effect to (i) the Reorganization and (ii) the sale by us of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, in each case as if such event had occurred on January 1, 2024. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” for more information.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(3)

	THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,						Year Ended December 31,
	2025			2024			2024			2023			2022			2021			2020			2019
	(in millions)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow Data:
Net cash provided by operating activities		$	51.7		$	35.4		$	168.2		$	120.2		$	96.2		$	55.8		$	47.9		$	26.5
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities			(56.2)			(65.5)			(542.4)			(403.4)			(139.3)			75.4			15.2			(69.1)
Net cash provided by financing activities			(0.5)			25.2			388.8			289.9			28.6			(149.0)			(20.1)			41.8
Exchange rate effects on cash balances held in foreign currencies			(2.8)			(1.7)			3.0			(1.2)			(0.7)			(0.5)			0.8			—

	As Of MARCH 31,			As of December 31,
	2025			2024			2023			2022			2021			2020			2019
	(in millions)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash		$	30.4		$	38.2		$	20.6		$	15.2		$	30.2		$	48.5		$	4.6
Investments in receivables, net			1,561.6			1,497.7			984.5			580.0			459.6			544.6			472.3
Total assets			1,715.7			1,654.3			1,115.4			691.7			593.3			692.8			545.6
Notes payable, net			1,212.0			1,194.7			770.9			445.6			367.8			473.6			401.3
Total liabilities			1,281.0			1,271.8			811.8			476.9			393.6			502.4			412.7
Total equity			434.6			382.5			303.6			214.8			199.7			190.4			132.9
Noncontrolling interest			—			—			—			0.4			0.3			—			—

Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures

	THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,						Year Ended December 31,
	2025			2024			2024			2023			2022			2021			2020			2019
	(in millions, except for ratio data)
ERC(1)		$	2,837.9		$	2,005.3		$	2,744.5		$	1,924.1		$	1,199.6		$	1,045.9		$	1,102.0		$	880.1
Deployments(2)		$	175.2		$	101.4		$	723.3		$	530.9		$	269.5		$	156.5		$	148.6		$	164.1
Collections(3)		$	260.9		$	127.2		$	584.6		$	431.0		$	382.4		$	449.3		$	381.5		$	226.7
Net debt(4)		$	1,197.3		$	801.0		$	1,172.6		$	766.9		$	441.4		$	361.5		$	442.0		$	400.9
Net income		$	64.2		$	32.9		$	128.9		$	111.5		$	87.8		$	46.2		$	26.6		$	22.4
Adjusted net income(5)		$	62.9		$	34.2		$	153.6		$	108.6		$	89.3		$	47.6		$	28.8		$	23.7
Adjusted EBITDA(6)		$	92.0		$	53.9		$	242.1		$	168.2		$	129.5		$	91.9		$	69.1		$	50.9

Note: Effective January 1, 2022, Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC prospectively adopted the following accounting standards: (i) ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842) Section A — Leases: Amendments to the FASB Account Standards Codification,” and (ii) ASC 326 — Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (“ASC 326”), commonly referred to as the Current Expected Credit Loss (“CECL”) standard. Due to the difference in standards, the financial data for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 may not necessarily be comparable to the financial data for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1)

ERC refers to the undiscounted sum of all future projected collections on our owned finance receivables portfolios. For further information, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Key Business Metrics — Estimated Remaining Collections.”

(2)

Deployments refers to all portfolios purchased in the ordinary course and excludes those added as a result of an acquisition of a company. For further information, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Key Business Metrics — Deployments.”

(3)

Collections refers to collections on our owned finance receivables portfolios. For further information, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Key Business Metrics — Collections.”

(4)

Net debt is calculated as total borrowings, adjusted to remove the contra-liability for unamortized debt issuance costs and subtract unrestricted cash. We present net debt because we consider it an important supplemental measure used for assessing our leverage. Our management believes net debt helps us provide enhanced period-to-period comparability of leverage and is useful to investors as other companies in our industry report similar financial measures. Net debt should not be considered as an alternative to total borrowings determined in accordance with GAAP. Our calculation of net debt may not be comparable to the calculation of similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Set forth below is a reconciliation of net debt, a non-GAAP financial measure, to total borrowings, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and reported in accordance with GAAP. For further information, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

	THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,						Year Ended December 31,
	2025			2024			2024			2023			2022			2021			2020			2019
	($ in millions)
Total borrowings		$	1,212.0		$	795.9		$	1,194.7		$	770.9		$	445.6		$	367.8		$	473.6		$	401.3
Unamortized debt issuance costs			12.3			15.9			13.4			10.4			7.4			11.0			3.5			2.2
Unrestricted cash			(27.0)			(10.8)			(35.5)			(14.4)			(11.6)			(17.3)			(35.1)			(2.6)
Net debt		$	1,197.3		$	801.0		$	1,172.6		$	766.9		$	441.4		$	361.5		$	442.0		$	400.9

(5)

Adjusted net income is calculated as net income, adjusted to exclude (i) net income attributable to noncontrolling interest; (ii) foreign exchange and other income (expense); (iii) stock-based compensation; (iv) Conn’s one-time items; (v) Canaccede exit consideration; and (vi) merger and acquisition and other one-time expenses. We present adjusted net income because we consider it an important supplemental measure of our operations and financial performance. Our management believes adjusted net income helps us provide enhanced period-to-period comparability of operations and financial performance and is useful to investors as other companies in our industry report similar financial measures. Adjusted net income should not be considered as an alternative to net income determined in accordance with GAAP. Our calculation of adjusted net income may not be comparable to the calculation of similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Set forth below is a reconciliation of adjusted net income, a non-GAAP financial measure, to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and reported in accordance with GAAP. For further information, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Adjusted Net Income.”

	THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,						Year Ended December 31,
	2025			2024			2024			2023			2022			2021			2020			2019
	(in millions)
Net income		$	64.2		$	32.9		$	128.9		$	111.5		$	87.8		$	46.2		$	26.6		$	22.4
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest			—			—			—			—			(0.2)			—			—			—
Foreign exchange and other income (expense)			(2.5)			(0.1)			5.5			(4.6)			0.9			0.3			—			—
Stock-based compensation			0.4			1.2			4.5			1.0			0.7			0.7			0.5			0.6
Conn’s one-time items(a)			0.3			—			4.3			—			—			—			—			—
Canaccede exit consideration			0.2			—			7.7			—			—			—			—			—
Merger and acquisition and other one-time expenses(b)			0.3			0.2			2.7			0.7			0.1			0.4			1.7			0.6
Adjusted net income		$	62.9		$	34.2		$	153.6		$	108.6		$	89.3		$	47.6		$	28.8		$	23.7

(a)

Components include: (i) cure amounts associated with assumed contracts related to the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, where we paid past-due amounts owed to the vendor upon assuming such contracts; and (ii) legal fees for highly specialized expertise related to the Conn’s bankruptcy process. In a typical portfolio purchase, we do not assume any contracts and do not incur either of these types of expenses.

(b)

Includes acquisition fees and expenses and one-time corporate legal expenses.

(6)

Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as net income, adjusted to exclude (i) net income attributable to noncontrolling interest; (ii) interest expense; (iii) foreign exchange and other income (expense); (iv) provision for income taxes; (v) depreciation and amortization; (vi) stock-based compensation; (vii) Conn’s one-time items; (viii) Canaccede exit consideration; and (ix) merger and acquisition and other one-time expenses. Adjusted EBITDA is a supplemental measure of performance that is not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. We present adjusted EBITDA because we consider it an important supplemental measure of our operations and financial performance. Our management believes adjusted EBITDA helps us provide enhanced period-to-period comparability of operations and financial performance and is useful to investors as other companies in our industry report similar financial measures. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income determined

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in accordance with GAAP. Our calculation of adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to the calculation of similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Set forth below is a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and reported in accordance with GAAP. For further information, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Adjusted EBITDA.”

	THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,						Year Ended December 31,
	2025			2024			2024			2023			2022			2021			2020			2019
	(in millions)
Net income		$	64.2		$	32.9		$	128.9		$	111.5		$	87.8		$	46.2		$	26.6		$	22.4
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest			—			—			—			—			(0.2)			—			—			—
Interest expense			24.8			17.2			77.2			48.1			29.3			36.3			34.7			26.1
Foreign exchange and other income (expense)			(2.5)			(0.1)			5.5			(4.6)			0.9			0.3			—			—
Provision for income taxes			2.7			1.9			8.7			9.1			8.3			5.5			3.3			—
Depreciation and amortization			1.6			0.6			2.6			2.4			2.6			2.5			2.3			1.2
Stock-based compensation			0.4			1.2			4.5			1.0			0.7			0.7			0.5			0.6
Conn’s one-time items(a)			0.3			—			4.3			—			—			—			—			—
Canaccede exit consideration			0.2			—			7.7			—			—			—			—			—
Merger and acquisition and other one-time expenses(b)			0.3			0.2			2.7			0.7			0.1			0.4			1.7			0.6
Adjusted EBITDA		$	92.0		$	53.9		$	242.1		$	168.2		$	129.5		$	91.9		$	69.1		$	50.9

(a)

(b)

Includes acquisition fees and expenses and one-time corporate legal expenses.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the information in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” our financial statements and the related notes and the other information contained in this prospectus before you decide whether to buy our common stock. If any of the events contemplated by the following discussion of risks should occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. As a result, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of the money you paid to buy our common stock. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Risks Related to our Business

A deterioration in the economic or inflationary environment in the countries in which we operate could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our performance may be adversely affected by economic, political or inflationary conditions in any market in which we operate. These conditions could include regulatory developments, changes in global or domestic economic policy, legislative changes, and sovereign debt crises. Deterioration in economic conditions, or a significant rise in inflation or high level of sustained inflation could negatively affect the ability of consumers to pay their debts and could reduce the real value of our purchased receivables. This may in turn adversely impact our business and financial results.

If global credit market conditions and the stability of global banks deteriorate, the amount of consumer or commercial lending and financing could be reduced, thus reducing the volume of nonperforming loans available for purchase, which could adversely affect our business, financial results and ability to succeed in the markets in which we operate. Uncertainty about future economic conditions, including the possibility of a recession, a disease outbreak and impacts from wars, such as in Ukraine and in the Middle East makes it difficult for us to forecast operating results and to make decisions about future investments.

Other economic factors that could influence our performance include the financial stability of the lenders on our Revolving Credit Facility (as defined herein) and our access to capital and credit. For example, deterioration in the financial markets could contribute to the insolvency of lending institutions, notably those providing our Revolving Credit Facility, or the tightening of credit markets, which could make it difficult or impossible for us to obtain credit on favorable terms or at all. These and other economic factors could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to continually replace our nonperforming loans with additional portfolios sufficient to operate efficiently and profitably, and/or we may not be able to purchase nonperforming loans at appropriate prices.

To operate profitably, we must purchase and service a sufficient amount of nonperforming loans to generate revenue that exceeds our expenses. Salaries and other compensation expense constitute a significant portion of our operating expenses and, if we do not replace the nonperforming loan portfolios we service with additional portfolios, we may have to reduce the number of our collection and other administrative personnel. We may then have to rehire staff if we subsequently obtain additional portfolios. These practices could lead to negative consequences, including the following:

▪

low employee morale;

▪

fewer experienced employees;

▪

higher training costs;

▪

disruptions in our operations;

▪

loss of efficiency; and

▪

excess costs associated with unused space in our facilities.

The availability of nonperforming loan portfolios at prices that generate an appropriate return on our investment depends on a number of factors, including the following:

▪

consumer debt levels;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

▪

sales of nonperforming loan portfolios by credit originators; and

▪

competitive factors affecting potential purchasers and credit originators of receivables.

Furthermore, heightened regulation of the credit card and consumer lending industry or changing credit origination strategies may result in decreased availability of credit to consumers, potentially leading to a future reduction in nonperforming loans available for purchase from credit originators. We cannot predict how our ability to identify and purchase nonperforming loans and the quality of those nonperforming loans would be affected if there were a shift in lending practices, whether caused by changes in the regulations or accounting practices applicable to credit originators or purchasers, a sustained economic downturn or otherwise.

Moreover, there can be no assurance that credit originators will continue to sell their nonperforming loans consistent with historical levels or at all, or that we will be able to bid competitively for those portfolios. For the period beginning January 1, 2022 and ending March 31, 2025, excluding the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, our top five counterparties accounted for 33.8% of purchases with the top counterparty accounting for 8.8% of total purchase volume for that period. As a substantial percentage of our purchases are concentrated with a few large sellers, a significant decrease in the volume of nonperforming loan purchases from any of these large sellers could force us to seek to source nonperforming loan portfolios from other existing or new clients, which could cost time and additional resources and adversely impact our business. In addition, because of the length of time involved in collecting on acquired portfolios and the variability in the timing of our collections, we may not be able to identify trends and make changes in our purchasing strategies in a timely manner. If we are unable to maintain our business or adapt to changing market needs as well as our current or future competitors, we may experience reduced access to nonperforming loan portfolios at appropriate prices and, therefore, reduced profitability.

We may not be able to collect sufficient amounts on our nonperforming loans to fund our operations.

Our principal business consists of purchasing and collecting nonperforming loans that consumers or others have failed to pay. The credit originators have typically made numerous attempts to recover on their receivables, often using a combination of in-house recovery efforts and third-party collection agencies. These nonperforming loans are difficult to collect, and we may not collect a sufficient amount to cover our investment and the costs of running our business. Furthermore, if the statistical and behavioral models we use to prepare financial projections and make business decisions are inaccurate, we may acquire nonperforming loan portfolios that ultimately prove to be unprofitable. Moreover, if we experience operational issues in making collections on our nonperforming loan portfolios, we may incur losses on portfolios that would have otherwise been profitable.

Our collections may decrease if certain types of insolvency proceedings and bankruptcy filings involving liquidations increase.

Various economic trends and potential changes to existing legislation may contribute to an increase in the amount of personal bankruptcy and insolvency filings. Under certain of these filings, a debtor’s assets may be sold to repay creditors, but because most of the receivables we collect through our collection operations are unsecured, we typically would not be able to collect on those receivables. Although our insolvency collections business could benefit from an increase in personal bankruptcies and insolvencies, we cannot ensure that our collections operations business would not decline with an increase in personal insolvencies or bankruptcy filings or changes in related regulations or practices. If our actual collection experience with respect to a nonperforming or insolvent bankrupt receivables portfolio is significantly lower than the total amount we projected when we acquired the portfolio, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted.

Obligors of the nonperforming loans that we have purchased and attempt to collect on may have sought, or in the future may seek, protection under federal or state bankruptcy or debtor relief laws. If an obligor seeks protection under federal or state bankruptcy or debtor relief laws, or has become the subject of an involuntary bankruptcy petition, a stay will go into effect that will automatically put any pending collection actions on the related receivable on hold and prevent further collection action absent bankruptcy court approval, and a court could reduce, restructure or discharge completely such obligor’s obligations to make payments due under its contract. Federal bankruptcy and state debtor relief and collection laws may also affect the ability to collect outstanding balances owed by debtors. As a result, all or a portion of the related receivable would be written off as uncollectible and our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We use third parties to conduct collection and other activities through outsourcing and offshoring. These third parties include law firms, collection agencies, data providers, tracing service providers, business process outsourcing and information technology firms. One or more of these third parties could fail to meet its obligations and service level expectations, become insolvent or cease operations, which could adversely impact our business operations and financial condition. Furthermore, we may not be able to find alternative third parties in a timely manner on terms that are acceptable to us or because of contractual restrictions that limit our flexibility in responding to disruptions at these vendors, resulting in operational inefficiencies. If any of these third-party service providers violate laws, regulatory requirements, contractual obligations, or act inappropriately in the conduct of their business, our operations and reputation could be negatively impacted and result in regulatory fines and penalties. Any of these factors could cause our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation to be adversely affected.

Disruptions at our co-sourced operation in Mumbai could adversely impact our business.

Our co-sourced operation in Mumbai, India provides critical support within our voluntary collection channel. If our operations at our co-sourced operation are disrupted, whether due to malevolent acts, computer viruses, strikes, wars, terrorism, other geopolitical unrest, climate change, natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, or other external events beyond our control, it could result in interruptions in service to our customers, damage to our reputation, harm to our customer relationships, and reduced revenues and profitability. Our operation in Mumbai may be more exposed to certain geopolitical and other risks than the voluntary collection channel that we operate and maintain in other markets. Should our Mumbai operation be disrupted, there is no guarantee that we could transition our servicing back to our domestic operations or to external resources without the disruption significantly impacting our business.

Goodwill impairment charges could negatively impact our net income and stockholders’ equity.

We have recorded goodwill as a result of our acquisitions. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather, is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. Goodwill is required to be tested for impairment annually and between annual tests if events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. There are numerous risks that may cause the fair value of a reporting unit to fall below its carrying amount, which could lead to the recognition of a goodwill impairment charge. These risks include:

▪

adverse changes in macroeconomic conditions, the business climate, or the market for the entity’s products or services;

▪

significant variances between actual and expected financial results;

▪

negative or declining cash flows;

▪

lowered expectations of future results;

▪

failure to realize anticipated synergies from acquisitions;

▪

significant expense increases;

▪

a more likely-than-not expectation of selling or disposing all, or a portion of, a reporting unit;

▪

the loss of key personnel;

▪

an adverse action or assessment by a regulator; and

▪

significant increase in discount rates.

Our goodwill impairment testing involves the use of estimates and the exercise of judgment, including judgments regarding expected future business performance and market conditions. Significant changes in our assessment of such factors, including the deterioration of market conditions, could affect our assessment of the fair value of one or more of our reporting units and could result in a goodwill impairment charge in a future period.

Our loss contingency accruals may not be adequate to cover actual losses.

We are involved in judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings or investigations concerning matters arising from our business activities. We establish accruals for potential liability arising from legal proceedings when

TABLE OF CONTENTS

it is probable that such liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. However, there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome. We may still incur legal costs for a matter even if we have not accrued a liability. In addition, actual losses may be higher than the amount accrued for a certain matter, or in the aggregate. An unfavorable resolution of a legal proceeding or claim could adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity.

Moriarty, our wholly-owned law firm subsidiary in the United Kingdom that specializes in debt collections, is regulated by the SRA (as defined herein), which is responsible for regulating the professional conduct of solicitors and other authorized individuals at law firms in England and Wales. Pursuant to the Code of Conduct of the SRA, which contains the ethical principles that guide solicitors in their work and which apply to all of our solicitors and govern the responsibilities owed to clients by licensed solicitors, the solicitors of Moriarty must place the interests of their clients as their first priority, including the interests of the external clients they continue to serve. It is possible that these duties may lead to decisions that are not in our financial interest and which limit short-term financial gain, which may adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, under these ethical requirements of the legal profession, for Moriarty’s external cases, we will have no right to, and will not make decisions with respect to, the conduct or direction of any particular legal claim or any settlement or resolution thereof. The right to make such decisions remains solely with the client and his or her Moriarty solicitor.

It is possible that external clients might sue for malpractice or make claims against Moriarty. Because Moriarty is governed by the rules of the SRA, the SRA retains the ultimate discretion to impose economic sanctions in England and Wales.

Our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase depends on our ability to collect the unsecuritized loans and credit card receivables we acquired. The portfolios acquired could underperform relative to our expectations or not perform in accordance with our anticipated timetable, either of which could result in an impairment charge. We may also find that the operating expenses we incur to make our expected collections of the Conn’s Portfolios exceed our forecast. We could experience higher expenses than we anticipate from the 197 FTE we hired from Conn’s, should we encounter difficulties integrating these FTEs into our workforce, as well as from the vendor contracts we entered into or from the new operating site in San Antonio, Texas. Any one of these factors could adversely impact our financial results.

Risks Related to Our International Operations

Our international operations expose us to risks, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A portion of our operations is conducted outside the United States. This could expose us to adverse economic, industry and political conditions that may have a negative impact on our ability to manage our existing operations or pursue alternative strategic transactions, which could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The global nature of our operations expands the risks and uncertainties described elsewhere in this section, including the following:

▪

changes in local political, economic, social and labor conditions in the markets in which we operate;

▪

foreign exchange controls on currency conversion and the transfer of funds that might prevent us from repatriating cash earned in countries outside the United States in a tax-efficient manner;

▪

currency exchange rate fluctuations, currency restructurings, inflation or deflation and our ability to manage these fluctuations through a foreign exchange risk management program;

▪

different employee/employer relationships, laws and regulations, union recognition and the existence of employment tribunals and works councils;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

▪

laws and regulations imposed by international governments, including those governing data security, sharing and transfer and debt collection activities;

▪

potentially adverse tax consequences resulting from changes in tax laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate or challenges to our interpretations and application of complex international tax laws;

▪

logistical, communications and other challenges caused by distance and cultural and language differences, each making it harder to do business in certain jurisdictions;

▪

volatility of global credit markets and the availability of consumer credit and financing in our international markets;

▪

uncertainty as to the enforceability of contract rights under local laws;

▪

the potential of forced nationalization of certain industries, or the impact on creditors’ rights, consumer disposable income levels, flexibility and availability of consumer credit and the ability to enforce and collect aged or charged-off debts stemming from international governmental actions, whether through austerity or stimulus measures or initiatives, intended to control or influence macroeconomic factors such as wages, unemployment, national output or consumption, inflation, investment, credit, finance, taxation or other economic drivers;

▪

the presence of varying levels of business corruption in international markets and the effect of various anti-corruption and other laws on our international operations;

▪

the impact on our day-to-day operations and our ability to staff our international operations given long-term trends towards higher wages in developed and emerging international markets as well as the potential impact of union organizing efforts;

▪

the potential for a widening military conflict in Europe and in the Middle East;

▪

potential damage to our reputation due to non-compliance with international and local laws; and

▪

the complexity and necessity of using non-U.S. representatives, consultants and other third-party vendors.

Any one of these factors could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We continually evaluate opportunities to expand the asset classes we acquire. We may sometimes evaluate and may acquire portfolios consisting of assets with which we have little or no collection experience or portfolios of receivables in new geographies where we do not historically maintain an operational footprint. While we typically look to mitigate risks from this approach, including by partnering with an operator with the requisite experience and the right alignment, or by limiting purchases made without strong historical experience to a relatively small proportion of our annual deployments, our lack of experience in new asset classes or geographies may negatively impact our ability to generate our expected level of profits from these portfolios. Further, our existing methods of collections may prove less effective than we expect for these new receivables, which may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Compliance with complex and evolving international and U.S. laws and regulations that apply to our international operations could increase our cost of doing business in international jurisdictions.

We operate on a global basis with offices and activities in a number of jurisdictions throughout the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom and Latin America. We face increased exposure to risks inherent in conducting business internationally, including compliance with complex international and U.S. laws and regulations that apply to our international operations, which could increase our cost of doing business in international jurisdictions. These laws and regulations include those related to taxation and anti-corruption laws such as the FCPA and the U.K. Bribery Act, and economic and trade sanctions laws and regulations, such as those administered and enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), the U.S. Department of State, the U.S. Department of Commerce, the United Nations Security Council, and other relevant sanctions authorities. Given the complexity of these laws, there is a risk that we may inadvertently breach certain provisions of these laws, such as through the negligent behavior of an employee

TABLE OF CONTENTS

or our failure to comply with certain formal documentation requirements. Violations of these laws and regulations by us, any of our employees or our third-party vendors, either inadvertently or intentionally, could result in fines and penalties, criminal sanctions, restrictions on our operations and ability to offer our products and services in one or more countries. Violations of these laws could also adversely affect our business, brand, international expansion efforts, ability to attract and retain employees and results of operations.

Additionally, pending international regulations, such as the EU Directive (2021/2167) on Credit Servicers and Credit Purchasers, could adversely affect our operations in Europe. The Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (“OECD”) recently issued Pillar Two model rules with the aim of ensuring that multinational enterprises pay a 15% effective tax rate in each jurisdiction. The European Union adopted the OECD Pillar Two Directive effective January 1, 2024. Based on the applicability threshold, we do not believe Pillar Two will be applicable to us; however, we are still monitoring the enactment of Pillar Two legislation in EU countries and elsewhere (including Canada, which similarly enacted its Pillar Two legislation effective January 1, 2024) to determine the potential impact on our financial results as well as monitoring U.S. amendments to the U.S. global intangible low-tax income rules to determine any potential impact on our financial results and our U.S. and international exposure related to income taxes.

Evolving regulation, particularly in Latin America, where the regulatory environment is less restrictive with respect to the use of certain new technologies and where we test new collection capabilities before broader adoption across our business, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations in Latin America are subject to various laws and regulations that govern debt collection practices. Currently, these jurisdictions have regulatory environments that are less restrictive with respect to the use of certain new technologies compared to other regions where we operate. This regulatory landscape currently allows for the development and testing of innovative collection capabilities, including the use of artificial intelligence (“AI”). Although not currently introduced outside of Latin America, we can introduce in other jurisdictions these AI collection capabilities found to be effective.

There is a risk that regulatory regimes in Latin America may change in the future and impose greater restrictions on the use of new technologies, including through increased restrictions on debt collection practices and enhanced consumer protection laws. If such changes were to occur, they could require us to modify our business practices, incur additional compliance costs, or limit our ability to operate as effectively across jurisdictions.

Risks Related to Government Regulation and Litigation

Our ability to collect and enforce our nonperforming and performing loans may be limited under federal, state and international laws, regulations and policies.

Our operations are subject to licensing and regulation by governmental and regulatory bodies in the many jurisdictions in which we operate. U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations, and the laws and regulations of the international countries in which we operate, may limit our ability to collect on and enforce our rights with respect to our nonperforming and performing loans and may hinder portfolio purchases such as the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, regardless of any act or omission on our part. Some laws and regulations applicable to credit issuers may preclude us from collecting on nonperforming and performing loans we acquire if the credit issuer previously failed to comply with applicable laws in generating or servicing those receivables. Collection laws and regulations also directly apply to our business. Such laws and regulations are extensive and subject to change. A variety of state, federal and international laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, transmission, sharing and security of consumer data. Consumer protection and privacy protection laws, changes in the ways that existing rules or laws are interpreted or enforced and any procedures that may be implemented as a result of regulatory consent orders may adversely affect our ability to collect on our nonperforming loans and adversely affect our business. Our failure to comply with laws or regulations applicable to us could limit our ability to collect on our receivables, which could reduce our profitability and adversely affect our business.

Failure to comply with government regulation of the collections industry could result in penalties, fines, litigation, damage to our reputation or the suspension or termination of our ability to conduct our business.

The collections industry throughout the markets in which we operate is governed by various laws and regulations, many of which require us to be a licensed debt collector. Our industry is also at times investigated by regulators and offices of state attorneys general, and subpoenas and other requests or demands for

TABLE OF CONTENTS

information may be issued by governmental authorities who are investigating debt collection activities. These investigations may result in enforcement actions, fines and penalties, or the assertion of private claims and lawsuits. If any such investigations result in findings that we or our vendors have failed to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we could be subject to penalties, litigation losses and expenses, damage to our reputation, or the suspension or termination of, or required modification to, our ability to conduct collections, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In a number of jurisdictions, we must maintain licenses to purchase or own debt, and/or to perform debt recovery services and must satisfy related bonding requirements. Our failure to comply with existing licensing requirements, changing interpretations of existing requirements, or adoption of new licensing requirements, could restrict our ability to collect in certain jurisdictions, subject us to increased regulation, increase our costs or adversely affect our ability to purchase, own and/or collect our receivables.

Some laws, among other things, also may limit the interest rate and fees that we may impose on consumers, limit the time in which we may file legal actions to enforce consumer accounts and require specific account information for certain collection activities. In addition, local requirements and court rulings in various jurisdictions may affect our ability to collect.

Regulations and statutes applicable to our industry further provide that, in some cases, consumers cannot be held liable for, or their liability may be limited with respect to, charges to their debit or credit card accounts that resulted from unauthorized use of their credit. These laws, among others, may limit our ability to recover amounts owing with respect to the receivables, whether or not we committed any wrongful act or omission in connection with the account.

In the United States and certain other jurisdictions we are subject to laws and regulations that broadly prohibit unfair competition and unfair, deceptive and abusive acts and practices. These consumer-focused regulations impose requirements on the way we operate our business and could restrict our ability to collect in certain jurisdictions, subject us to increased regulation, increase our costs or adversely affect our ability to purchase, own and/or collect our receivables.

If we fail to comply with any applicable laws and regulations discussed above, such failure could result in penalties, litigation losses and expenses, damage to our reputation, or otherwise impact our ability to conduct collections efforts, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Investigations, reviews or enforcement actions by governmental authorities may result in changes to our business practices; negatively impact our deployment volume; make collection of receivables more difficult; or expose us to the risk of fines, penalties, restitution payments and litigation.

Our debt collection activities and business practices are subject to review from time to time by various governmental authorities and regulators, including the CFPB, which may commence investigations, reviews or enforcement actions targeted at businesses in the financial services industry. These investigations or reviews may involve individual consumer complaints or our debt collection policies and practices generally. Such investigations or reviews could lead to assertions by governmental authorities that we are not complying with applicable laws or regulations. In such circumstances, authorities may request or seek to impose a range of remedies that could involve potential compensatory or punitive damage claims, fines, restitution payments, sanctions or injunctive relief, that if agreed to or granted, could require us to make payments or incur other expenditures. The CFPB has the authority to obtain cease and desist orders (which can include orders for restitution or rescission of contracts, as well as other kinds of affirmative relief), recover costs, and impose monetary penalties (ranging from $5,000 per day to over $1 million per day, depending on the nature and gravity of the violation). In addition, where a company has violated Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act or CFPB regulations implemented thereunder, the Dodd-Frank Act empowers state attorneys general and other state regulators to bring civil actions to remedy violations under state law. Governmental authorities could also request or seek to require us to cease certain practices or institute new practices. Negative publicity relating to investigations or proceedings brought by governmental authorities could have an adverse impact on our reputation, harm our ability to conduct business with industry participants, and result in financial institutions reducing or eliminating sales of receivables portfolios to us. Moreover, changing or modifying our internal policies or procedures, responding to governmental inquiries and investigations and defending lawsuits or other proceedings could require significant efforts on the part of management and result in increased costs to

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our business. In addition, such efforts could divert management’s full attention from our business operations. All of these factors could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in tax provisions or exposures to additional tax liabilities could have an adverse tax effect on our financial condition.

Our tax filings are subject to audit by domestic and international tax authorities. If our tax filing positions are successfully challenged, payments could be required that are in excess of reserved amounts or we may be required to reduce the carrying amount of our net deferred tax asset, either of which could be significant to our financial condition or results of operations. Although we believe our estimates are reasonable, the ultimate tax outcome may differ from the amounts recorded in our financial statements and may adversely or beneficially affect our financial results in the period(s) for which such determination is made.

Recent changes in U.S. trade policy could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The U.S. government has made significant changes in U.S. trade policy and has taken certain actions that have negatively impacted U.S. trade, including imposing tariffs on certain goods imported into the United States. For example, in March 2025, the Trump administration implemented a 25% additional tariff on imports from Canada and Mexico, which have since been paused, and a 10% additional tariff on imports from China, which has since been increased. To date, several governments, including those of Canada, Mexico, the European Union and China have imposed tariffs on certain goods imported from the United States. The Trump administration has since that date implemented, and it is possible it will continue to implement, additional tariffs on imports from the same or other countries and such countries will implement reciprocal tariffs on imports from the United States. Any further changes in U.S. or international trade policy could trigger additional retaliatory actions by affected countries, resulting in “trade wars” that could indirectly affect service businesses involved in debt purchasing and collections on charged-off consumer accounts. While these tariffs primarily target goods, and the accounts we purchase would not be covered, the broader economic implications may influence consumer behavior and financial stability, thereby impacting the debt purchasing and collection industries. Potential impacts include:

▪

higher prices for imported goods, contributing to inflation and reducing consumers’ disposable income, which may result in higher delinquency rates on performing loans or lower liquidation rates on non-performing loans as individuals have less disposable income to meet their debt obligations;

▪

rising default rates on loans and credit accounts, which could lead to a larger volume of charged-off accounts entering the market, potentially increasing deployment opportunities for debt purchasers;

▪

lenders adopting more stringent credit policies, which could reduce the issuance of new credit, thereby affecting the flow of accounts that debt purchasers typically acquire, or influence lenders’ strategies regarding debt sales and collections as they prepare for potential loan defaults amid declining revenues; and

▪

increased volatility in capital markets, such as the rise of borrowing costs since April 2, 2025, which may impact the ability to secure financing for purchasing portfolios.

While the tariffs are not expected to directly impact the debt purchasing business, their potential ripple effects through the economy, such as heightened consumer financial stress, increased default rates and market volatility, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Information Technology, Cybersecurity and Intellectual Property

A variety of jurisdictions in which we operate have laws and regulations concerning, privacy, cybersecurity, and the protection of personal data, including the EU GDPR, the U.K. GDPR, the U.S. GLBA, and the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, each as defined herein. These laws and regulations create certain privacy rights for individuals and impose prescriptive operational requirements for covered businesses relating to the processing and protection of personal data and may also impose substantial penalties for non-compliance.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, laws and regulations relating to privacy, cybersecurity and data protection are quickly evolving, and any such proposed or new legal frameworks could significantly impact our operations, financial performance and business. The application and enforcement of these evolving legal requirements is uncertain and may require us to further change or update our information practices, and could impose additional compliance costs and regulatory scrutiny. If we fail to effectively implement and maintain data governance structures across our business, or to effectively interpret and utilize such data, our operations could be exposed to additional adverse impacts, and we could be at a competitive disadvantage.

We may incur significant costs complying with legal obligations and inquiries, investigations or any other government actions related to privacy, cybersecurity, and data protection. Such legal requirements and government actions also may impede our development of new products, services, or businesses, make existing products, services, or businesses unprofitable, increase our operating costs, require substantial management resources, result in adverse publicity and subject us to remedies that harm our business or profitability, including penalties or orders that we may change or terminate current business practices. Our insurance policies may be insufficient to insure us against such risks, and future escalations in premiums and deductibles under these policies may render them uneconomical.

We are dependent on our data gathering systems and proprietary consumer profiles, and if access to such data was lost or became public, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

Our models and consumer databases provide information that is critical to our business. We rely on data provided to us by multiple credit reference agencies, our servicing partners and other sources in order to operate our systems, develop our proprietary consumer profiles and run our business generally. If these credit reference agencies were to terminate their agreements or stop providing us with data for any reason, for example, due to a change in governmental regulation, or if they were to considerably raise the price of their services, our business could be materially and adversely affected. Also, if any of the proprietary information or data that we use became public, for example, due to a change in government regulations, we could lose a significant competitive advantage and our business could be negatively impacted.

If we become unable to continue to acquire or use information and data in the manner in which it is currently acquired and used, or if we were prohibited from accessing or aggregating the data in these systems or profiles for any reason, we may lose a significant competitive advantage, in particular if our competitors continue to be able to acquire and use such data, and our business could be materially and adversely affected.

A cybersecurity incident could damage our reputation and adversely impact our business and financial results.

Our business is highly dependent on our ability to process and monitor a large number of transactions across markets and in multiple currencies. We rely on information technology systems to conduct our business, including systems developed and administered by third parties. Many of these systems contain sensitive and confidential information, including personal data, our trade secrets and proprietary business information, and information and materials owned by or pertaining to our customers, vendors and business partners. The secure maintenance of this information, and the information technology systems on which they reside, is critical to our business strategy as well as our operations and financial performance. As we expand geographically, and our reliance on information technology systems increases, maintaining the security of such systems and our data becomes more significant and challenging.

Although we take a number of steps to protect our information technology systems, the attacks that companies have experienced have increased in number, sophistication and complexity over the past few years, including threats from the malicious use of new AI tools.

Accordingly, we may suffer data security incidents or other cybersecurity incidents, which could compromise our systems and networks, creating system disruptions and exploiting vulnerabilities in our products and services. Any such breach or other incident also could result in the personal data or other confidential or proprietary information stored on our systems and networks, or our vendors’ systems and networks, being improperly accessed, acquired or modified, publicly disclosed, lost, or stolen, which could subject us to liability to our customers, vendors, business partners and others. We seek to detect and investigate such incidents and to prevent their recurrence where practicable through preventive and remedial measures, but such measures may not be successful.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Should a cybersecurity incident occur, we may be required to expend significant resources to notify affected parties, modify our protective measures or investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures. In addition, our remediation efforts may not be successful. Further, such cybersecurity events could cause reputational damage and subject us to fines, penalties, litigation costs and settlements and financial losses that may not be fully covered by our cybersecurity insurance. To date, disruptions to our information technology systems, due to outages, security breaches or other causes, including cybersecurity incidents have not had a material impact on our business. However, any such disruption could have significant consequences for our business, including financial loss and reputational damage.

We depend on effective information and communication systems to operate our business. We have also acquired and expect to acquire additional systems as a result of business acquisitions. Significant resources are required to maintain or enhance our existing information and telephone systems and to replace obsolete systems. Although we periodically upgrade, streamline, and integrate our systems and have invested in strategies to prevent a failure, our systems are susceptible to outages due to natural disasters, power loss, computer viruses, security breaches, hardware or software vulnerabilities, disruptions, and similar events. Failure to adequately implement or maintain effective and efficient information systems with sufficiently advanced technological capabilities, or our failure to efficiently and effectively consolidate our information systems to eliminate redundant or obsolete applications, could cause us to lose our competitive advantage, divert management’s time, result in a loss of productivity or disrupt business operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to adequately protect the intellectual property rights upon which we rely and, as a result, any lack of protection may diminish our competitive advantage.

We rely on proprietary software programs and valuation and collection processes and techniques, and we believe that these assets provide us with a competitive advantage. We consider our proprietary software, processes, and techniques to be trade secrets, but they are not protected by patent or registered copyright. We may not be able to protect our technology and data resources adequately, which may diminish our competitive advantage, which may, in turn, adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to intellectual property rights claims by third parties, which may be costly to defend and could require us to pay significant damages.

We cannot be certain that the operation of our business does not, or will not, infringe or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of third parties. We may in the future be subject, to legal proceedings and claims alleging that we infringe or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of third parties. We may not be aware if we are infringing, misappropriating, or otherwise violating third-party intellectual property rights, and third parties may bring claims alleging such infringement, misappropriation or violation. Moreover, the law continues to evolve and be applied and interpreted by courts in novel ways that we may not be able to adequately anticipate, and such changes may subject us to additional claims and liabilities. In addition, certain companies and rights holders seek to enforce and monetize intellectual property rights they own, have purchased, or otherwise obtained and many potential litigants have the ability to dedicate substantial resources to assert their intellectual property rights and to defend claims that may be brought against them. We may not be able to defend ourselves effectively against such intellectual property rights claims and could be forced to incur significant defense costs and pay significant damages, which, in turn, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our proprietary technology platforms and business solutions contain third-party open-source software components, and failure to comply with the terms of the applicable underlying open-source software licenses could compromise the proprietary nature of our platform or could require disclosure of affected proprietary software source code.

Our proprietary technology platforms and business solutions contain software modules licensed to us by third-party authors under “open source” licenses. Use and distribution of open-source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open-source licensors generally do not provide support, warranties, indemnification or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the software and open-source software may have security and other vulnerabilities and architectural instabilities due to their wide availability.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, if we combine our proprietary software with open-source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain “copyleft” open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software under the terms of such an open source software license, which could require us to offer our source code at little or no cost or grant other rights to our intellectual property. This could enable our competitors to create similar offerings with lower development effort, resources and time and ultimately could result in a loss of our competitive advantages.

Even though we have certain procedures in place to monitor our use of open-source software, we could inadvertently breach the terms of an open source license, or such breach could be claimed, in part because open source license terms are often ambiguous and the terms of many open-source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts, leaving a risk that licenses could be construed as imposing unanticipated restrictions. As a result, we could be subject to lawsuits by parties claiming breach or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the open source software licenses and we could face infringement or other liability. Many of these risks associated with the use of open source software, cannot be eliminated, and could, if not properly addressed, negatively affect our business.

We and some of our vendors use or are exploring use of machine learning, AI and automated decision-making technologies to improve operational efficiency and for other purposes in our business. As with many technological innovations, there are significant risks and challenges involved in developing, maintaining and deploying these technologies, and there can be no assurance that the usage of such technologies will always enhance our solutions or be beneficial to our business, including our efficiency or profitability.

In particular, if the models underlying machine learning, AI and automated decision-making technologies that we develop or use are: (i) incorrectly designed or implemented; (ii) trained or reliant on incomplete, inadequate, inaccurate, biased or otherwise poor quality data, or on data to which we do not have sufficient rights or in relation to which we and/or the providers of such data have not implemented sufficient legal compliance measures (including with respect to the processing and protection of such data); (iii) used without sufficient oversight and governance to ensure their responsible and ethical use; and/or (iv) adversely impacted by unforeseen defects, technical challenges, cybersecurity threats or material performance issues, the performance of our products, services and business, as well as our reputation and the reputations of our customers and business partners, could suffer or we could incur liability resulting from harm to individuals, civil claims or the violation of laws or contracts to which we are a party.

Risks Related to Our Financial Condition and Indebtedness

We expect to use leverage in executing our business strategy, which may have adverse consequences.

We may incur a substantial amount of debt in the future. As of March 31, 2025, as adjusted for the 2030 Notes Offering as well as the $16 million dividend paid on May 9, 2025, we had total consolidated indebtedness of $1,249.3 million, which was comprised of $300.0 million outstanding principal amount of the 2026 Notes (as defined herein), $400.0 million outstanding principal amount of the 2029 Notes (as defined herein), $500.0 million outstanding principal amount of 2030 Notes and $49.3 million borrowed under the Revolving Credit Facility. As of March 31, 2025, the amount available to be borrowed under the Revolving Credit Facility, subject to borrowing base restrictions, was $775.7 million, all of which if borrowed would be secured. Our management team considers a number of factors when evaluating our level of indebtedness and when making decisions about incurring any new indebtedness, including the purchase price of assets to be acquired with debt financing, the estimated market value of our assets and the ability of particular assets and the Company as a whole, to generate cash flow to cover the expected debt service.

Incurring a substantial amount of debt could have important consequences for our business, including:

▪

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our debt or to our trade or other creditors;

▪

increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic or industry conditions;

▪

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund capital expenditures and acquisitions, particularly when the availability of financing in the capital markets is constrained;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

▪

requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations and reducing our ability to use our cash flows to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general corporate requirements;

▪

increasing the amount of interest expense because the indebtedness under our Revolving Credit Facility bears interest at floating rates, which, if interest rates increase, will result in higher interest expense;

▪

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; and

▪

placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to less leveraged competitors.

We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us through capital markets financings, under credit facilities or otherwise, in an amount sufficient to enable us to repay our indebtedness, or fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, at or before its scheduled maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. In addition, we may incur additional indebtedness in order to finance our operations or to repay existing indebtedness. If we cannot service our indebtedness, we may have to take actions such as selling assets, seeking additional debt or equity or reducing or delaying capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances. We cannot assure you that any such actions, if necessary, could be effected on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or on terms that would be advantageous to our stockholders or on terms that would not require us to breach the terms and conditions of our existing or future debt agreements. Our ability to access additional future borrowings could be negatively impacted as a result of the impact of disease outbreaks, the possibility of a recession and the impacts from the wars in Ukraine and in the Middle East on the global debt and capital markets.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow or complete alternative financing plans, including raising additional capital, to meet our debt service obligations.

Our ability to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to make scheduled payments on our debt obligations will depend on our current and future financial performance, which is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. In the future, we may fail to generate sufficient cash flow from the collection of nonperforming loans to meet our cash requirements. Further, our capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned if, for example, our collections do not reach expected levels, we have to incur unforeseen expenses, we invest in acquisitions or make other investments that we believe will benefit our competitive position. If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt obligations, including interest payments and the payment of principal at maturity, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our debt, selling assets or seeking to raise additional capital. We cannot provide assurance that any refinancing would be possible, that any assets could be sold, or, if sold, of the timeliness and amount of proceeds realized from those sales, that additional financing could be obtained on acceptable terms, if at all, or that additional financing would be permitted under the terms of our various debt instruments then in effect. Furthermore, our ability to refinance would depend upon the condition of the finance and credit markets. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our obligations on commercially reasonable terms or on a timely basis, would materially affect our business, financial condition or results of operations and may delay or prevent the expansion of our business.

The agreements governing our indebtedness include provisions that may restrict our financial and business operations.

Our Revolving Credit Facility, the indentures governing our 2026 Notes, 2029 Notes and 2030 Notes (each as defined herein, and together, the “Senior Notes”) and our other indebtedness contain financial and other restrictive covenants, including restrictions on certain types of transactions and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. These restrictions may interfere with our ability to engage in other necessary or desirable business activities, which could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to satisfy any one of these covenants could result in negative consequences, including the following:

▪

acceleration of outstanding indebtedness;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

▪

our inability to continue to purchase nonperforming loans needed to operate our business; or

▪

our inability to secure alternative financing on favorable terms, if at all.

In addition, the amounts borrowed under the Revolving Credit Facility are secured by substantially all of the assets of four of our operating subsidiaries, collectively accounting for a significant amount of our total assets. As a result, in the event of the occurrence of a default under our Revolving Credit Facility, the Administrative Agent (as defined herein) may enforce its security interests (for the ratable benefit of the lenders under our Revolving Credit Facility and the other secured parties) over our subsidiaries’ assets that secure the obligations under our Revolving Credit Facility, take control of the assets and businesses of those subsidiaries, force us to seek bankruptcy protection, or force us to curtail or abandon our current business plans. If that were to happen, you may lose all, or a part of, your investment in our common stock.

If we fail to satisfy the restrictive covenants contained in our Revolving Credit Facility or our Senior Notes, or if we are unable to renegotiate, expand or replace the Revolving Credit Facility when needed, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be impacted negatively.

Adverse changes in our credit ratings could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to access capital markets is important to our ability to operate our business. Increased scrutiny of our industry and the impact of regulation, as well as changes in our financial performance and unfavorable conditions in the capital markets, could result in credit agencies reexamining and downgrading our credit ratings. A downgrade in our credit ratings may restrict or discontinue our ability to access capital markets at attractive rates and increase our borrowing costs, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

The JCF Stockholders control us, and their interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future, including with respect to matters that involve corporate opportunities.

Immediately following this offering, the JCF Stockholders will together control approximately % of the voting power for our common stock (or % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders). As such, the JCF Stockholders will control the vote of all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, which will enable them to control the election of the members of the board of directors and all other corporate decisions. Even when the JCF Stockholders cease to own shares of our stock representing a majority of the total voting power, for so long as the JCF Stockholders continue to own a significant percentage of our stock, the JCF Stockholders will still be able to significantly influence the composition of our board of directors and the approval of actions requiring stockholder approval. Accordingly, for such period of time, the JCF Stockholders will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies, including the appointment and removal of our officers, decisions on whether to raise future capital and amending our charter and bylaws, which govern the rights attached to our common stock. In particular, for so long as the JCF Stockholders continue to own a significant percentage of our stock, the JCF Stockholders will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of us or a change in the composition of our board of directors and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of us. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of common stock as part of a sale of us and ultimately might affect the market price of our common stock.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the JCF Stockholders will have the right to designate nominees for election to our board of directors immediately following this offering, which number shall decline in the future in proportion to any declines in the JCF Stockholders’ ownership in us. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock — Anti-Takeover Provisions — Director Nomination Rights” for more information.

The JCF Stockholders and their affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities, including investments in the financial services industry generally. In the ordinary course of their business activities, the JCF Stockholders and their affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our stockholders, such as investing in or advising businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or are customers of ours. Although the “corporate opportunities doctrine” provides that

TABLE OF CONTENTS

directors and officers of a corporation, as part of their duty of loyalty to the corporation and its stockholders, generally have a fiduciary duty to disclose opportunities to the corporation that are related to its business and are prohibited from pursuing those opportunities unless the corporation determines that it is not going to pursue them, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be effective in connection with the completion of this offering will waive the corporate opportunities doctrine. Specifically, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be effective in connection with the completion of this offering will provide that none of the JCF Stockholders, any of their affiliates or any director affiliated with the JCF Stockholders who is not employed by us (including any such non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. The JCF Stockholders and their affiliates also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, if the JCF Stockholders or any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for us, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. The JCF Stockholders and their affiliates may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in its judgment, could enhance its investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you. See the sections entitled “Description of Capital Stock — Conflicts of Interest; Corporate Opportunities.”

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from our initial public offering and may not use them effectively.

To the extent (i) we raise more money than required for the purposes explained in the section titled “Use of Proceeds” or (ii) we determine the proposed uses set forth in that section are no longer in the best interests of our Company, we cannot specify with any certainty the particular uses of such net proceeds that we will receive from this offering. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of such net proceeds, including working capital, possible acquisitions, and other general corporate purposes, and we may spend or invest these proceeds in a way with which our stockholders disagree. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business and financial condition. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

An active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop, which may limit your ability to sell your shares.

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq under the symbol “JCAP,” an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us, the underwriters and the selling stockholders and may not be indicative of market prices of our common stock that will prevail in the open market after the offering. A public trading market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the existence of willing buyers and sellers at any given time, such existence being dependent upon the individual decisions of buyers and sellers over which neither we nor any market maker has control. The failure of an active and liquid trading market to develop and continue would likely have a material adverse effect on the value of our common stock. The market price of our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by issuing shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

Our stock price may change significantly following the offering and you may not be able to resell shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid or at all, and you could lose all or part of your investment as a result.

The initial public offering price for our common stock was determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters. Our operating results and the trading price of our common stock may fluctuate and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price due to a number of factors, including:

▪

market conditions in our industry or the broader stock market;

▪

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results;

▪

introduction of new solutions or services by us or our competitors;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

▪

issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations; sales, or anticipated sales, of large blocks of our stock;

▪

additions or departures of key personnel;

▪

regulatory or political developments;

▪

litigation and governmental investigations;

▪

changing economic conditions;

▪

investors’ perception of us;

▪

events beyond our control such as weather and war; and

▪

any default on our indebtedness.

In particular, securities markets worldwide have experienced, and are likely to continue to experience, significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could subject the market price of our shares to wide price fluctuations regardless of our operating performance. These and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, may cause our operating results and the market price and demand for our shares to fluctuate substantially. Fluctuations in our quarterly operating results could limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares and may otherwise negatively affect the market price and liquidity of our shares. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business, which could significantly harm our profitability and reputation.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. Such sales could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have outstanding shares of common stock. The shares that are not being sold in this offering will be subject to a -day lock-up period provided under agreements executed in connection with this offering between the underwriters and our executive officers and directors and the holders of an aggregate of shares of our common stock (approximately % of the outstanding shares of our common stock), including the selling stockholders. These shares will, however, be able to be transferred after the expiration of the lock-up agreements, upon the waiver of such lock-up agreement by, or in accordance with the exceptions to the lock-up described in the “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting” sections of this prospectus. We also intend to file a Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933 to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely resold in the public market, subject to legal or contractual restrictions, such as the lock-up agreements described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus. In addition, the JCF Stockholders, who will hold approximately % of our outstanding common stock upon the completion of this offering, will have demand registration rights to require us to file registration statements in connection with future sales of their shares, and the holders of approximately % of our outstanding common stock upon the completion of this offering, will have rights to require us to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourself or other stockholders. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Registration Rights Agreement.” Future sales by these stockholders could be significant. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our stock could decline if the holders of shares that will be subject to lock-up agreements sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of your investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book value per share after this offering.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $ per share, representing the difference between our as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the initial public offering price. In addition, purchasers of our common stock in this offering will have contributed % of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our common stock but will own only approximately % of our common stock outstanding after this offering. See the section titled “Dilution” for more detail.

There can be no assurance that we will continue to declare cash dividends or repurchase our shares at all or in any particular amounts.

We currently intend to pay quarterly cash dividends beginning in the quarter of 2025 and also may consider share repurchase programs in the future to supplement our dividend policy. Our intent to pay quarterly dividends and potentially repurchase our shares is subject to capital availability and periodic determinations by our board of directors that such actions are in the best interest of our stockholders. Future dividends and share repurchases may be affected by, among other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant, our financial condition, earnings, liquidity and capital requirements, regulatory constraints, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to payment of dividends, restrictions imposed by Delaware law and general business conditions. Our policies regarding dividend payments and share repurchases may change from time to time, and there can be no assurance that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock or repurchase any shares of our common stock, or as to the amount of any such dividends or repurchases. Therefore, any return on investment in our common stock may depend solely upon the appreciation of the price of our common stock on the open market, which may not occur. Additionally, any reduction or suspension in our dividend payments could have a negative effect on our stock price. See the section titled “Dividend Policy” for more detail.

We expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the Nasdaq and, as a result, we qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections as those afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such governance requirements.

Immediately following this offering, we expect that the JCF Stockholders will together control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the Nasdaq. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that, within one year of the date of the listing of our common stock:

▪

we have a board that is composed of a majority of “independent directors” as defined under the rules of such exchange; and

▪

we have a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee that are composed entirely of independent directors.

These exemptions do not modify the requirement for a fully independent audit committee, which is permitted to be phased-in as follows: (1) one independent committee member at the time of our initial public offering; (2) a majority of independent committee members within 90 days of our initial public offering; and (3) all independent committee members within one year of our initial public offering. Similarly, once we are no longer a “controlled company,” we must comply with the independent board committee requirements as they relate to the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee, on the same phase-in schedule as set forth above, with the trigger date being the date we are no longer a “controlled company” as opposed to our initial public offering date. Additionally, we will have 12 months from the date we cease to be a “controlled company” to have a majority of independent directors on our board of directors.

If we utilize the “controlled company exemption,” you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq. See the section titled “Management — Controlled Company Status.”

We are an emerging growth company and our compliance with the reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of:

TABLE OF CONTENTS

▪

the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of our initial public offering of common stock;

▪

the last day of our fiscal year in which we have an annual gross revenue of $1.235 billion or more; the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt; and

▪

the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” which will occur at such time as we (i) have an aggregate worldwide market value of common equity securities held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (ii) have been required to file annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act for a period of at least 12 months, and (iii) have filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Exchange Act.

For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with certain requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and may also avail ourselves of the reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements and the exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and obtaining stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, the information we provide stockholders is different than the information that is available with respect to other public companies. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.

The JOBS Act also permits an emerging growth company like us to avail ourselves of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards on a non-delayed basis.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract our management, which could make it difficult to manage our business, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

As a public company, we will incur legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not previously incur. We will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the listing requirements of the Nasdaq and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business, financial condition and results of operations. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert our management’s attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. In addition, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These additional obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance, ESG-related matters and general public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies around public company standards, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making certain activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by

TABLE OF CONTENTS

regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of our management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our shares or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

General Risk Factors

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting in order to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We may not complete our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP. We are in the early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation prior to becoming a public company or in a timely manner thereafter. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our common stock to decline, and we may be subject to investigation or sanctions by the SEC.

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the fiscal year that coincides with the filing of our second annual report on Form 10-K. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. We will also be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating.

Additionally, if one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting are identified in future periods, our management would be required to devote significant time and incur significant expense to remediate any such material weaknesses and may not be able to remediate any such material weaknesses in a timely manner. Any such material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting could also result in errors in our financial statements that could require us to restate our financial statements, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and cause stockholders to lose confidence in our reported financial information, all of which could materially and adversely affect our business and stock price. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various costly and time-consuming

TABLE OF CONTENTS

actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The number of shares of our common stock eligible for future sale could adversely affect the market price of our stock.

We have reserved approximately shares of our common stock for future equity grants under the 2025 Plan. We may issue additional restricted securities or register additional shares of our common stock under the Securities Act, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in the future. The issuance of a significant number of shares of our common stock upon the exercise of stock options or the availability for sale, or sale, of a substantial number of the shares of common stock eligible for future sale under effective registration statements, under Rule 144 or otherwise, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

The value of our common stock may be materially adversely affected by additional issuances of common stock by us.

Any future issuances or sales of our common stock by us will be dilutive to our existing common stockholders. We may choose to raise additional capital to grow our business and implement our growth strategy through public or private issuances of our common stock or securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public or private market, a perception in the market that such sales could occur, or the issuance of securities exercisable or convertible into our common stock, could dilute your interest in our share capital and adversely affect the prevailing price of our common stock. In addition, in the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be harmed.

Our anti-takeover provisions may delay or prevent a change of control, which could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contain provisions that may make it difficult to remove our board of directors and management and may discourage or delay “change of control” transactions, which could adversely affect the price of our common stock. These provisions include, among others:

▪

our board of directors is divided into three classes, with each class serving for a staggered three-year term, which prevents stockholders from electing an entirely new board of directors at an annual meeting;

▪

no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which prevents the minority stockholders from electing director candidates;

▪

the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

▪

from and after such time as the JCF Stockholders and their affiliates cease to own (directly or indirectly) at least % of the shares of our outstanding common stock (the “Trigger Date”), actions to be taken by our stockholders may only be effected at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders and not by written consent;

▪

from and after the Trigger Date, special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by the board of directors, the Chairman of the board of directors, our chief executive officer, our president or other officer selected by a majority of our directors;

▪

advance notice procedures that stockholders, other than the JCF Stockholders prior to the Trigger Date, must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our board of directors and propose matters to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company;

▪

from and after the Trigger Date, a % stockholder vote is required for removal of a director and a director may only be removed for cause, and a % stockholder vote is required for the amendment, repeal or modification of certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

▪

the JCF Stockholders will have the right to designate nominees for election to our board of directors for so long as the JCF Stockholders beneficially own, in the aggregate, % or more of the aggregate number of shares of voting stock that they own as of the completion of this offering; and

▪

our board of directors may, without stockholder approval, issue series of preferred stock, or rights to acquire preferred stock, that could dilute the interest of, or impair the voting power of, holders of our common stock or could also be used as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change of control.

Certain anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law also apply to our company. In general, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), an anti-takeover provision, prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with an “interested stockholder,” or person or group owning 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock, for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in the manner prescribed by the DGCL and Delaware Court of Chancery.

We intend to elect in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL; however, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that have generally the same effect as Section 203. Nonetheless, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the JCF Stockholders, their respective affiliates and successors, and their respective direct and indirect transferees are not deemed “interested stockholders” for purposes of such provisions and therefore will not be subject to such provisions regardless of the percentage of our voting stock owned by them. See “Description of Capital Stock — Anti-Takeover Provisions — Section 203 of the DGCL.”

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide, for an exclusive forum in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware for certain disputes between us and our stockholders, and that the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action under the Securities Act.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, will provide, that: (i) unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, the federal district court of the State of Delaware) will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for: (A) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us, (B) any action asserting a claim for or based on a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers, other employees, agents or stockholders to us or our stockholders, including without limitation a claim alleging the aiding and abetting of such a breach of fiduciary duty, (C) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers, employees, agents or stockholders arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (D) any action asserting a claim related to or involving us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; (ii) unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause or causes of action arising under the Securities Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including all causes of action asserted against any defendant to such complaint; (iii) any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and consented to these provisions; and (iv) failure to enforce the foregoing provisions would cause us irreparable harm, and we will be entitled to equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific performance, to enforce the foregoing provisions.

This exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Nothing in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws precludes stockholders that assert claims under the Exchange Act, from bringing such claims in federal court to the extent that the Exchange Act confers exclusive federal jurisdiction over such claims, subject to applicable law.

We believe these provisions may benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law and federal securities laws by chancellors and judges, as applicable, particularly experienced in resolving

TABLE OF CONTENTS

corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases on a more expedited schedule relative to other forums and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. If a court were to find the choice of forum provision that will be contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such a forum selection provision as written in connection with claims arising under the Securities Act.

The choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our current or former directors, officers, other employees, agents or stockholders, which may discourage such claims against us or any of our current or former directors, officers, other employees, agents or stockholders and result in increased costs for investors to bring a claim.

We are a holding company and rely on dividends, distributions, and other payments, advances, and transfers of funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations.

We are a holding company that does not conduct any business operations of our own. As a result, we are largely dependent upon cash dividends and distributions and other transfers, including for payments in respect of indebtedness, at the holding company level from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations. The agreements governing the indebtedness of our subsidiaries impose restrictions on our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividend distributions or other transfers to us. Each of our subsidiaries is a distinct legal entity, and under certain circumstances legal and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from them. The deterioration of the earnings from, or other available assets of, our subsidiaries for any reason could also limit or impair their ability to pay dividends or other distributions to us.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Any statements made in this prospectus that are not statements of historical fact, including statements about our beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements and should be evaluated as such. Forward-looking statements include information concerning possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business plan and strategies. These statements often include words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimates,” “expect,” “forecast,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “projects,” “should,” “suggests,” “targets,” “will,” “would” and other similar expressions. These forward-looking statements are contained throughout this prospectus, including the sections titled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” We base these forward-looking statements on our current expectations, plans and assumptions that we have made in light of our experience in the industry, as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances at such time. As you read and consider this prospectus, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of future performance or results. The forward-looking statements are subject to and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions, and you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that these forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions at the time they are made, you should be aware that many factors could affect our actual results or results of operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that may materially affect such forward-looking statements include:

▪

a deterioration in the economic or inflationary environment in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom or Latin America, including the interest rate environment;

▪

our ability to replace our portfolios of nonperforming loans with additional portfolios sufficient to operate efficiently and profitably;

▪

our ability to continue to purchase nonperforming loans at appropriate prices;

▪

our ability to collect sufficient amounts on our nonperforming loans to fund our operations;

▪

our ability to collect on our portfolios consisting of new types of receivables or receivables in new geographies where we are less experienced;

▪

the possibility that third parties we rely on to conduct collection and other activities fail to perform their services;

▪

the possibility that we could recognize significant decreases in our estimate of future recoveries on nonperforming loans;

▪

changes in, or interpretations of, federal, state, local, or international laws, including bankruptcy and collection laws, or changes in the administrative practices of various bankruptcy courts, which could negatively impact our business or our ability to collect on nonperforming loans;

▪

goodwill impairment charges that could negatively impact our net income and stockholders’ equity;

▪

our loss contingency accruals may not be adequate to cover actual losses;

▪

our ability to manage risks associated with our international operations;

▪

our ability to collect and enforce our nonperforming loans may be limited under federal, state, and international laws, regulations, and policies;

▪

our ability to comply with existing and new regulations of the collection industry, the failure of which could result in penalties, fines, litigation, damage to our reputation, or the suspension or termination of or required modification to our ability to conduct our business;

▪

adverse outcomes in pending or future litigation or administrative proceedings;

▪

changes in tax laws and interpretations regarding earnings of our domestic and international operations;

▪

the possibility that class action suits and other litigation could divert management’s attention and increase our expenses;

▪

investigations, reviews, or enforcement actions by governmental authorities, including the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, which could result in changes to our business practices, negatively impact

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our deployment volume, make collection of account balances more difficult, or expose us to the risk of fines, penalties, restitution payments, and litigation;

▪

the possibility that compliance with complex and evolving international and United States laws and regulations that apply to our international operations could increase our cost of doing business in international jurisdictions;

▪

our ability to comply with data privacy regulations such as the General Data Protection Regulation;

▪

our ability to retain, expand, renegotiate or replace our credit facility and our ability to comply with the covenants under our financing arrangements;

▪

our ability to refinance our indebtedness;

▪

our ability to service our outstanding indebtedness;

▪

changes in interest or exchange rates, which could reduce our net income, and the possibility that future hedging strategies may not be successful;

▪

the possibility that we could incur business or technology disruptions or cybersecurity incidents;

▪

disruptions of business operations caused by the underperformance or failure of information technology infrastructure, networks or telephone systems; and

▪

other factors disclosed in this prospectus.

These cautionary statements should not be construed by you to be exhaustive and are made only as of the date of this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $ million, based upon an initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock offered by the selling stockholders, including upon the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $ million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of our common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $ million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

As of March 31, 2025, we had $524.3 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility, maturing on April 26, 2028. Interest on borrowings designated as SOFR Loans, CORRA Loans and Daily Simple SONIA Loans accrues at a rate equal to SOFR, the CORRA Rate or Daily Simple SOFR (each as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement), as applicable, plus 3.00-3.50% (currently % and pro forma for the repayment described above, %). Certain of the underwriters and/or certain of their affiliates are arrangers, agents and/or lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility and therefore may receive a portion of the net proceeds from this offering. See “Underwriting.”

The expected use of the net proceeds from this offering described above represents our intentions based on our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering, and our investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering.

Pending the use of the net proceeds from this offering as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation instruments, including short-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently intend to pay quarterly cash dividends of $ per share on our common stock beginning in the quarter of 2025, representing an initial amount of $ million per quarter, although any declaration of dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, earnings, liquidity and capital requirements, regulatory constraints, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to payment of dividends, restrictions imposed by Delaware law, general business conditions and any other factors that our board of directors deems relevant in making such a determination. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock, or as to the amount of any such dividends.

We also may consider share repurchase programs in the future to supplement our dividend policy. Our board of directors will need to approve any share repurchase program in the future, and it has not approved any such program at this time.

Delaware law requires that dividends be paid only out of “surplus,” which is defined as the fair market value of our net assets, minus our stated capital, or out of the current or the immediately preceding year’s earnings. We are a holding company and have no direct operations. All of our business operations are conducted through our subsidiaries, with substantially all of such business conducted through our wholly owned indirect subsidiary Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC. Any dividends we pay will depend upon the funds legally available for distribution, including dividends or distributions from our subsidiaries to us. Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s ability to pay dividends or make distributions is limited by the Revolving Credit Facility and the indentures governing the Senior Notes, which may in turn limit our ability to declare and pay dividends on our common stock. Our ability to declare and pay dividends also may be limited by the terms of any future credit agreement or any future debt or preferred securities of ours or of our subsidiaries. Accordingly, you may need to sell your shares of common stock to realize a return on your investment, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for them. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock — There can be no assurance that we will continue to declare cash dividends or repurchase our shares at all or in any particular amounts.”

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of March 31, 2025 on:

▪

an actual basis reflecting the financial position of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC;

▪

an as adjusted basis to give effect to the Reorganization and the issuance of 2030 Notes and the application of the net proceeds therefrom; and

▪

an as further adjusted basis to give further effect to our issuance and sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds.”

The selling stockholders are also selling shares of common stock in this offering. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering, including from any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders.

You should read this table together with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The as further adjusted information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

	As of MARCH 31, 2025
	Actual			As Adjusted			AS FURTHER ADJUSTED(1)
	(in MILLIONS, except share and per share amounts)
Cash and cash equivalents		$	27.0		$	27.0		$
Debt:
Revolving Credit Facility(2)		$	524.3		$	33.3		$
2026 Notes			300.0			300.0
2029 Notes			400.0			400.0
2030 Notes(2)			—			500.0
Total debt		$	1,224.3			1,233.3
Member’s/stockholders’ equity:
Contribution by member			—			—
Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, as adjusted and as further adjusted			—			—
Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; shares authorized and shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted; shares authorized and shares issued and outstanding, as further adjusted			—			—
Additional paid-in capital			—			—			(3)
Retained earnings			446.3			446.3
Accumulated other comprehensive income			(11.7)			(11.7)
Total member’s/stockholders’ equity			434.6			434.6
Total capitalization		$	1,658.9		$	1,667.9		$

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of as further adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $ million, assuming that the number of shares of our common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares of our common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of as further adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $ million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(2)

On May 2, 2025, we issued $500.0 million of the 2030 Notes. The proceeds therefrom, net of fees and expenses, of approximately $491.0 million were used to pay down the outstanding balance under the Revolving Credit Facility. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness — 8.250% Senior Notes due 2030.”

(3)

Reflects the impact of the Reorganization shown in the section titled “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.” $64.1 million net impact includes a charge to recognize the estimated net deferred tax liabilities of approximately $72.4 million as of March 31, 2025 arising from the temporary differences between the historical cost basis and tax basis of our assets and liabilities as a result of the change in tax status due to the Reorganization, net of the contribution of federal NOLs, state NOLs and tax credit carryforwards that Jefferson Capital, Inc. will succeed to as part of the Reorganization. Also includes a positive impact of $8.3 million from the elimination in the Reorganization of a liability associated with the prior Long Term Incentive Plan. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” for more information.

▪

shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options we expect to grant in connection with the Reorganization and this offering in respect of certain profits interests that are out-of-the-money at the initial public offering price, assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, to certain executive officers, directors and employees under our 2025 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, at an exercise price equal to the distribution threshold of the out-of-the-money Class B Units multiplied by the exchange ratio;

▪

remaining shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2025 Plan (after giving effect to the issuance of the options described above). Such number also excludes any shares that become issuable pursuant to provisions in the 2025 Plan that automatically increase the share reserve under the 2025 Plan. See “The Reorganization” and “Executive Compensation — Equity Compensation — Class B Unit Grants.”

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the as further adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the common stock is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value (deficit) per share attributable to the shares of common stock held by our pre-initial public offering equity holders.

After giving effect to the Reorganization, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2025 was $ million, or $ per share, based on shares of our common stock outstanding after the Reorganization. After giving effect to the sale of our shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses of $ payable by us, our as further adjusted net tangible book value as of , 2025 was $ million, or $ per share. This amount represents an immediate and substantial dilution of $ per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering. As further adjusted net tangible book value per share represents the book value of our tangible assets less the book value of our total liabilities divided by the number of shares of common stock then issued and outstanding, after giving effect to the foregoing adjustments.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

As adjusted net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2025

Increase in the as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

As further adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

Dilution in as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share of our common stock to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the as further adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $ , and dilution in as further adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $ , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase our as further adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $ per share and decrease the dilution to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering to $ per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease our as further adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $ per share and increase the dilution to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering to $ per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table summarizes on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, as of , 2025, the difference between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid and the average price per share paid or to be paid by our existing stockholders and new investors in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. As the table shows,

TABLE OF CONTENTS

new investors purchasing common stock in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing stockholders paid.

	Shares of Common Stock Purchased			Total Consideration				Average Price Per Share of Common Stock
	Number	Percent		Amount		Percent		Average Price Per Share of Common Stock
Existing stockholders			%		$		%		$
New investors
Total			100.0%		$		100.0%		$

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial offering price would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and average price per share paid by all stockholders by $ million, $ million and $ per share, respectively. An increase (decrease) of in the number of shares of our common stock offered by us in this offering would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and average price per share paid by all stockholders by $ million, $ million and $ per share, respectively.

The above discussion and tables are based on an assumed number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of such securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock, our existing stockholders would own % and our new investors would own % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering.

The foregoing discussion does not reflect any potential purchases made by participants in the directed share program that are associated with us.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE REORGANIZATION

[MISSING IMAGE: fc_reorganization-bw.jpg]

(1)

Issuer of the 2026 Notes, 2029 Notes and 2030 Notes.

(2)

Following a series of transactions that we will engage in immediately prior to the completion of this offering, which we refer to collectively as the “Reorganization,” Jefferson Capital, Inc. will become a holding company with no material assets other than 100% of the equity interests in JCAP TopCo, LLC, which will remain a holding company with no material assets other than 100% of the equity interests in Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC. Jefferson Capital, Inc. will also succeed to federal NOLs, state NOLs and tax carryforwards under Section 381 of the Code as a result of its acquisition in the Reorganization of certain affiliated corporations that held direct or indirect equity interests in JCAP TopCo, LLC. As indirect parent of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC following the Reorganization and this offering, Jefferson Capital, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs, and consolidate the financial results of, Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries.

To effect the Reorganization, the current direct and indirect owners of JCAP TopCo, LLC will, among other things, exchange their direct and indirect interests in JCAP TopCo, LLC for shares of our common stock. As a result of the Reorganization and after giving effect to the completion of this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:

▪

TABLE OF CONTENTS

▪

The number of shares of common stock that will be received by the JCF Stockholders, the Former Canaccede Stockholders and the Management Stockholders in exchange for the 132,828,019 Class A Units and Class C Units of JCAP TopCo, LLC outstanding immediately prior to the Reorganization will be based on an exchange ratio of one share of our common stock for every 2.65656038 interests in JCAP TopCo, LLC, resulting in an aggregate of 50,000,000 shares of our common stock being issued in exchange for such Class A Units and Class C Units. In addition, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, an aggregate of shares of common stock will be issued in exchange for the 27,937,232 Class B Units of JCAP TopCo, LLC outstanding immediately prior to the Reorganization, resulting in a total of shares of common stock outstanding immediately after the Reorganization and before giving effect to this offering.

The number of shares of common stock that the Management Stockholders will collectively receive pursuant to the Reorganization will be based in part on the value that Management Invest LLC would have received under the distribution provisions of the limited liability agreement of JCAP TopCo, LLC, with shares of our common stock valued by reference to the ultimate initial public offering price of shares of common stock in this offering. Specifically, of the shares of common stock to be issued to the Management Stockholders in the Reorganization, shares will be issued in respect of Class B Units of Management Invest LLC (which correspond to Class B Units of JCAP TopCo, LLC) that are “in-the-money” but remain subject to certain vesting conditions specified in individual award agreements. These shares will be issued as restricted stock either with the same time-based vesting requirements that the corresponding Class B Units were subject to prior to the Reorganization or, if such corresponding Class B Units had performance vesting requirements, with a three year time-vesting requirement. If the vesting conditions of the restricted stock are not satisfied, such restricted stock will be forfeited and canceled. See “The Reorganization” and “Executive Compensation — Equity Compensation — Class B Unit Grants.”

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1)

Issuer of the 2026 Notes, 2029 Notes and 2030 Notes.

(2)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X, as amended, to reflect the impact of the Reorganization described in “The Reorganization” and this offering.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2025 presents Jefferson Capital, Inc.’s consolidated financial position after giving pro forma effect to the Reorganization and this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds,” as if they had occurred on March 31, 2025. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and for the year ended December 31, 2024 presents Jefferson Capital, Inc.’s consolidated results of operations after giving pro forma effect to the Reorganization and this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds,”, as if they had occurred on January 1, 2024.

We have derived the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2025 and the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and for the year ended December 31, 2024 from the consolidated financial statements and related notes of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information reflects adjustments that are described in the accompanying notes and are based on available information and certain assumptions we believe are reasonable but are subject to change. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information has been prepared on the basis that we will be taxed as a corporation for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes and, accordingly, will become a taxpaying entity subject to U.S. federal, state and foreign income taxes.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is provided for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations or financial position that would have occurred if the Reorganization and this offering had occurred as of the dates set forth above, nor is it indicative of our future results.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should be read together with the sections titled “Basis of Presentation,” “The Reorganization,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The Reorganization and This Offering

For purposes of the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information presented in this prospectus, we have assumed that the shares offered by this prospectus are sold at an initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and that Jefferson Capital, Inc. will issue and sell shares of common stock in this offering.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF March 31, 2025
(AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS EXCEPT UNIT AND SHARE DATA)

	Actual Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC			Reorganization Adjustments				Pro Forma Jefferson Capital, Inc.			OFFERING ADJUSTMENTS				PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED JEFFERSON CAPITAL, INC.
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents		$	27.0		$	—			$	27.0		$	—			$	27.0
Restricted cash and cash equivalents			3.4			—				3.4			—				3.4
Investments in receivables, net			1,561.6			—				1,561.6			—				1,561.6
Credit card receivables (net of allowance for credit losses of $1,907)			16.0			—				16.0			—				16.0
Prepaid expenses and other assets			41.0			—				41.0			—				41.0
Other intangible assets, net			8.9			—				8.9			—				8.9
Goodwill			57.7			—				57.7			—				57.7
Total assets		$	1,715.6		$	—			$	1,715.6		$	—			$	1,715.6
Liabilities and Member’s / Stockholders’ Equity
Liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		$	67.0		$	(8.3)	(A)		$	58.7		$	—			$	58.7
Deferred tax liability			2.0			72.4	(B)			74.4			—				74.4

Notes payable, net			1,212.0			—				1,212.0			—	(D)			1,212.0
Total liabilities			1,281.0			64.1				1,345.1			—				1,345.1
Commitments and contingencies			—			—				—
Member’s / Stockholders’ Equity:
Contribution by member
Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; shares authorized and shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; shares authorized and shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted			—				(C)							(E)
Additional paid-in capital			—				(C)							(E)
						(64.1)	(F)			(64.1)				(F)			(64.1)
Retained earnings			446.7			—				446.7			—				446.7
Accumulated other comprehensive income			(12.1)			—				(12.1)			—				(12.1)
Total equity		$	434.6		$	(64.1)			$	370.5		$				$	370.5
Total liabilities and member’s / stockholders’ equity		$	1,715.6		$	—			$	1,715.6		$				$	1,715.6

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2025
(AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS EXCEPT UNIT AND SHARE DATA)

	Actual Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC			Reorganization Adjustments				Pro Forma Jefferson Capital, Inc.			OFFERING ADJUSTMENTS			PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED JEFFERSON CAPITAL, INC.
Revenues:
Total portfolio income		$	138.7		$	—			$	138.7		$	—		$	138.7
Changes in recoveries			3.6			—				3.6			—			3.6
Total portfolio revenue			142.3			—				142.3			—			142.3
Credit card revenue			1.9			—				1.9			—			1.9
Servicing revenue			10.7			—				10.7			—			10.7
Total revenues			154.9			—				154.9			—			154.9
Provision for credit losses			0.5			—				0.5			—			0.5
Operating expenses:
Salaries and benefits			14.0			—				14.0			—			14.0
Servicing expenses			42.8			—				42.8			—			42.8
Depreciation and amortization			1.6			—				1.6			—			1.6
Professional fees			2.2			—				2.2			—			2.2
Canaccede exit consideration			—			—				—			—			—
Other selling, general and administrative			4.5			—				4.5			—			4.5
Total operating expenses			65.1			—				65.1			—			65.1
Net operating income			89.3			—				89.3			—			89.3
Other income (expense):
Interest expense			(24.8)			—				(24.8)			—			(24.8)
Foreign exchange and other income (expense)			2.5			—				2.5			—			2.5
Total other income (expense)			(22.3)			—				(22.3)			—			(22.3)
Income before income taxes			67.0			—				67.0			—			67.0
Provision for income taxes			(2.8)			(13.6)	(AA)			(16.4)			—			(16.4)
Net Income			64.2			(13.6)				50.6			—			50.6
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest			—			—				—			—			—
Income attributable to Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC		$	64.2		$	(13.6)			$	50.6			—		$	50.6
Foreign currency translation			3.9			—				3.9			—			3.9
Comprehensive income		$	68.1		$	(13.6)			$	54.5			—		$	54.5
Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders:
Basic
Diluted
Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2024
(AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS EXCEPT UNIT AND SHARE DATA)

	Actual Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC			Reorganization Adjustments				Pro Forma Jefferson Capital, Inc.			OFFERING ADJUSTMENTS			PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED JEFFERSON CAPITAL, INC.
Revenues:
Total portfolio income		$	396.3		$	—			$	396.3		$	—		$	396.3
Changes in recoveries			(0.4)			—				(0.4)			—			(0.4)
Total portfolio revenue			395.9			—				395.9			—			395.9
Credit card revenue			8.3			—				8.3			—			8.3
Servicing revenue			29.1			—				29.1			—			29.1
Total revenues			433.3			—				433.3			—			433.3
Provision for credit losses			3.5			—				3.5			—			3.5
Operating expenses:
Salaries and benefits			48.1			—				48.1			—			48.1
Servicing expenses			130.9			—				130.9			—			130.9
Depreciation and amortization			2.6			—				2.6			—			2.6
Professional fees			11.4			—				11.4			—			11.4
Canaccede exit consideration			7.7			—				7.7			—			7.7
Other selling, general and administrative			8.8			—				8.8			—			8.8
Total operating expenses			209.5			—				209.5			—			209.5
Net operating income			220.3			—				220.3			—			220.3
Other income (expense):
Interest expense			(77.2)			—				(77.2)			—			(77.2)
Foreign exchange and other income (expense)			(5.5)			—				(5.5)			—			(5.5)
Total other income (expense)			(82.7)			—				(82.7)			—			(82.7)
Income before income taxes			137.6			—				143.7			—			143.7
Provision for income taxes			(8.7)			(23.9)	(BB)			(32.6)			—			(32.6)
Net Income			128.9			(23.9)				105.0			—			105.0
Income attributable to Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC		$	128.9		$	(23.9)			$	105.0			—		$	105.0
Foreign currency translation			(14.0)			—				(14.0)			—			(14.0)
Comprehensive income		$	114.9		$	(23.9)			$	91.0			—		$	91.0
Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders:
Basic
Diluted
Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information

1. Basis of Presentation and Description of the Transactions

The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2025 assumes the Reorganization and this offering occurred on March 31, 2025. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and for the year ended December 31, 2024 presents the pro forma effect of the Reorganization and this offering as if they had occurred on January 1, 2024.

The Reorganization and This Offering

Jefferson Capital, Inc., the issuer in this offering, was formed in connection with this offering to serve as a holding company that will indirectly wholly own Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries. Jefferson Capital, Inc. has not engaged in any business or other activities other than those incidental to its formation, the Reorganization described herein and the preparation of this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Following a series of transactions that Jefferson Capital, Inc. will engage in immediately prior to the completion of this offering, which are referred to collectively as the “Reorganization,” Jefferson Capital, Inc. will become a holding company with no material assets other than 100% of the equity interests in JCAP TopCo, LLC, which will remain a holding company with no material assets other than 100% of the equity interests in Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC. Jefferson Capital, Inc. will also succeed to federal NOLs, state NOLs and of tax credit carryforwards under Section 381 of the Code as a result of its acquisition in the Reorganization of certain affiliated corporations that held direct or indirect equity interests in JCAP TopCo, LLC. As indirect parent of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC following the Reorganization and this offering, Jefferson Capital, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs and consolidate the financial results of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries.

To effect the Reorganization, the current direct and indirect owners of JCAP TopCo, LLC, which include (i) entities affiliated with J.C. Flowers, (ii) members of Management Invest LLC, an entity through which employees of JCAP TopCo, LLC and its subsidiaries and certain of our directors hold equity interests, and (iii) former equity holders of Canaccede, will, among other things, exchange their direct and indirect interests in JCAP TopCo, LLC for shares of Jefferson Capital, Inc.’s common stock. The entities affiliated with J.C. Flowers, members of Management Invest LLC and former stockholders of Canaccede who will own shares of Jefferson Capital, Inc’s common stock following the Reorganization and this offering are referred to as the “JCF Stockholders,” “Management Stockholders” and “Former Canaccede Stockholders,” respectively. The number of shares of common stock that the Management Stockholders will collectively receive pursuant to the Reorganization will be based in part on the value that Management Invest LLC would have received under the distribution provisions of the limited liability agreement of JCAP TopCo, LLC, with shares of our common stock valued by reference to the ultimate initial public offering price of shares of common stock in this offering. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information presented assumes an initial public offering price of $ per share of our common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The number of shares of common stock that are outstanding on a pro forma basis in the pro forma balance sheet excludes shares that are to be issued in respect of Class B Units of Management Invest LLC (which correspond to Class B Units of JCAP TopCo, LLC) that are “in-the-money” but remain subject to certain vesting conditions specified in individual award agreements. These shares will be issued as restricted stock either with the same time-based vesting requirements that the corresponding Class B Units were subject to prior to the Reorganization or, if such corresponding Class B Units had performance vesting requirements, with a three-year time-based vesting requirement. Although these restricted shares will be legally issued and outstanding, they will not be considered outstanding under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, since they remain subject to time-based vesting requirements and repurchase by the Company until they have vested.

See “The Reorganization” for a description of the Reorganization and a chart depicting Jefferson Capital, Inc.’s structure after giving effect to the Reorganization and this offering.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2. Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information

Reorganization-related Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet

Transaction accounting adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2025 for the Reorganization are as follows:

(A) Represents the elimination of the $8.3 million liability associated with the prior Long Term Incentive Plan as the Class B Units will be exchanged into newly issued shares or canceled in the Reorganization.

(B) Jefferson Capital, Inc. is subject to U.S. federal, state and local income taxes and will file consolidated income tax returns for U.S. federal and certain state and local jurisdictions. This adjustment reflects the recognition of deferred taxes resulting from Jefferson Capital, Inc.’s status as a C corporation using the federal statutory tax rate in effect for the respective periods and the applicable state tax rates. Jefferson Capital, Inc. will succeed to federal NOLs, state NOLs and tax credit carryforwards on a tax-effected basis under Section 381 of the Code, as a result of its acquisition in the Reorganization of certain affiliated corporations that held direct or indirect equity interests in JCAP TopCo, LLC. Temporary differences in the book basis as compared to the tax basis in the Company’s net investment in receivables portfolios and its other assets and liabilities resulted in an unaudited pro forma tax-effected deferred tax liability, resulting in an additional net deferred tax liability of $72.4 million as of March 31, 2025.

(C) Represents the exchange of direct and indirect interests in JCAP TopCo, LLC for shares of Jefferson Capital, Inc.’s common stock pursuant to the Reorganization, including shares issued to retire the Long Term Incentive Plan under (A).

Offering-related Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet

Transaction accounting adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2025 for this offering are as follows:

(D) Represents our use of approximately $ million of the net proceeds from this offering to repay outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, as described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds.”

(E) Represents net proceeds to us of approximately $ million from our sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and payment of one-time incremental costs associated with this offering. The sum of these costs, which are primarily legal, accounting and other direct costs related to this offering, is approximately $ million.

(F) Represents the net impact to equity from the combination of the impacts to assets and liabilities from (A), (B) and (E).

Reorganization-related Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income

Transaction accounting adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and for the year ended December 31, 2024 for the Reorganization are as follows:

(AA) Prior to the Reorganization, Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries are subject to income taxes only on their non-U.S. operations, primarily in Canada, the United Kingdom and Colombia. Following the Reorganization and this offering, Jefferson Capital, Inc. will be subject to U.S. federal, state and local income taxes. As a result, the pro forma statement of operations and comprehensive income reflects an adjustment to the Company’s provision for corporate income taxes based on statutory rates in effect during the period. While the Company had positive pre-tax income for its U.S. operations, because the Company had a U.S. taxable loss during the three months ended March 31, 2025, Jefferson Capital, Inc. would not have paid any income tax during the three months ended March 31, 2025. The provision for income taxes resulting from the Reorganization reflects an accrual for timing differences of

TABLE OF CONTENTS

$13.6 million that would have resulted in an increase in the pro forma deferred tax liability for Jefferson Capital, Inc. at March 31, 2025.

(BB) Prior to the Reorganization, Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries are subject to income taxes only on their non-U.S. operations, primarily in Canada, the United Kingdom and Colombia. Following the Reorganization and this offering, Jefferson Capital, Inc. will be subject to U.S. federal, state and local income taxes. As a result, the pro forma statement of operations and comprehensive income reflects an adjustment to the Company’s provision for corporate income taxes based on statutory rates in effect during the period.

For the year ended December 31, 2024, while the Company also had positive pre-tax income for its U.S. operations, the Company also had a U.S. taxable loss, so the Company would also not have paid any income tax for the year ended December 31, 2024. The provision for income taxes resulting from the Reorganization reflects an accrual for timing differences of $23.9 million that would have resulted in an increase in the pro forma deferred tax expense for Jefferson Capital, Inc. at December 31, 2024.

3. Earnings per Share

Basic and diluted pro forma net income per share represents net income attributable to Jefferson Capital, Inc. divided by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding, assuming that this offering occurred on January 1, 2024. The table below presents the computation of pro forma basic and diluted net income per share for Jefferson Capital, Inc. for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and the year ended December 31, 2024 (in millions, except per share amounts):

THREE MONTHS ENDED
MARCH 31, 2025

Year Ended
December 31, 2024

Numerator:

Pro forma net income attributable to Jefferson Capital, Inc.

50.6

105.0

Denominator:

Pro forma weighted average shares of common stock outstanding, following the Reorganization – basic

Pro forma weighted average number of shares of common stock issued in exchange for vested Class B Units – basic

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the issuance of common stock in this offering – basic

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in
computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common
stockholders – basic

Pro forma adjustment for weighted average number of shares outstanding associated with unvested Class B Units – diluted(1)

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in
computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common
stockholders – diluted

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders – basic

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders – diluted

(1)

The dilutive impact of unvested incentive units was determined using the treasury stock method unless their effect is anti-dilutive. For the year ended December 31, 2024, unvested Class B Units were anti-dilutive due to for that period. For the three months ended March 31, 2024, unvested Class B Units were anti-dilutive due to for that period.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, beliefs and expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the sections of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

We provide debt recovery solutions and other related services across a broad range of consumer receivables, including credit card, secured and unsecured automotive, telecom and utilities, and other receivables. We primarily purchase portfolios of previously charged-off consumer receivables at deep discounts to face value and manage them by working with individuals as they repay their obligations and work toward financial recovery. Previously charged-off receivables include receivables subject to bankruptcy proceedings. We also provide debt servicing and other portfolio management services to credit originators for nonperforming loans. In addition, through our credit card acquisition programs, we earn credit card revenue. All deployments are made from independent third parties.

We operate and manage our business through four reportable segments that are based on geography: United States, United Kingdom, Canada and Latin America. We also have the following two primary lines of business:

▪

Distressed, our largest line of business, represents the purchase, collection and servicing collection of nonperforming consumer loans; and

▪

Insolvency, which consists of the purchasing and/or servicing of financial assets of consumers who have entered bankruptcy through Chapter 7 or 13 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the United States, consumer proposal, credit counseling, or bankruptcy in Canada and the United Kingdom.

We are headquartered in Minneapolis, Minnesota, and as of March 31, 2025, with 1,148 FTE (including our Mumbai co-sourced operation).

Our Business Model

Portfolio Purchasing

We purchase portfolios of nonperforming loans, and occasionally those that are semi-performing and performing, through either single portfolio transactions, referred to as spot sales, or through the pre-arranged purchase of multiple portfolios at regular intervals, referred to as forward flow sales. Under a forward flow contract, we agree to purchase statistically similar nonperforming loan portfolios from credit grantors on a periodic basis at a negotiated price over a specified time period, generally from six months to a year.

We purchase portfolios of nonperforming loans from credit grantors through auctions and negotiated sales. In an auction process, the seller will assemble a portfolio of nonperforming loans and will seek purchase prices from specifically invited potential purchasers. In a privately negotiated sale process, the seller will contact one or more purchasers directly, receive a bid, and negotiate the terms of sale. In either case, invited purchasers will typically have already successfully completed a qualification process and due diligence examination that includes the seller’s review of the purchaser’s experience, financial standing, operating procedures, business practices, and compliance oversight.

We purchase receivables based on robust, account-level valuation methods and employ proprietary statistical and behavioral models across our operations. These methods and models allow us to value portfolios accurately (and limit the risk of overpaying), avoid buying portfolios that are incompatible with our methods or strategies, and align the accounts we purchase with our business and collection channels to maximize future collections. As a result, we have been able to realize attractive returns from the receivables we acquire. We maintain strong relationships with many of the largest financial service providers in the United States, Canada, United Kingdom and Latin America.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Deployments and Collections

Creditors sell their volume in a mix of forward flow arrangements and competitive bid transactions.

Credit grantors decreased portfolio sales at the beginning of the COVID-19 pandemic in order to focus on customers’ needs and given government stimulus programs generating increased collections. Post-pandemic, we have seen a normalization of sales activity. However, sales levels are expected to fluctuate from quarter to quarter with portfolio pricing remaining competitive.

We believe that smaller competitors continue to face difficulties in the portfolio purchasing market because of the high cost to operate due to regulatory pressure, issuers’ selectiveness with buyers and lack of consistent access to capital. We believe these operational costs favor larger participants, such as us, because the larger market participants are better able to adapt to these pressures and commit to larger purchases and forward flow agreements.

Deployments

Our deployments are a mix of spot sales and forward flow agreements. The timing, contract duration and volumes for each contract can fluctuate leading to variation when compared to prior periods.

The average purchase price, as a percentage of face value, varies from period to period depending on, among other factors, the type and quality of the accounts purchased and the length of time from charge-off to the time we purchase the portfolios. For example, the average purchase price as a percentage of face value is higher for newly charged-off portfolios as compared to more seasoned portfolios because newly charged-off portfolios generally have higher liquidation rates. Similarly, portfolios consisting of paying accounts tend to have a higher purchase price relative to face value than non-paying accounts due to the higher expectations for collections, as well as lower anticipated collection costs. As a result, in periods that we purchase a higher percentage of newly charged-off assets or paying portfolios, we expect that our purchase price as a percentage of face value would be higher than would be in periods where a higher ratio of seasoned paper or non-paying portfolios were purchased.

Collections

We have two primary types of collection channels for the collection of our purchased receivables, legal and voluntary. The legal collection channel consists of collections that result from our internal legal channel or from our network of retained law firms. The voluntary collection channel utilizes call centers (domestic and offshore) and collection agencies. The call center collections include collections that result from our call centers, direct mail programs and digital collections. The collection agencies collections consist of collections from third-party collection agencies that we utilize when we believe they can liquidate better or less expensively than we can.

Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We regularly review net operating income and net income along with a number of key business metrics and non-GAAP financial measures to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends, prepare financial projections and make business decisions. Although we believe the key business metrics and non-GAAP financial measures we review are useful, they have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation, or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Key Business Metrics

Estimated Remaining Collections

We define ERC as the undiscounted sum of all future projected collections on our owned finance receivables portfolios. We calculate ERC using data derived from our databases of owned and serviced debt portfolio in the markets in which we operate and from our proprietary behavioral and asset valuation models. References to our ERC in this prospectus are references to gross ERC (which includes estimated collections in respect of the current charge-off balance). We believe that our ERC estimation represents an important supplemental measure to compare our cash generating capacity with other companies in the debt collection industry, even though we can provide no assurance that we will achieve such collections within a specified time period, or at all.

The following table summarizes the total ERC by geographic area, or segment, during the periods presented:

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,						INCREASE (DECREASE)			% CHANGE		Year Ended December 31,						Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	2025			2024			INCREASE (DECREASE)			% CHANGE		2024			2023			Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	($ in Millions)											($ in Millions)
United States		$	2,155.2		$	1,517.5		$	637.7		42.0%		$	2,114.0		$	1,478.7		$	635.3		43.0%
Canada			317.8			198.4			119.4		60.2%			266.1			180.0			86.1		47.9%
United Kingdom			146.4			126.2			20.1		15.9%			151.8			113.2			38.7		34.2%
Latin America			218.5			163.2			55.4		33.9%			212.6			152.2			60.4		39.7%
Total ERC		$	2,837.9		$	2,005.3		$	832.6		41.5%		$	2,744.5		$	1,924.1		$	820.5		42.6%

ERC in our United States reportable segment included $304.9 million and $378.6 million from the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and the year ended December 31, 2024, respectively.

Deployments

Deployments refers to portfolios purchases in the ordinary course. We believe deployments represent an important measure of our investment activity. Deployments are a key driver of the growth of our ERC and a measure to compare growth in our business with the growth of other companies in the debt collection industry.

The following table summarizes the total deployments or purchases by geographic area, or reportable segments, during the periods presented:

	THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,						INCREASE (DECREASE)			% CHANGE		Year Ended December 31,						Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	2025			2024			INCREASE (DECREASE)			% CHANGE		2024			2023			Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	($ in Millions)											($ in Millions)
United States		$	119.5		$	63.3		$	56.2		88.8%		$	552.7		$	404.3		$	148.4		36.7%
Canada			52.0			20.6			31.4		152.4%			95.4			57.2			38.2		66.8%
United Kingdom			1.9			9.5			(7.6)		(80.0)%			29.4			26.7			2.7		10.1%
Latin America			1.8			8.0			(6.2)		(77.5)%			45.8			42.7			3.1		7.3%
Total Purchases		$	175.2		$	101.4		$	73.8		72.8%		$	723.3		$	530.9		$	192.4		36.2%

During the three months ended March 31, 2025, we invested $175.2 million to acquire receivable portfolios, with face values aggregating $2,757.4 million, for an average purchase price of 6.4% of face value. The amount invested in receivable portfolios increased $73.8 million, or 72.8%, compared with the $101.4 million invested during the three months ended March 31, 2024, to acquire receivable portfolios with face values aggregating $1,519.4 million, for an average purchase price of 6.7% of face value. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we invested $723.3 million to acquire receivable portfolios, with face values aggregating $9,837.1 million, for an average purchase price of 7.4% of face value. The amount invested in receivable portfolios increased $192.4 million, or 36.2%, compared with the $530.9 million invested during the year ended December 31, 2023, to acquire receivable portfolios with face values aggregating $14,828.5 million, for an average purchase price of 3.6% of face value. Deployments in our United States reportable segment included $238.0 million from the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase for the year ended December 31, 2024. For more information on the Deployments, see “— Our Business Model — Deployments and Collections — Deployments.”

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Collections

The following table summarizes the total collections by geographic area, or reportable segment, during the periods presented:

	THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,						INCREASE (DECREASE)			% CHANGE		Year Ended December 31,						Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	2025			2024			INCREASE (DECREASE)			% CHANGE		2024			2023			Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	($ in Millions)											($ in Millions)
United States		$	214.3		$	91.2		$	123.1		135.0%		$	420.3		$	284.6		$	135.7		47.7%
Canada			25.8			19.5			6.3		32.3%			85.9			82.2			3.7		4.5%
United Kingdom			10.2			8.7			1.5		17.2%			39.4			32.3			7.1		22.0%
Latin America			10.6			7.8			2.8		35.9%			39.0			31.9			7.1		22.3%
Total Collections		$	260.9		$	127.2		$	133.7		105.1%		$	584.6		$	431.0		$	153.6		35.6%

Collections from purchased receivables increased by $133.7 million or 105.1% to $260.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2025, from $127.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2024. Collections in our United States reportable segment included $89.1 million from the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase. The increase in collections from purchased receivables compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024, was primarily a result of increased purchases during the period. Collections from purchased receivables increased by $153.6 million or 35.6% to $584.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2024, from $431.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in collections from purchased receivables compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, was primarily a result of increased purchases during the period. Collections in our United States reportable segment included $26.5 million from the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, which are consolidated from December 2024, when we began consolidating economics of the portfolios from Conn’s. For more information on the Collections, see “— Our Business Model — Deployments and Collections — Collections.”

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted Net Income

Some of the limitations related to the use of adjusted net income as an analytical tool include:

▪

adjusted net income does not reflect our future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

▪

adjusted net income does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; and

▪

other companies in our industry may calculate adjusted net income differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, adjusted net income should not be considered as a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business.

Set forth below is a reconciliation of adjusted net income to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and reported in accordance with GAAP.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,						INCREASE (DECREASE)			% CHANGE		Year Ended December 31,						Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	2025			2024			INCREASE (DECREASE)			% CHANGE		2024			2023			Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	($ in Millions)											($ in Millions)
Net income		$	64.2		$	32.9		$	31.3		95.1%		$	128.9		$	111.5		$	17.4		15.6%
Foreign exchange and other income (expense)			(2.5)			(0.1)			(2.4)		2,400.0%			5.5			(4.6)			10.1		(219.6)%
Stock-based compensation			0.4			1.2			(0.8)		(66.7)%			4.5			1.0			3.5		350.0%
Conn’s one-time items(1)			0.3			—			0.3		NM			4.3			—			4.3		NA
Canaccede exit consideration			0.2			—			0.2		NM			7.7			—			7.7		NA
Merger and acquisition and other one-time expenses(2)			0.3			0.2			0.1		50.0%			2.7			0.7			2.0		285.7%
Adjusted net income		$	62.9		$	34.2		$	28.7		83.9%		$	153.6		$	108.6		$	45.0		41.4%

(1)

(2)

Includes acquisition fees and expenses and one-time corporate legal expenses.

Adjusted EBITDA

Some of the limitations related to the use of adjusted EBITDA as an analytical tool include:

▪

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

▪

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

▪

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to make interest or principal payments, on our debts;

▪

other companies in our industry may calculate adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business.

Set forth below is a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and reported in accordance with GAAP.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,						INCREASE (DECREASE)			% CHANGE		Year Ended December 31,						Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	2025			2024			INCREASE (DECREASE)			% CHANGE		2024			2023			Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	($ in Millions)											($ in Millions)
Net income		$	64.2		$	32.9		$	31.3		95.1%		$	128.9		$	111.5		$	17.4		15.6%
Interest expense			24.8			17.2			7.6		44.2%			77.2			48.1			29.1		60.5%
Foreign exchange and other income (expense)			(2.5)			(0.1)			(2.4)		2,400.0%			5.5			(4.6)			10.1		(219.6)%
Provision for income taxes			2.7			1.9			0.8		42.1%			8.7			9.1			(0.4)		(4.4)%
Depreciation and amortization			1.6			0.6			1.0		166.7%			2.6			2.4			0.2		8.3%
Stock-based compensation			0.4			1.2			(0.8)		(66.7)%			4.5			1.0			3.5		350.0%
Conn’s one-time items(1)			0.3			—			0.3		NM			4.3			—			4.3		NA
Canaccede exit consideration			0.2			—			0.2		NM			7.7			—			7.7		NA
Merger and acquisition and other one-time expenses(2)			0.3			0.2			0.1		50.0%			2.7			0.7			2.0		285.7%
Adjusted EBITDA		$	92.0		$	53.9		$	38.1		70.7%		$	242.1		$	168.2		$	73.9		43.9%

“NM” — not meaningful

(1)

(2)

Includes acquisition fees and expenses and one-time corporate legal expenses.

Non-GAAP Pro Forma Information

Set forth below is a pro forma financial measure that is not prepared in accordance with GAAP. We believe that such non-GAAP financial measure is an important supplemental measure of our operations and financial performance, pro forma for the Reorganization and the offering. This pro forma non-GAAP financial measure is not an alternative to the unaudited consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income prepared in accordance with GAAP, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of such pro forma financial statement. In addition, other companies in our industry may calculate such pro forma non-GAAP financial measure differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. Set forth below is a reconciliation of pro forma net income per share, the most directly comparable pro forma financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, to pro forma adjusted net income per share, the pro forma non-GAAP financial measure that we present. Basic and diluted pro forma adjusted net income per share represents adjusted net income attributable to Jefferson Capital, Inc. divided by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding, assuming that this offering occurred on January 1, 2024.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2025
	ACTUAL JEFFERSON CAPITAL HOLDINGS, LLC			REORGANIZATION ADJUSTMENTS			PRO FORMA JEFFERSON CAPITAL, INC.			OFFERING ADJUSTMENTS			PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED JEFFERSON CAPITAL, INC.
	(AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS EXCEPT UNIT AND SHARE DATA)
Net income attributable to Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC		$	64.2		$	(13.6)		$	50.6		$	—		$	50.6
Foreign exchange and other income (expense)			(2.5)			0.6		$	(1.9)			—			(1.9)
Stock-based compensation			0.4			(0.1)			0.3			—			0.3
Conn’s one-time items(1)			0.3			(0.1)			0.2			—			0.2
Canaccede exit consideration			0.2						0.2			—			0.2
Merger and acquisition and other one-time expenses(2)			0.3			(0.1)			0.2			—			0.2
Adjusted net income		$	62.9		$	(13.3)		$	49.6			—		$	49.6
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders – basic
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders – diluted
Pro forma adjusted net income per share attributable to common stockholders – basic
Pro forma adjusted net income per share attributable to common stockholders – diluted

(1)

(2)

Includes acquisition fees and expenses and one-time corporate legal expenses.

$13.3 million total pro forma impact to adjusted net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 represents the $13.6 million of income tax accrual in (AA) in the section titled “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” plus the pro forma impact of an incremental income tax accrual at a 24.4% effective tax rate on consolidated pre-tax income from the $2.5 million of foreign exchange and other expense that is recognized in U.S. entities, $0.4 million of stock-based compensation related to an LTIP accrual, $0.3 million of Conn’s one-time expenses, $0.3 million of the merger and acquisition and other one-time expenses, and the full $0.2 million of Canaccede exit consideration expense, without an offset for an income tax accrual as it was not tax deductible. $49.6 million of pro forma adjusted net operating income, results in pro forma adjusted net income per share attributable to common stockholders of based on weighted average diluted shares of .

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2024
	ACTUAL JEFFERSON CAPITAL HOLDINGS, LLC			REORGANIZATION ADJUSTMENTS			PRO FORMA JEFFERSON CAPITAL, INC.			OFFERING ADJUSTMENTS		PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED JEFFERSON CAPITAL, INC.
	(AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS EXCEPT UNIT AND SHARE DATA)
Net income attributable to Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC		$	128.9		$	(23.9)		$	105.0		—		$	105.0
Foreign exchange and other income (expense)			5.5			(1.3)			4.2
Stock-based compensation			4.5			(1.0)			3.5
Conn’s one-time items(1)			4.3			(1.0)			3.3
Canaccede exit consideration			7.7			—			7.7
Merger and acquisition and other one-time expenses(2)			2.7			(0.6)			2.1
Adjusted net income		$	153.6		$	(27.8)		$	125.8		—		$	125.8
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders – basic
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders – diluted
Pro forma adjusted net income per share attributable to common stockholders – basic
Pro forma adjusted net income per share attributable to common stockholders – diluted

(1)

(2)

Includes acquisition fees and expenses and one-time corporate legal expenses.

$27.8 million total pro forma impact to adjusted net income for the year ended December 31, 2024 represents the $23.9 million of income tax accrual in (AA) in the section titled “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” plus the pro forma impact of an incremental income tax accrual at a 23.2% effective tax rate on United States derived pre-tax income from $5.5 million of foreign exchange and other income (expense) that is recognized in U.S. entities, $4.5 million of stock-based compensation related to an LTIP accrual, $4.3 million of Conn’s one-time expenses, $2.7 million of merger and acquisition and other one-time expenses, and the full $7.7 million of Canaccede exit consideration expense, without an offset for an income tax accrual as it was not tax deductible. $125.8 million of pro forma adjusted net operating income, results in pro forma adjusted net income per share attributable to common stockholders of based on weighted average diluted shares of .

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

Our revenue is primarily derived from total portfolio revenue, which is revenue recognized from engaging in debt purchasing and recovery activities, and from credit card and servicing revenue streams.

Total Portfolio Revenue

Portfolio revenue consists of two components: (i) total portfolio income, which is the accretion of the discount on the negative allowance due to the passage of time (generally the portfolio balance multiplied by the established pool effective interest rate (“EIR”)), and (ii) changes in recoveries, which includes recoveries above or below forecast (the difference between actual cash collected or recovered during the current period and expected cash recoveries for the current period) and changes in expected future recoveries (the present value change of expected future recoveries, where such change generally results from changes to the expected timing of collections and changes to the total amount of expected future collections).

For a majority of the portfolios we purchase, when we acquire them, we apply our charge-off policy and fully write off the amortized costs of the individual receivables we acquire immediately after purchasing the portfolio. We then record a negative allowance that represents the present value of all expected future recoveries for pools of receivables that share similar risk characteristics using a discounted cash flow approach, which is presented as “investments in previously charged-off receivables, net” on our consolidated balance sheet. The discount rate is a purchase EIR established based on the purchase price of the portfolio and the expected future cash flows at the time of purchase. From time to time, we will also purchase performing portfolios for a discount, where we will apply the interest method and accrete the discount.

Credit Card Revenue

Credit card revenue consists of interest income, annual fees, late fees, as well as interchange fees, cash advance fees and other miscellaneous items from credit card transactions. Interest income is accrued monthly based on the outstanding receivables and their contractual interest rates.

Servicing Revenue

Servicing revenue consists of the revenue we generate from providing collection services to certain third parties. Generally, we receive a percentage of collections as the fee for services, and in some cases, we receive a fixed fee. Servicing revenue is recognized when the underlying receivables are collected or when a fixed fee service is performed.

Provision for Credit Losses

Provision for credit losses is the allowance we provide for credit losses on loans and fees receivable. We compute the allowance for credit losses on loans and fees receivable at the pool level using a roll-rate methodology and consider a number of factors in the measurement of the allowance, including historical loss rates, current delinquency and roll-rate trends, the effects of changes in the economy, changes in underwriting criteria and estimated recoveries. The allowance is estimated based on amortized cost basis of the loan, including principal, accrued interest receivable, deferred fees and costs. We place receivables on non-accrual at 90 days past due and write off the accrued interest at 180 days past due or sooner if facts and circumstances indicate earlier non-collectability. Expected recoveries are included in the measurement of the allowance for credit losses.

Operating Expenses

Salaries and Benefits Expense

Salaries and benefits expense primarily consists of base salary, commission, bonus expense and healthcare costs. Additionally, it includes 401k match and stock-based compensation expense. We expense all salaries and benefits expense as incurred. While we expect our salaries and benefits expense will increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest in our growth and operate as a public company (including as a result of increased stock-based compensation), we expect such expense to decline as a percentage of revenue over time as we scale our business and leverage our investments already made.

Servicing Expenses

Servicing expenses primarily consists of collections and customer service expenses associated with previously charged-off receivables, such as the cost of outsourced collections, debtor correspondence, legal fees associated with the collection of debt and other direct expenses associated with collections and customer

TABLE OF CONTENTS

service efforts. While we expect our servicing expenses will increase in absolute dollars as our business grows, we expect such expenses will vary from period-to-period as a percentage of revenue for the foreseeable future and decrease as a percentage of revenue over the long term as a result of continued investments to improve the efficiency of our operations and support organization.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization consists of depreciation of property and equipment and amortization of intangible assets.

Professional Fees

Professional fees primarily consists of legal and consulting expenses, including annual audit fees and various other outside service fees provided by expert services firms. In addition, it includes legal fees associated with settlements and fees associated with merger and acquisition expenses.

We expect to incur additional expenses after we complete this offering, primarily due to the costs of operating as a public company, which are expected to include additional legal, accounting and consulting expenses, among others.

Other Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Other selling, general and administrative expenses generally consists of rent expense, travel and entertainment expenses, and other general overhead expenses.

Other Income (Expense)

Interest Expense

Interest expense primarily consists of interest expense on our outstanding debt, as well as amortization expense associated with loan costs.

Foreign Exchange and Other Income (Expense)

Foreign exchange and other income (expense) primarily consists of foreign currency related realized gains or losses on portfolio purchase transactions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Results of Operations

Three Months Ended March 31, 2025 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2024

The following tables set forth consolidated income statement data expressed in a dollar amount and as a percentage of total revenues for the periods indicated:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
($ in Millions)	2025				2024
Revenues:
Total portfolio income		$	138.7	89.5%		$	91.4	91.5%
Changes in recoveries			3.6	2.3%			(0.1)	(0.1)%
Total portfolio revenue		$	142.3	91.9%		$	91.3	91.4%
Credit card revenue			1.9	1.2%			2.2	2.2%
Servicing revenue			10.7	6.9%			6.4	6.4%
Total revenues		$	154.9	100.0%		$	99.9	100.0%
Provision for credit losses		$	0.5	0.3%		$	0.8	0.8%
Operating Expenses:
Salaries and benefits		$	14.0	9.0%		$	11.1	11.1%
Servicing expenses			42.8	27.6%			31.8	31.8%
Depreciation and amortization			1.6	1.0%			0.6	0.6%
Professional fees			2.2	1.4%			1.9	1.9%
Other selling, general and administrative			4.5	2.9%			1.8	1.8%
Total operating expenses		$	65.1	42.0%		$	47.2	47.2%
Net operating income		$	89.3	57.7%		$	51.9	52.0%
Other income / (expense):
Interest expense		$	(24.8)	(16.0)%		$	(17.2)	(17.2)%
Foreign exchange and other income (expense)			2.5	1.6%			0.1	0.1%
Total other income / (expense)			(22.3)	(14.4)%			(17.1)	(17.1)%
Income before income taxes		$	67.0	43.3%		$	34.8	34.8%
Provision for income taxes			(2.8)	(1.8)%			(1.9)	(1.9)%
Net income		$	64.2	41.4%		$	32.9	32.9%
Foreign currency translation			3.9	2.5%			(2.8)	(2.8)%
Comprehensive income		$	68.1	44.0%		$	30.1	30.1%

Revenues

A summary of how our revenues were generated during the period indicated is as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31,						Increase (Decrease)			% Change
($ in Millions)	2025			2024			Increase (Decrease)			% Change
Cash Collections		$	260.9		$	127.2		$	133.7		105.1%
Principal Amortization			(118.6)			(35.9)			(82.7)		230.4%
Total portfolio revenue			142.3			91.3			51.0		55.9%
Credit card revenue			1.9			2.2			(0.3)		(13.6)%
Servicing revenue			10.7			6.4			4.3		67.2%
Total revenues		$	154.9		$	99.9		$	55.0		55.1%

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Total revenues were $154.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, an increase of $55.0 million, or 55.1%, compared to $99.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increase is primarily a result of increased purchases during the period as well as the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase of $30.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

Operating Expenses

Total operating expenses were $65.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, an increase of $17.9 million, or 37.9%, compared to $47.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The change in operating expenses is explained in the various line items below.

Salaries and Benefits

Salaries and benefits were $14.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, an increase of $2.9 million, or 26.1%, compared to $11.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increase is primarily due to the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, which added $3.3 million.

Servicing Expenses

Servicing expenses were $42.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, an increase of $11.0 million, or 34.6%, compared to $31.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increase in servicing expenses was primarily driven by increased collections as well as $3.7 million from the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase. Servicing expenses consisted of the following for the three months ended March 31, 2025, and 2024:

	Three Months Ended March 31,						Increase (Decrease)			% Change
($ in Millions)	2025			2024			Increase (Decrease)			% Change
Agency and repo commission expense		$	12.3		$	7.5		$	4.8		64.0%
Legal commission expense			6.5			4.5			2.0		44.4%
Court costs			9.3			5.7			3.6		63.2%
Communications			8.8			10.3			(1.5)		(14.6)%
Offshore			3.4			2.0			1.4		70.0%
Other servicing expenses			2.5			1.8			0.7		38.9%
Total servicing expenses		$	42.8		$	31.8		$	11.0		34.6%

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization was $1.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, a $1.0 million, or 166.7%, increase from the $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to incremental intangible assets associated with the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, which equated to $1.1 million of additional amortization.

Professional Fees

Professional fees were $2.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, an increase of $0.3 million, or 15.8%, compared to $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to ongoing professional services associated with the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, which was $0.1 million.

Other Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Other selling, general and administrative expenses generally consist of rent expense, travel and entertainment expenses, and other general overhead expenses. These expenses totaled $4.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, an increase of $2.7 million or 150.0%, compared to $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increase is primarily due to expenses associated with the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, which was $2.2 million.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other Income (Expense)

Interest Expense

Total interest expense was $24.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, an increase of $7.6 million, or 44.2%, compared to $17.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increase was primarily driven by our increased deployments which drives a higher credit facilities debt balance, as well as by increased amortization of note payable origination costs of $1.1 million, $0.1 million or 10.0% higher compared to $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

Interest expense consisted of the following for the three months ended March 31, 2025, and 2024:

	Three Months Ended March 31,						Increase (Decrease)			% Change
($ in Millions)	2025			2024			Increase (Decrease)			% Change
Interest expense		$	23.7		$	16.2		$	7.5		46.3%
Amortization of note payable origination costs			1.1			1.0			0.1		10.0%
Total interest expense		$	24.8		$	17.2		$	7.6		44.2%

Provision for Income Tax Expense

We and most of our subsidiaries are limited liability companies and are disregarded for United States federal and state income tax purposes. However, certain of our foreign subsidiaries are required to pay income taxes. Provision for income tax expense was $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, an increase of $0.9 million, or 47.4%, compared to $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increase is driven by increased taxable income in our foreign entities.

Segment Results of Operation

The following tables set forth consolidated income statement amounts categorized by segment, for the periods indicated:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2025															2024
($ in Millions)	United States			United Kingdom			Canada			Latin America			Total			United States			United Kingdom			Canada			Latin America			Total
Total portfolio revenue		$	111.7		$	4.5		$	16.1		$	10.0		$	142.3		$	65.9		$	6.8		$	11.8		$	6.8		$	91.3
Credit card revenue			0.7			—			1.2			—			1.9			0.8			—			1.4			—			2.2
Servicing revenue			4.5			5.9			0.3			—			10.7			0.8			5.5			0.1			—			6.4
Total Revenue		$	116.9		$	10.4		$	17.6		$	10.0		$	154.9		$	67.5		$	12.3		$	13.3		$	6.8		$	99.9
Provision for credit losses		$	0.3		$	—		$	0.2		$	—		$	0.5		$	0.5		$	—		$	0.3		$	—		$	0.8
Operating Expenses
Salaries and benefits			8.9			3.7			1.3			0.1			14.0			6.3			3.3			1.4			0.1			11.1
Servicing expenses			33.5			4.0			2.3			3.0			42.8			24.8			2.8			2.1			2.1			31.8
Depreciation and amortization			1.2			0.1			0.3			—			1.6			0.2			0.1			0.3			—			0.6
Professional fees			1.7			0.2			0.1			0.2			2.2			1.3			0.3			0.1			0.2			1.9
Other selling, general and administrative			3.5			0.6			0.3			0.1			4.5			0.8			0.6			0.3			0.1			1.8
Total Operating Expenses		$	48.8		$	8.6		$	4.3		$	3.4		$	65.1		$	33.4		$	7.1		$	4.2		$	2.5		$	47.2
Net Operating Income		$	67.8		$	1.8		$	13.1		$	6.6		$	89.3		$	33.6		$	5.2		$	8.8		$	4.3		$	51.9
Net operating income margin			58.0%			17.3%			74.4%			66.0%			57.7%			49.8%			42.3%			66.2%			63.2%			52.0%

TABLE OF CONTENTS

United States

	Three Months Ended March 31,						Increase (Decrease)			% Change
($ in Millions)	2025			2024			Increase (Decrease)			% Change
Total portfolio revenue		$	111.7		$	65.9		$	45.8		69.5%
Credit card revenue			0.7			0.8			(0.1)		(12.5)%
Servicing revenue			4.5			0.8			3.7		462.5%
Total Revenue		$	116.9		$	67.5		$	49.4		73.2%
Provision for credit losses		$	0.3		$	0.5		$	(0.2)		(40.0)%
Operating Expenses
Salaries and benefits			8.9			6.3			2.6		41.3%
Servicing expenses			33.5			24.8			8.7		35.1%
Depreciation and amortization			1.2			0.2			1.0		500.0%
Professional fees			1.7			1.3			0.4		30.8%
Other selling, general and administrative			3.5			0.8			2.7		337.5%
Total Operating Expenses		$	48.8		$	33.4		$	15.4		46.1%
Net Operating Income		$	67.8		$	33.6		$	34.2		101.8%
Net operating income margin			58.0%			49.8%

Total portfolio revenue grew 69.5% in the three months ended March 31, 2025 relative to the three months ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to the growth in our ERC, including from, but not solely based on, the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, which we consolidated into our results for the United States segment starting in December 2024 and contributed $30.0 million of revenue from portfolio receivables in the three months ended March 31, 2025. Servicing revenue grew 462.5% in the three months ended March 31, 2025 relative to the three months ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, which contributed $3.7 million of servicing revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2025.

Even though our senior management’s responsibilities include oversight of our other segments, we consolidate all of the salaries, bonuses and accruals for stock-based compensation for our U.S.-based senior management team into the “Salaries and benefits expense” for the United States segment. Salaries and benefits in the United States grew 41.3% during the three months ended March 31, 2025 relative to the three months ended March 31, 2024, including $3.3 million from the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, and lower growth than in revenue overall, reflecting the increasing operating scale of our business. Servicing expenses grew 35.1%, driven by growth in our collections, including $3.7 million from the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, we realized $0.1 million of professional fees and $2.2 million of other selling, general and administrative expenses related to the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase.

Net operating income overall grew $34.2 million or 101.8% during the three months ended March 31, 2025 relative to the three months ended March 31, 2024 from $33.6 million to $67.8 million. Net operating income as a percentage of total revenues was 58.0% during the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to 49.8% during the three months ended March 31, 2024. The net operating income included $23.3 million in association with the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

United Kingdom

	Three Months Ended March 31,						Increase (Decrease)			% Change
($ in Millions)	2025			2024			Increase (Decrease)			% Change
Total portfolio revenue		$	4.5		$	6.8		$	(2.3)		(33.8)%
Servicing revenue			5.9			5.5			0.4		7.3%
Total Revenue		$	10.4		$	12.3		$	(1.9)		(15.4)%
Operating Expenses
Salaries and benefits			3.7			3.3			0.4		12.1%
Servicing expenses			4.0			2.8			1.2		42.9%
Depreciation and amortization			0.1			0.1			—		0.0%
Professional fees			0.2			0.3			(0.1)		(33.3)%
Other selling, general and administrative			0.6			0.6			—		0.0%
Total Operating Expenses		$	8.6		$	7.1		$	1.5		21.1%
Net Operating Income		$	1.8		$	5.2		$	(3.4)		(65.4)%
Net operating income margin			17.3%			42.3%

Total portfolio revenue declined 33.8% during the three months ended March 31, 2025 relative to the three months ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to the reduction in our deployments in the United Kingdom. Servicing revenue grew 7.3% during the three months ended March 31, 2025 relative to the three months ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to the underlying organic growth from both our Moriarty and ResolveCall businesses.

Salaries and benefits grew 12.1% during the three months ended March 31, 2025 relative to the three months ended March 31, 2024, primarily due additional support requirements associated with the growth at Moriarty and Resolvecall. Servicing expenses grew 42.9% during the three months ended March 31, 2025, relative to the three months ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to the growth in our collections in the United Kingdom.

Net operating income overall declined 65.4% during the three months ended March 31, 2025, relative to the three months ended March 31, 2024, from $5.2 million to $1.8 million. Net operating income as a percentage of total revenues was 17.3% during the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to 42.3% during the three months ended March 31, 2024.

Canada

	Three Months Ended March 31,						Increase (Decrease)			% Change
($ in Millions)	2025			2024			Increase (Decrease)			% Change
Total portfolio revenue		$	16.1		$	11.8		$	4.3		36.4%
Credit card revenue			1.2			1.4			(0.2)		(14.3)%
Servicing revenue			0.3			0.1			0.2		200.0%
Total Revenue		$	17.6		$	13.3		$	4.3		32.3%
Provision for credit losses		$	0.2		$	0.3		$	(0.1)		(33.3)%
Operating Expenses
Salaries and benefits			1.3			1.4			(0.1)		(7.1)%
Servicing expenses			2.3			2.1			0.2		9.5%
Depreciation and amortization			0.3			0.3			—		0.0%
Professional fees			0.1			0.1			—		0.0%
Other selling, general and administrative			0.3			0.3			—		0.0%
Total Operating Expenses		$	4.3		$	4.2		$	0.1		2.4%
Net Operating Income		$	13.1		$	8.8		$	4.3		48.9%
Net operating income margin			74.4%			66.2%

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Total portfolio revenue grew 36.4% during the three months ended March 31, 2025, relative to the three months ended March 31, 2024, driven by growth in our ERC from higher deployments in Canada.

Salaries and benefits slightly decreased during the three months ended March 31, 2025, relative to the three months ended March 31, 2024, which aid in reflecting the increasing operating scale of our operation in Canada. Servicing expenses grew 9.5% during the three months ended March 31, 2025, relative to the three months ended March 31, 2024, driven by growth in our collections.

Net operating income overall grew 48.9% during the three months ended March 31, 2025, relative to the three months ended March 31, 2024 from $8.8 million to $13.1 million. Net operating income as a percentage of total revenues was 74.4% during the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to 66.2% during the three months ended March 31, 2024.

Latin America

	Three Months Ended March 31,						Increase (Decrease)			% Change
($ in Millions)	2025			2024			Increase (Decrease)			% Change
Total portfolio revenue		$	10.0		$	6.8		$	3.2		47.1%
Total Revenue		$	10.0		$	6.8		$	3.2		47.1%
Operating Expenses
Salaries and benefits			0.1			0.1			—		0.0%
Servicing expenses			3.0			2.1			0.9		42.9%
Depreciation and amortization			—			—			—		0.0%
Professional fees			0.2			0.2			—		0.0%
Other selling, general and administrative			0.1			0.1			—		0.0%
Total Operating Expenses		$	3.4		$	2.5		$	0.9		36.0%
Net Operating Income		$	6.6		$	4.3		$	2.3		53.5%
Net operating income margin			66.0%			63.2%

Total portfolio revenue grew 47.1% during the three months ended March 31, 2025, relative to the three months ended March 31, 2024, driven by growth in our ERC and deployments in 2024 as our platform in Latin America continues to scale.

Salaries and benefits expense in our Latin America segment were flat during the three months ended March 31, 2025, relative to the three months ended March 31, 2024, and are modest at $0.1 million, which reflects only seven FTE in our Bogotá office. Servicing expenses grew 42.9% during the three months ended March 31, 2025, relative to the three months ended March 31, 2024, driven by growth in our collections in the Latin America segment.

Net operating income overall grew 53.5% during the three months ended March 31, 2025, relative to the three months ended March 31, 2024, from $4.3 million to $6.6 million. Net operating income as a percentage of total revenues was 66.0% during the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to 63.2% during the three months ended March 31, 2024.

Year Ended December 31, 2024 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2023

The following tables set forth consolidated income statement data expressed in a dollar amount and as a percentage of total revenues for the periods indicated:

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Year Ended December 31,
	2024				2023
	($ in Millions)
Revenues:
Total portfolio income		$	396.3	91.5%		$	306.5	94.9%
Changes in recoveries			(0.4)	(0.1)%			(13.0)	(4.0)%
Total portfolio revenue		$	395.9	91.4%		$	293.6	90.9%
Credit card revenue			8.3	1.9%			8.8	2.7%
Servicing revenue			29.1	6.7%			20.7	6.4%
Total revenues		$	433.3	100.0%		$	323.1	100.0%
Provision for credit losses		$	3.5	0.8%		$	3.5	1.1%
Operating expenses:
Salaries and benefits		$	48.1	11.1%		$	36.5	11.3%
Servicing expenses			130.9	30.2%			101.7	31.5%
Depreciation and amortization			2.6	0.6%			2.4	0.7%
Professional fees			11.4	2.6%			6.8	2.1%
Other selling, general and administrative			16.5	3.8%			8.1	2.5%
Total operating expenses		$	209.5	48.3%		$	155.5	48.1%
Net operating income		$	220.3	50.8%		$	164.1	50.8%
Other income (expense):
Interest expense		$	(77.2)	(17.8)%		$	(48.1)	(14.9)%
Foreign exchange and other income (expense)			(5.5)	(1.3)%			4.6	1.4%
Total other income (expense)			(82.7)	(19.1)%			(43.5)	(13.5)%
Income before income taxes		$	137.6	31.8%		$	120.6	37.3%
Provision for income taxes			(8.7)	(2.0)%			(9.1)	(2.8)%
Net income attributable to Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC		$	128.9	29.7%		$	111.5	34.5%
Foreign currency translation			(14.0)	(3.2)%			8.3	2.6%
Comprehensive income		$	114.9	26.5%		$	119.8	37.1%

Revenues

A summary of how our revenues were generated during the years indicated is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,						Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	2024			2023			Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	($ in Millions)
Cash collections		$	584.6		$	431.0		$	153.6		35.6%
Principal amortization			(188.7)			(137.4)			(51.3)		37.3%
Total portfolio revenue			395.9			293.6			102.3		34.8%
Credit card revenue			8.3			8.8			(0.5)		(5.7)%
Servicing revenue			29.1			20.7			8.4		40.6%
Total revenues		$	433.3		$	323.1		$	110.2		34.1%

Total revenues were $433.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, an increase of $110.2 million, or 34.1%, compared to $323.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase is primarily a result of increased purchases during the period. The Conn’s Portfolio Purchase contributed $9.4 million of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024. We expect that contribution to be significant over the next

TABLE OF CONTENTS

twelve months but to decline rapidly thereafter given the short duration of the assets and the fact that the portfolio is in run-off with no new origination activity.

Operating Expenses

Total operating expenses were $209.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, an increase of $54.0 million, or 34.7%, compared to $155.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Salaries and Benefits

Salaries and benefits were $48.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, an increase of $11.6 million, or 31.8%, compared to $36.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase is partially due to support requirements associated with organizational growth. Additionally, the increase is partially due to the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, which added $1.5 million.

Servicing Expenses

Servicing expenses were $130.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, an increase of $29.2 million, or 28.7%, compared to $101.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in servicing expenses was primarily driven by increased collections as well as $1.4 million from the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase. We expect the servicing expense contribution of the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase over the next twelve months to mirror the portfolio run-off as we are not pursuing any origination activity. Servicing expenses consisted of the following for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:

	Year Ended December 31,						Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	2024			2023			Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	($ in Millions)
Agency and repo commission expense		$	37.8		$	26.0		$	11.8		45.4%
Legal commission expense			19.7			18.3			1.4		7.7%
Court costs			32.0			23.0			9.0		39.1%
Communications			25.0			21.0			4.0		19.0%
Offshore			8.7			8.7			—		0.0%
Other servicing expenses			7.7			4.7			3.0		63.8%
Total servicing expenses		$	130.9		$	101.7		$	29.2		28.7%

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization was $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, a $0.2 million, or 8.3%, increase from the $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was primarily due to incremental intangible assets associated with the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, which equated to $0.4 million of additional amortization.

Professional Fees

Professional fees were $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, an increase of $4.6 million, or 67.6%, compared to $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was primarily due to one-time items associated with the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, which were $4.3 million. These one-time items included cure amounts associated with assumed contracts related to the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, where we paid past-due amounts owed to the vendor upon assuming such contracts and legal fees for highly specialized expertise related to the Conn’s bankruptcy process. In a typical portfolio purchase, we do not assume any contracts and do not incur either of these types of expenses.

Other Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Other selling, general and administrative expenses generally consist of rent expense, travel and entertainment expenses, and other general overhead expenses. These expenses totaled $16.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, an increase of $8.1 million or 103.7%, compared to $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was primarily due to a one-time cost associated with the Canaccede Acquisition in relation to the potential realization of an exit incentive, which was $7.7 million.

Other Income (Expense)

Interest Expense

Total interest expense was $77.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, an increase of $29.1 million, or 60.5%, compared to $48.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was

TABLE OF CONTENTS

primarily driven by our increased deployments, which drove a higher Revolving Credit Facility debt balance, as well as by increased amortization of note payable origination costs of $4.3 million, $1.4 million or 48.3% higher compared to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, due to the issuance of the 2029 Senior Notes in the year ended December 31, 2024.

Interest expense consisted of the following for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:

	Year Ended December 31,						Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	2024			2023			Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	($ in Millions)
Interest expense		$	72.9		$	45.2		$	27.7		61.3%
Amortization of note payable origination costs			4.3			2.9			1.4		48.3%
Total interest expense		$	77.2		$	48.1		$	29.1		60.5%

Provision for Income Tax Expense

We and most of our subsidiaries are limited liability companies and are disregarded for United States federal and state income tax purposes. However, certain of our foreign subsidiaries are required to pay income taxes. Provision for income tax expense was $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, a decrease of $0.4 million, or 4.4%, compared to $9.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease was driven by the taxable portion of income from Latin America.

Segment Results of Operations

The following tables set forth consolidated income statement amounts categorized by segment, for the periods indicated:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2024															2023
	($ in Millions)
	United States			United Kingdom			Canada			Latin America			Total			United States			United Kingdom			Canada			Latin America			Total
Revenues:
Total portfolio revenue		$	288.0		$	28.5		$	48.2		$	31.2		$	395.9		$	207.0		$	24.2		$	44.9		$	17.5		$	293.6
Credit card revenue			2.7			—			5.6			—			8.3			3.1			—			5.7			—			8.8
Servicing revenue			4.9			23.8			0.4			—			29.1			4.0			16.5			0.2			—			20.7
Total revenues		$	295.6		$	52.3		$	54.2		$	31.2		$	433.3		$	214.1		$	40.7		$	50.8		$	17.5		$	323.1
Provision for credit losses		$	1.9		$	—		$	1.6		$	—		$	3.5		$	2.1		$	—		$	1.4		$	—		$	3.5
Operating expenses
Salaries and benefits			28.3			14.1			5.3			0.4			48.1			19.4			11.7			5.3			0.1			36.5
Servicing expenses			95.7			15.1			10.0			10.1			130.9			70.4			14.1			8.2			9.0			101.7
Depreciation and amortization			1.7			0.3			0.6			—			2.6			1.3			0.4			0.7			—			2.4
Professional fees			9.2			0.9			0.4			0.9			11.4			4.5			0.8			0.6			0.9			6.8
Other selling, general and administrative			12.5			2.4			1.2			0.4			16.5			3.8			2.1			1.9			0.3			8.1
Total operating expenses		$	147.4		$	32.8		$	17.5		$	11.8		$	209.5		$	99.4		$	29.1		$	16.7		$	10.3		$	155.5
Net operating income		$	146.3		$	19.5		$	35.1		$	19.4		$	220.3		$	112.6		$	11.6		$	32.7		$	7.2		$	164.1
Net operating income margin			49.5%			37.3%			64.8%			62.2%			50.8%			52.6%			28.5%			64.4%			41.1%			50.8%

TABLE OF CONTENTS

United States

	Year Ended December 31,						Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	2024			2023			Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	($ in Millions)
Revenues:
Total portfolio revenue		$	288.0		$	207.0		$	81.0		39.1%
Credit card revenue			2.7			3.1			(0.4)		(12.9)%
Servicing revenue			4.9			4.0			0.9		22.5%
Total revenues		$	295.6		$	214.1		$	81.5		38.1%
Provision for credit losses		$	1.9		$	2.1		$	(0.2)		(9.5)%
Operating expenses
Salaries and benefits			28.3			19.4			8.9		45.9%
Servicing expenses			95.7			70.4			25.3		35.9%
Depreciation and amortization			1.7			1.3			0.4		30.8%
Professional fees			9.2			4.5			4.7		104.4%
Other selling, general and administrative			12.5			3.8			8.7		228.9%
Total operating expenses		$	147.4		$	99.4		$	48.0		48.3%
Net operating income		$	146.3		$	112.6		$	33.7		29.9%
Net operating income margin			49.5%			52.6%

Total portfolio revenue grew 39.1% in 2024 relative to 2023, primarily due to the growth in our ERC, including from, but not solely based on, $9.4 million of portfolio revenue from the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, which we consolidated into our results for the United States segment starting in December 2024 and contributed $9.4 million of revenue from portfolio receivables in 2024. Servicing revenue grew 22.5% in 2024 relative to 2023, primarily due to the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, which contributed $1.9 million of servicing revenue in 2024. Additionally, we recognized a one-time cost associated with the Canaccede Acquisition in relation to the potential realization of an exit incentive, which was $7.7 million.

Even though our senior management’s responsibilities include oversight of our other segments, we consolidate all of the salaries, bonuses and accruals for stock compensation for our U.S.-based senior management team into the “Salaries and benefits expense” for the United States segment. Salaries and benefits in the United States grew 45.9% in 2024 relative to 2023, including $1.5 million from the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, and lower growth than in revenue overall, reflecting the increasing operating scale of our business. Servicing expenses grew 35.9%, driven by growth in our collections, including $1.4 million from the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase. We realized $4.3 million of professional fees and $0.9 million of other selling, general and administrative expenses related to the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase in 2024.

Net operating income overall grew $33.7 million or 29.9% in 2024 relative to 2023 from $112.6 million to $146.3 million. Net operating income as a percentage of total revenues was 49.5% in 2024 compared to 52.6% in 2023. The net operating income included $3.1 million in association with the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

United Kingdom

	Year Ended December 31,						Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	2024			2023			Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	($ in Millions)
Revenues:
Total portfolio revenue		$	28.5		$	24.2		$	4.3		17.8%
Servicing revenue			23.8			16.5			7.3		44.2%
Total revenues		$	52.3		$	40.7		$	11.6		28.5%
Operating Expenses
Salaries and benefits			14.1			11.7			2.4		20.5%
Servicing expenses			15.1			14.1			1.0		7.1%
Depreciation and amortization			0.3			0.4			(0.1)		(25.0)%
Professional fees			0.9			0.8			0.1		12.5%
Other selling, general and administrative			2.4			2.1			0.3		14.3%
Total operating expenses		$	32.8		$	29.1		$	3.7		12.7%
Net operating income		$	19.5		$	11.6		$	7.9		68.1%
Net operating income margin			37.3%			28.5%

Total portfolio revenue grew 17.8% in 2024 relative to 2023, primarily due to growth in our ERC from higher deployments in the United Kingdom. Servicing revenue grew 44.2% in 2024 relative to 2023, partly due to the full year impact in 2024 from the acquisition of Moriarty in April 2023 and the underlying organic growth from both our Moriarty and ResolveCall businesses in 2024.

Salaries and benefits grew 20.5% in 2024 relative to 2023, primarily due to the full year impact in 2024 from the acquisition of Moriarty in April 2023. Servicing expenses grew 7.1% in 2024 relative to 2023, primarily due to the growth in our collections in the United Kingdom.

Net operating income overall grew 68.1% in 2024 relative to 2023 from $11.6 million to $19.5 million. Net operating income as a percentage of total revenues was 37.3% in 2024 compared to 28.5% in 2023.

Canada

	Year Ended December 31,						Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	2024			2023			Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	($ in Millions)
Revenues:
Total portfolio revenue		$	48.2		$	44.9		$	3.3		7.3%
Credit card revenue			5.6			5.7			(0.1)		(1.8)%
Servicing revenue			0.4			0.2			0.2		100.0%
Total revenues		$	54.2		$	50.8		$	3.4		6.7%
Provision for credit losses		$	1.6		$	1.4		$	0.2		14.3%
Operating expenses
Salaries and benefits			5.3			5.3			—		0.0%
Servicing expenses			10.0			8.2			1.8		22.0%
Depreciation and amortization			0.6			0.7			(0.1)		(14.3)%
Professional fees			0.4			0.6			(0.2)		(33.3)%
Other selling, general and administrative			1.2			1.9			(0.7)		(36.8)%
Total operating expenses		$	17.5		$	16.7		$	0.8		4.8%
Net operating income		$	35.1		$	32.7		$	2.4		7.3%
Net operating income margin			64.8%			64.4%

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Total portfolio revenue grew 7.3% in 2024 relative to 2023, driven by growth in our ERC from higher deployments in Canada. After a few years of declining ERC and collections, our ERC in Canada started growing at the end of 2023 and that trend accelerated meaningfully in 2024, driving a return to growth for the segment.

Salaries and benefits were flat in 2024 relative to 2023, lower growth than in revenue overall, reflecting the increasing operating scale of our operation in Canada. Servicing expenses grew 22.0% in 2024 relative to 2023, driven by growth in our collections.

Net operating income overall grew 7.3% in 2024 relative to 2023 from $32.7 million to $35.1 million. Net operating income as a percentage of total revenues was 64.8% in 2024 compared to 64.4% in 2023.

Latin America

	Year Ended December 31,						Increase (Decrease)			% Change
($ in Millions)	2024			2023			Increase (Decrease)			% Change
Revenues:
Total portfolio revenue		$	31.2		$	17.5		$	13.7		78.3%
Total revenues		$	31.2		$	17.5		$	13.7		78.3%
Operating expenses
Salaries and benefits			0.4			0.1			0.3		300.0%
Servicing expenses			10.1			9.0			1.1		12.2%
Depreciation and amortization			—			—			—		0.0%
Professional fees			0.9			0.9			—		0.0%
Other selling, general and administrative			0.4			0.3			0.1		33.3%
Total operating expenses		$	11.8		$	10.3		$	1.5		14.6%
Net operating income		$	19.4		$	7.2		$	12.2		169.4%
Net operating income margin			62.2%			41.1%

Total portfolio revenue grew 78.3% in 2024 relative to 2023, driven by growth in our ERC and deployments in 2024 as our platform in Latin America continues to scale.

Salaries and benefits expense in our Latin America segment grew 300.0% in 2024 relative to 2023 but are modest at $0.4 million in 2024, which reflects only seven FTE in our Bogotá office. Servicing expenses grew 12.2% in 2024 relative to 2023, driven by growth in our collections in the Latin America segment.

Net operating income overall grew 169.4% in 2024 relative to 2023 from $7.2 million to $19.4 million. Net operating income as a percentage of total revenues was 62.2% in 2024 compared to 41.1% in 2023.

Quarterly Results

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data and the percent of revenue that net operating income represents, as well as certain other financial and operating data, for each of the quarters indicated. The consolidated statements of operations data for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as our audited annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations for these periods. The information in this table should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly results are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that may be expected for a full year or any future period.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Three Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2025			Dec. 31, 2024			Sep. 30, 2024			Jun. 30, 2024			Mar. 31, 2024			Dec. 31, 2023			Sep. 30, 2023			Jun. 30, 2023			Mar. 31, 2023
	($ in Millions)
Revenues:
Total portfolio income		$	138.7		$	111.0		$	99.2		$	94.7		$	91.4		$	83.2		$	78.7		$	75.0		$	69.7
Changes in recoveries			3.6			(2.0)			1.7			—			(0.1)			(11.0)			(5.1)			(0.6)			3.7
Total portfolio revenue		$	142.3		$	109.0		$	100.9		$	94.7		$	91.3		$	72.2		$	73.6		$	74.4		$	73.4
Credit card revenue			1.9			1.9			2.1			2.1			2.2			2.2			2.2			2.2			2.2
Servicing revenue			10.7			8.0			7.6			7.1			6.4			5.4			4.7			5.5			5.1
Total revenues		$	154.9		$	118.9		$	110.6		$	103.9		$	99.9		$	79.8		$	80.5		$	82.1		$	80.7
Provision for credit losses		$	0.5		$	0.9		$	0.8		$	1.0		$	0.8		$	0.9		$	0.8		$	0.9		$	0.9
Operating expenses:
Salaries and benefits		$	14.0		$	12.1		$	12.6		$	12.3		$	11.1		$	9.5		$	9.6		$	9.6		$	7.8
Servicing expenses			42.8			35.0			33.3			30.8			31.8			23.8			25.2			25.5			27.2
Depreciation and amortization			1.6			0.9			0.6			0.5			0.6			0.6			0.6			0.6			0.6
Professional fees			2.2			5.5			1.9			2.1			1.9			1.5			1.5			2.1			1.7
Other selling, general and administrative			4.5			10.7			2.0			2.0			1.8			2.0			1.9			1.7			2.5
Total operating expenses		$	65.1		$	64.2		$	50.4		$	47.7		$	47.2		$	37.4		$	38.8		$	39.5		$	39.8
Net operating income		$	89.3		$	53.8		$	59.4		$	55.2		$	51.9		$	41.5		$	40.9		$	41.7		$	40.0
Other income (expense):
Interest expense		$	(24.8)		$	(22.0)		$	(19.7)		$	(18.3)		$	(17.2)		$	(14.5)		$	(13.0)		$	(11.1)		$	(9.5)
Foreign exchange and other income (expense)			2.5			(2.3)			(0.5)			(2.8)			0.1			1.3			0.5			1.8			1.0
Total other income (expense)			(22.3)			(24.3)			(20.2)			(21.1)			(17.1)			(13.2)			(12.5)			(9.3)			(8.5)
Income before income taxes		$	67.0		$	29.5		$	39.2		$	34.1		$	34.8		$	28.3		$	28.4		$	32.4		$	31.5
Provision for income taxes			(2.8)			(2.5)			(2.4)			(1.9)			(1.9)			(2.0)			(2.1)			(2.7)			(2.3)
Net income		$	64.2		$	27.0		$	36.8		$	32.2		$	32.9		$	26.3		$	26.3		$	29.7		$	29.2
Other Financial and Operating Data
Collections		$	260.9		$	174.3		$	145.2		$	137.9		$	127.2		$	105.7		$	107.0		$	109.8		$	108.5
Deployments			175.2			357.9			123.4			140.5			101.4			153.8			100.6			154.0			122.5
Adjusted EBITDA			92.0			67.3			62.4			58.5			53.9			42.6			42.5			42.9			40.2

Set forth below is a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and reported in accordance with GAAP. For further information, see “— Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Adjusted EBITDA.”

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Three Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2025			Dec. 31, 2024			Sep. 30, 2024			Jun. 30, 2024			Mar. 31, 2024			Dec. 31, 2023			Sep. 30, 2023			Jun. 30, 2023			Mar. 31, 2023
	($ in Millions)
Net income		$	64.2		$	27.0		$	36.8		$	32.2		$	32.9		$	26.3		$	26.3		$	29.7		$	29.2
Interest expense			24.8			22.0			19.7			18.3			17.2			14.5			13.0			11.1			9.5
Foreign exchange and other income (expense)			(2.5)			2.3			0.5			2.8			(0.1)			(1.3)			(0.5)			(1.8)			(1.0)
Provision for income taxes			2.8			2.5			2.4			1.9			1.9			2.0			2.1			2.7			2.3
Depreciation and amortization			1.6			0.9			0.6			0.5			0.6			0.6			0.6			0.6			0.6
Stock-based compensation			0.3			0.4			2.2			0.7			1.2			0.5			0.4			0.5			(0.4)
Conn’s one-time items(1)			0.3			4.3			—			—			—			—			—			—			—
Canaccede exit consideration			0.2			7.7			—			—			—			—			—			—			—
Merger and acquisition and other one-time expenses(2)			0.3			0.2			0.2			2.1			0.2			—			0.6			0.1			—
Adjusted EBITDA		$	92.0		$	67.3		$	62.4		$	58.5		$	53.9		$	42.6		$	42.5		$	42.9		$	40.2

(1)

(2)

Includes acquisition fees and expenses and one-time corporate legal expenses.

Quarterly Trends

Quarterly Revenues Trends

Quarterly portfolio revenue grew year over year for each quarter in 2024 as well as in the first quarter of 2025, as a result of growth in deployments year over year for each quarter in 2024. Revenue in the first quarter of 2025 grew year over year also as a result of the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, which contributed $30.0 million for the first quarter of 2025.

Credit card revenue was stable for the periods presented with a declining trend in the second half of 2024 and into the first three months of 2025, as a result of stable credit card receivables declining in the second half of 2024 and in the first three months of 2025, particularly in our Canadian credit card portfolio.

Servicing revenue grew sequentially quarter over quarter for all periods presented, with the exception of the third quarter of 2023, primarily due to growth in placements to our U.K. servicing businesses, Resolvecall and Moriarty as well as the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase which contributed $3.7 million during the three months ended March 31, 2025.

Quarterly Operating Expenses Trends

Salaries and benefits increased in the second quarter of 2023, thereafter remaining relatively flat for the third and fourth quarters of 2023 before increasing sequentially quarter over quarter for all 2024 periods and into the first three months of 2025 presented due to support requirements associated with growth in our organization. Additionally, the increase in the first quarter of 2025 was partially due to the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, which added $3.3 million.

Servicing expenses increased year over year for each quarter in 2024 and during the three months ended March 31, 2025, with the increase primarily driven by increased collections. Additionally, the increase in the first quarter of 2025 was partially due to the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase which added $3.7 million.

Depreciation and amortization was stable for all periods presented except the fourth quarter of 2024 and first quarter of 2025, when it increased due to incremental intangible assets associated with the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, which equated to $1.1 million of additional amortization.

Professional fees were generally stable for the periods presented, but were higher for the second quarter of 2023 as a result of increased legal fees related to our expansion into Latin America and in the fourth quarter

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of 2024, primarily due to one-time items associated with the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, which were $4.3 million. Performance has stabilized back to normal levels during the three months ended March 31, 2025.

Other selling, general and administrative expenses consist of rent expense, travel and entertainment expenses, and other general overhead expenses. These expenses were generally stable for the periods presented, but were higher for the fourth quarter of 2024 primarily due to a one-time cost associated with the potential realization of an exit incentive related to the Canaccede acquisition, which was $7.7 million. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, these expenses were higher as a result of the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, which added $2.2 million.

Quarterly Other Income (Expense) Trends

Interest expense increased steadily for all periods presented. The increase was primarily driven by our increased deployments, which resulted in higher revolving credit facility balances, as well as by increased amortization of note payable origination fees.

Quarterly Adjusted EBITDA Trends

Adjusted EBITDA grew year over year for each of the four quarters in 2024 as well as the first quarter of 2025 as a result of total revenue growth that outpaced growth in operating expenses. Specifically relating to the fourth quarter of 2024, Adjusted EBITDA was impacted by significant one-time expenses, including $4.3 million

Supplemental Performance Data as of March 31, 2025

Investments in Receivables, Net

The following tables show certain data related to our investment in receivables portfolios.

The accounts represented in the Insolvency category in the tables below are those portfolios of accounts that were in an insolvency status at the time of purchase. This contrasts with accounts in our Distressed portfolios that file for bankruptcy/insolvency protection after we purchase them, which continue to be tracked in their corresponding Distressed portfolio. Distressed customers sometimes file for bankruptcy/insolvency protection subsequent to our purchase of the related Distressed portfolio. When this occurs, we adjust our collection practices to comply with bankruptcy/insolvency rules and procedures; however, for accounting purposes, these accounts remain in the original Distressed portfolio. Insolvency accounts may be dismissed voluntarily or involuntarily subsequent to our purchase of the Insolvency portfolio. Dismissal occurs when the terms of the bankruptcy are not met by the petitioner. When this occurs, we are typically free to pursue collection outside of bankruptcy procedures; however, for accounting purposes, these accounts remain in the original Insolvency pool.

Purchase price multiples can vary over time due to a variety of factors, including pricing competition, supply levels, age of the receivables acquired, and changes in our operational efficiency. For example, increased pricing competition during the 2005 to 2008 period negatively impacted purchase price multiples of our Distressed portfolio compared to prior years. Conversely, during the 2009 to 2011 period, additional supply occurred as a result of the 2008 recession, which resulted in an economic downturn. This created unique and advantageous purchasing opportunities, particularly within the Insolvency market, relative to the prior four years. Purchase price multiples can also vary among types of receivables. For example, we generally incur lower collection costs on our Insolvency portfolio compared with our Distressed portfolio. This allows us, in general, to pay more for an Insolvency portfolio and experience lower purchase price multiples, while generating similar net returns when compared with a Distressed portfolio.

When competition increases and/or supply decreases, pricing often becomes negatively impacted relative to expected collections, and yields tend to trend lower. The opposite tends to occur when competition decreases and/or supply increases.

Within a given portfolio type, to the extent that lower purchase price multiples are the result of more competitive pricing and lower net yields, this will generally lead to lower profitability. As portfolio pricing becomes more favorable on a relative basis, our profitability will tend to increase. Profitability within given Distressed portfolio types may also be impacted by the age and quality of the receivables, which impact the cost-to-collect on those accounts. Fresher accounts, for example, typically carry lower associated collection expenses, while older

TABLE OF CONTENTS

accounts and lower balance accounts typically carry higher costs and, as a result, require higher purchase price multiples to achieve the same net profitability as fresher paper.

We acquire portfolios and record them at the price paid at the time of acquisition. Beginning in 2022, with the adoption of CECL, we aggregate the acquired pools during the year such that during the year the blended effective interest rate will change to reflect new buying and additional cash flow estimates until the end of the respective year. Once the year is completed, the effective interest rate is fixed at the amount we expect to collect discounted at the rate to equate purchase price to the recovery estimate. During the first year of purchase, we typically allow pools to season before making any material adjustments to the ERCs. Subsequent to the initial year, as we gain collection experience and confidence with a pool of accounts, we evaluate whether to update the annually aggregated ERC. These processes could cause the ratio of ERC to purchase price for any given year of buying to gradually change over time.

The numbers presented in the following tables represent collections and do not reflect any costs to collect; therefore, they may not represent relative profitability. Due to all the factors described above, readers should be cautious when making comparisons of purchase price multiples among periods and between types of receivables.

PURCHASE PRICE MULTIPLES AS OF March 31, 2025
Excludes Resale as Noted at Bottom
($ in millions)

		Purchase Price(1)(2)			Life-to-Date Collections(3)			Total ERC(4)			Grand Total			Current Collection Multiple		Original Collection Multiple(5)
		($ in Millions)
Vintage	US Distressed
	2003 – 2016(6)		$	339.9		$	1,004.9		$	40.3		$	1,045.2		3.07x		2.28x
	2017			55.3			164.7			24.7			189.4		3.43x		2.36x
	2018			76.2			205.1			42.8			247.9		3.25x		2.70x
	2019			94.8			259.0			28.0			287.0		3.03x		2.29x
	2020			74.1			172.3			53.3			225.6		3.04x		2.20x
	2021			73.1			108.3			61.6			169.9		2.32x		1.97x
	2022			142.1			133.5			155.7			289.1		2.03x		2.00x
	2023			337.6			236.6			545.7			782.2		2.32x		2.11x
	2024			481.5			195.3			792.1			987.5		2.05x		1.98x
	2025			92.9			7.1			198.4			205.5		2.21x		2.21x
	Total		$	1,767.6		$	2,486.7		$	1,942.5		$	4,429.3
Vintage	US Insolvency
	2003 – 2016(6)		$	235.8		$	365.8		$	0.5		$	366.3		1.55x		1.72x
	2017			49.6			62.3			1.0			63.4		1.28x		1.35x
	2018			86.7			106.5			3.2			109.7		1.27x		1.30x
	2019			62.2			83.8			5.5			89.4		1.44x		1.31x
	2020			30.1			41.7			7.4			49.1		1.63x		1.40x
	2021			23.7			29.5			6.0			35.5		1.50x		1.25x
	2022			40.7			35.9			17.0			52.9		1.30x		1.30x
	2023			66.7			40.6			53.3			94.0		1.41x		1.34x
	2024			71.1			14.7			82.9			97.6		1.37x		1.39x
	2025			26.7			0.1			35.8			35.9		1.35x		1.35x
	Total		$	693.4		$	781.0		$	212.7		$	993.7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Purchase Price(1)(2)			Life-to-Date Collections(3)			Total ERC(4)			Grand Total			Current Collection Multiple		Original Collection Multiple(5)
		($ in Millions)
Vintage	UK Distressed & Insolvency
	2009 – 2016		$	22.9		$	60.8		$	3.2		$	64.0		2.80x		1.94x
	2017			0.8			3.8			0.7			4.5		5.46x		1.90x
	2018			3.1			11.3			4.9			16.2		5.23x		2.20x
	2019			7.1			17.4			5.2			22.6		3.18x		1.91x
	2020			13.1			25.6			8.6			34.2		2.61x		1.74x
	2021			19.4			23.6			9.2			32.8		1.69x		1.67x
	2022			18.9			23.4			23.7			47.2		2.50x		2.22x
	2023			26.7			22.8			45.9			68.8		2.57x		2.08x
	2024			29.4			9.7			41.2			50.8		1.73x		1.70x
	2025			1.9			0.1			3.7			3.9		1.99x		1.99x
	Total		$	143.3		$	198.6		$	146.4		$	345.0
Vintage	Canada Insolvency(7)
	2008 – 2016		$	94.8		$	187.2		$	0.1		$	187.3		1.98x		1.67x
	2017			26.3			48.4			0.2			48.6		1.85x		1.53x
	2018			40.9			85.0			0.8			85.9		2.10x		1.80x
	2019			34.7			67.9			1.6			69.5		2.00x		1.72x
	2020			29.3			49.6			3.4			53.1		1.81x		1.60x
	2021			23.7			31.8			8.1			39.9		1.68x		1.62x
	2022			18.5			16.1			10.9			27.0		1.46x		1.47x
	2023			38.8			17.8			36.3			54.1		1.40x		1.35x
	2024			61.9			8.0			77.9			86.0		1.39x		1.38x
	2025			46.3			3.1			58.6			61.7		1.33x		1.33x
	Total		$	415.2		$	514.9		$	197.9		$	712.8
Vintage	Canada Distressed(7)
	2008 – 2016		$	57.5		$	121.7		$	3.6		$	125.2		2.18x		1.81x
	2017			23.2			54.3			3.7			58.0		2.50x		2.17x
	2018			14.6			58.9			8.7			67.5		4.61x		2.52x
	2019			12.8			40.6			3.8			44.3		3.46x		2.19x
	2020			19.7			39.4			8.1			47.5		2.42x		2.06x
	2021			9.2			13.2			4.9			18.1		1.97x		1.79x
	2022			24.3			20.8			15.3			36.1		1.49x		1.69x
	2023			18.4			13.3			20.6			33.9		1.84x		1.61x
	2024			33.5			19.9			41.6			61.6		1.84x		1.83x
	2025			5.6			0.6			9.6			10.2		1.81x		1.81x
	Total		$	218.8		$	382.7		$	119.8		$	502.5
Vintage	Latin America Distressed
	2021		$	7.9		$	10.5		$	8.7		$	19.2		2.43x		1.58x
	2022			25.0			30.9			37.7			68.6		2.75x		2.67x
	2023			42.6			36.2			69.8			105.9		2.48x		2.39x
	2024			45.8			16.0			98.0			114.0		2.49x		2.35x
	2025			1.8			—			4.4			4.4		2.48x		2.48x
	Total		$	123.1		$	93.6		$	218.5		$	312.1

100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Purchase Price(1)(2)			Life-to-Date Collections(3)			Total ERC(4)			Grand Total			Current Collection Multiple		Original Collection Multiple(5)
		($ in Millions)
Vintage	Total
	2003 – 2016(6)		$	750.8		$	1,740.4		$	47.6		$	1,788.0		2.38x		1.98x
	2017			155.3			333.5			30.4			363.9		2.34x		1.87x
	2018			221.6			466.8			60.4			527.1		2.38x		1.97x
	2019			211.6			468.7			44.1			512.8		2.42x		1.89x
	2020			166.3			328.7			80.8			409.5		2.46x		1.90x
	2021			156.9			216.9			98.5			315.4		2.01x		1.74x
	2022			269.5			260.7			260.3			521.0		1.93x		1.91x
	2023			530.8			367.3			771.6			1,138.9		2.15x		1.96x
	2024			723.3			263.7			1,133.7			1,397.4		1.93x		1.88x
	2025			175.2			11.0			310.4			321.5		1.83x		1.83x
	Total		$	3,361.4		$	4,457.5		$	2,837.9		$	7,295.4

(1)

Includes the portfolios that were acquired through our business acquisitions from the date of acquisition.

(2)

For our non-U.S. amounts, purchase price is presented at the exchange rate on the date the pool was purchased.

(3)

For our non-U.S. amounts, historical period exchange rates are presented at the respective exchange rate for each collection period.

(4)

For our non-U.S. amounts, Total ERC is presented at the exchange rate as of .

(5)

The original estimated purchase price multiple represents the purchase price multiple at the end of the year of acquisition.

(6)

This vintage data excludes forward flow purchases that were resold between 2005 and 2008 shortly after purchase and does not reflect typical collection multiples as there is no cost-to-collect for accounts that were resold.

(7)

Adjusted to include historical information from Canaccede Financial Group and its predecessor businesses.

101

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table illustrates collections from purchased receivables, total portfolio revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and investment in receivables, net as of March 31, 2025 and monthly EIR, by year of purchase:

RECEIVABLE PORTFOLIO FINANCIAL INFORMATION, BY YEAR OF PURCHASE(1)
($ in millions)

	THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2025												AS OF MARCH 31, 2025
	COLLECTIONS			TOTAL PORTFOLIO INCOME			CHANGES IN RECOVERIES			TOTAL PORTFOLIO REVENUE			INVESTMENTS IN RECEIVABLES, NET			MONTHLY EIR
US Distressed
ZBA(1)		$	0.5		$	0.5		$	—		$	0.5		$	—		NM
2003 – 2019			10.0			9.6			(6.5)			3.1			48.5		6.1%
2020			3.5			3.8			(1.7)			2.1			12.4		9.9%
2021			4.1			3.2			(2.1)			1.1			31.7		3.2%
2022			12.3			6.9			(2.4)			4.5			95.3		2.3%
2023			40.3			24.7			1.5			26.2			318.7		2.5%
2024			121.7			49.8			14.9			64.7			412.0		3.4%
2025			7.0			5.0			2.4			7.4			93.1		2.5%
Subtotal		$	199.5		$	103.5		$	6.1		$	109.6		$	1,011.7
US Insolvency
2003 – 2019			0.8			0.5			(1.2)			(0.7)			8.3		1.7%
2020			1.2			0.3			(0.5)			(0.2)			6.5		1.3%
2021			0.6			0.2			(0.2)			—			4.9		1.6%
2022			2.3			0.6			(0.3)			0.3			14.5		1.3%
2023			4.8			1.6			(0.5)			1.1			43.6		1.2%
2024			5.1			2.4			(1.1)			1.3			63.4		1.2%
2025			0.1			0.6			(0.3)			0.3			26.8		1.1%
Subtotal		$	14.8		$	6.2		$	(4.1)		$	2.1		$	168.0
UK Distressed & Insolvency
2010 – 2019		$	0.8		$	0.7		$	(0.2)		$	0.5		$	5.0		4.4%
2020			0.6			0.5			—			0.5			2.4		6.5%
2021			1.1			0.6			(0.2)			0.4			6.1		3.0%
2022			1.7			1.4			(0.9)			0.5			12.4		3.6%
2023			3.2			2.6			(1.6)			1.0			25.8		3.4%
2024			2.6			1.8			(0.4)			1.4			26.4		2.3%
2025			0.1			0.1			0.1			0.2			2.1		3.0%
Subtotal		$	10.2		$	7.7		$	(3.2)		$	4.5		$	80.2
Canada Distressed
ZBA(1)		$	0.2		$	0.2		$	—		$	0.2		$	—		NM
2020			1.9			1.5			0.1			1.6			3.6		12.7%
2021			0.4			0.3			—			0.3			1.9		4.3%
2022			0.8			0.7			(0.3)			0.4			8.2		2.8%
2023			1.3			0.9			(0.4)			0.5			11.6		2.6%
2024			4.4			2.0			0.3			2.3			23.7		2.6%
2025			0.6			0.3			0.2			0.5			5.5		2.3%
Subtotal		$	9.5		$	5.9		$	(0.1)		$	5.8		$	54.5
Canada Insolvency
ZBA		$	0.1		$	0.1		$	—		$	0.1		$	—		NM
2020			2.5			0.4			3.3			3.7			4.3		3.4%
2021			1.8			0.5			0.2			0.7			6.5		1.9%
2022			1.8			0.4			0.3			0.7			8.8		1.5%
2023			3.8			1.1			0.4			1.5			29.4		1.2%
2024			3.3			2.0			0.6			2.6			59.3		1.2%
2025			3.1			1.1			(0.1)			1.0			44.5		1.2%
Subtotal		$	16.2		$	5.6		$	4.7		$	10.3		$	152.8
Latin America
2021			0.4			0.3			—			0.3			3.8		3.0%
2022			1.4			1.8			(0.9)			0.9			11.0		5.8%
2023			3.1			3.5			(0.1)			3.4			33.7		3.5%

102

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2025												AS OF MARCH 31, 2025
	COLLECTIONS			TOTAL PORTFOLIO INCOME			CHANGES IN RECOVERIES			TOTAL PORTFOLIO REVENUE			INVESTMENTS IN RECEIVABLES, NET			MONTHLY EIR
2024			5.7			4.1			1.2			5.3			44.0		3.0%
2025			—			0.1			—			0.1			1.9		5.3%
Subtotal		$	10.6		$	9.8		$	0.2		$	10.0		$	94.4
Grand Total		$	260.9		$	138.7		$	3.6		$	142.3		$	1,561.6

Note:

Not adjusted to include historical information from Canaccede Financial Group and its predecessor businesses. Results of Canaccede Financial Group and its predecessor businesses for deployments from prior to the date of our acquisition are consolidated in the 2020 vintage year.

(1)

Refers to revenue from zero basis accounts.

	Year-Ended December 31, 2024												As of December 31, 2024
	Collections			TOTAL Portfolio Income			Changes in Recoveries			Total Portfolio Revenue			Investments in Receivables, Net			Monthly EIR
US Distressed
ZBA(1)		$	1.5		$	1.5		$	—		$	1.5		$	—		NM
2003 – 2019			49.9			48.5			(20.1)			28.4			55.5		6.1%
2020			18.2			18.2			(4.1)			14.1			13.7		9.9%
2021			18.3			15.8			(12.8)			3.0			34.7		3.2%
2022			49.5			31.9			(5.3)			26.6			103.1		2.3%
2023			147.6			103.0			30.6			133.7			332.9		2.5%
2024			72.5			48.8			11.1			59.9			469.0		2.4%
2025
Subtotal		$	357.4		$	267.8		$	(0.6)		$	267.2		$	1,008.8
US Insolvency
2003 – 2019			7.9			2.9			(4.3)			(1.4)			9.8		1.7%
2020			6.7			1.5			3.5			5.0			7.8		1.3%
2021			3.5			1.3			(0.2)			1.1			5.4		1.6%
2022			11.8			3.3			(2.3)			0.9			16.5		1.3%
2023			23.2			7.8			1.7			9.5			47.2		1.2%
2024			9.6			4.8			0.8			5.6			67.1		1.2%
2025
Subtotal		$	62.8		$	21.6		$	(0.9)		$	20.7		$	153.9
UK Distressed & Insolvency
2010 – 2019			3.9			3.1			0.6			3.7			5.2		4.4%
2020			2.4			2.1			0.3			2.4			2.5		6.5%
2021			4.4			2.9			(1.3)			1.6			6.6		3.0%
2022			8.2			7.0			(4.2)			2.8			13.3		3.6%
2023			13.4			11.1			2.1			13.1			27.1		3.4%
2024			7.1			4.4			0.5			4.9			26.8		2.3%
2025
Subtotal		$	39.4		$	30.7		$	(2.1)		$	28.5		$	81.5
Canada Distressed
ZBA(2)		$	1.8		$	1.8		$	—		$	1.8		$	—		NM
2020			9.0			6.2			2.7			8.8			3.8		12.7%
2021			1.9			1.4			(0.4)			1.0			2.0		4.3%
2022			4.6			3.9			(3.8)			0.1			8.5		2.8%
2023			6.3			4.4			(0.6)			3.8			12.3		2.6%
2024			15.6			5.8			3.5			9.3			25.8		2.6%
2025
Subtotal		$	39.1		$	23.4		$	1.4		$	24.8		$	52.5

103

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Year-Ended December 31, 2024												As of December 31, 2024
	Collections			TOTAL Portfolio Income			Changes in Recoveries			Total Portfolio Revenue			Investments in Receivables, Net			Monthly EIR
Canada Insolvency
ZBA		$	0.3		$	0.3		$	—		$	0.3		$	—		NM
2020			15.7			2.8			3.8			6.7			2.9		3.4%
2021			8.3			2.7			0.1			2.8			7.8		1.9%
2022			6.9			2.4			(0.6)			1.8			9.9		1.5%
2023			11.0			5.3			1.3			6.6			31.7		1.2%
2024			4.8			4.5			0.7			5.2			59.7		1.2%
2025
Subtotal		$	46.9		$	18.0		$	5.4		$	23.4		$	112.0
Latin America
2021			1.7			1.6			(0.5)			1.1			3.7		3.0%
2022			9.2			9.3			(2.7)			6.5			10.8		5.8%
2023			17.7			15.6			(1.7)			13.9			32.4		3.6%
2024			10.3			8.4			1.4			9.7			42.3		3.0%
2025
Subtotal		$	39.0		$	34.8		$	(3.6)		$	31.2		$	89.1
Grand Total		$	584.6		$	396.3		$	(0.4)		$	395.9		$	1,497.7

Note:

(1)

Refers to revenue from zero basis accounts.

The following table illustrates historical collections, by year, on our portfolios.

COLLECTIONS, BY YEAR, BY YEAR OF PURCHASE(1)
Excludes Resale as Noted at Bottom
($ in millions)

		PURCHASE PRICE (1)(2)			2003 – 2016			2017			2018			2019			2020			2021			2022			2023			2024			YTD MARCH 2025			TOTAL
	US Distressed
Vintage	2003 – 2016(4)		$	339.9		$	679.3		$	80.8		$	66.8		$	51.9		$	41.1		$	32.3		$	21.4		$	15.5		$	13.1		$	2.7		$	1,004.9
	2017			55.3			—			16.2			30.5			27.0			28.5			25.2			16.3			11.2			8.2			1.6			164.7
	2018			76.2			—			—			21.6			45.9			45.4			41.0			24.7			14.2			10.3			1.9			205.1
	2019			94.8			—			—			—			26.8			74.8			62.3			44.5			28.6			18.3			3.7			259.0
	2020			74.1			—			—			—			—			26.5			60.9			37.2			26.0			18.2			3.5			172.3
	2021			73.1			—			—			—			—			—			23.1			37.8			24.8			18.3			4.1			108.3
	2022			142.1			—			—			—			—			—			—			16.5			55.1			49.6			12.3			133.5
	2023			337.6			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			48.4			147.7			40.4			236.6
	2024			481.5			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			73.3			122.0			195.3
	2025			92.9			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			7.1			7.1
	Total		$	1,767.6		$	679.3		$	97.0		$	118.9		$	151.7		$	216.2		$	244.8		$	198.4		$	223.9		$	357.1		$	199.5		$	2,486.7

104

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		PURCHASE PRICE (1)(2)			2003 – 2016			2017			2018			2019			2020			2021			2022			2023			2024			YTD MARCH 2025			TOTAL
	US Insolvency
Vintage	2003 – 2016(4)		$	235.8		$	289.8		$	34.1		$	19.8		$	11.6		$	5.7		$	2.9		$	1.1		$	0.6		$	0.4		$	0.1		$	365.8
	2017			49.6			—			9.3			19.6			14.4			9.2			6.1			2.6			0.8			0.4			0.1			62.3
	2018			86.7			—			—			16.0			34.9			23.8			17.1			9.7			3.6			1.1			0.2			106.5
	2019			62.2			—			—			—			7.0			23.2			19.8			16.2			11.0			6.1			0.5			83.8
	2020			30.1			—			—			—			—			3.5			10.5			10.8			9.0			6.7			1.2			41.7
	2021			23.7			—			—			—			—			—			8.9			10.1			6.3			3.5			0.6			29.5
	2022			40.7			—			—			—			—			—			—			5.4			16.4			11.8			2.3			35.9
	2023			66.7			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			12.7			23.2			4.8			40.6
	2024			71.1			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			9.6			5.1			14.7
	2025			26.7			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			0.1			0.1
	Total		$	693.4		$	289.8		$	43.3		$	55.4		$	67.9		$	65.3		$	65.4		$	55.8		$	60.3		$	62.8		$	14.8		$	781.0
	UK Distressed & Insolvency
Vintage	2009 – 2016		$	22.9		$	40.8		$	5.5		$	3.4		$	2.6		$	2.1		$	2.2		$	1.5		$	1.3		$	1.1		$	0.2		$	60.8
	2017			0.8			—			0.4			0.6			0.6			0.6			0.7			0.4			0.3			0.2			0.0			3.8
	2018			3.1			—			—			0.3			1.9			2.0			2.4			1.7			1.5			1.2			0.3			11.3
	2019			7.1			—			—			—			0.8			4.7			5.1			3.0			2.1			1.4			0.3			17.4
	2020			13.1			—			—			—			—			4.2			10.0			5.1			3.3			2.4			0.6			25.6
	2021			19.4			—			—			—			—			—			4.6			7.0			6.6			4.4			1.1			23.6
	2022			18.9			—			—			—			—			—			—			2.6			10.9			8.2			1.7			23.4
	2023			26.7			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			6.2			13.4			3.2			22.8
	2024			29.4			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			7.1			2.6			9.7
	2025			1.9			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			0.1			0.1
	Total		$	143.3		$	40.8		$	5.8		$	4.2		$	5.9		$	13.7		$	24.9		$	21.3		$	32.3		$	39.4		$	10.2		$	198.6
	CAD Insolvency(3)
Vintage	2008 – 2016		$	94.8		$	89.5		$	31.8		$	26.5		$	20.5		$	12.5		$	5.0		$	0.7		$	0.4		$	0.2		$	0.1		$	187.2
	2017			26.3			—			5.4			11.7			11.1			9.7			6.7			2.8			0.5			0.3			0.1			48.4
	2018			40.9			—			—			6.4			16.9			21.2			19.3			13.5			6.4			1.2			0.1			85.0
	2019			34.7			—			—			—			3.4			12.6			18.7			15.2			11.2			6.2			0.6			67.9
	2020			29.3			—			—			—			—			3.4			11.7			13.8			11.2			8.0			1.7			49.6
	2021			23.7			—			—			—			—			—			3.1			8.5			10.1			8.3			1.8			31.8
	2022			18.5			—			—			—			—			—			—			1.5			5.9			6.9			1.8			16.1
	2023			38.8			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			3.0			11.0			3.8			17.8
	2024			61.9			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			4.8			3.3			8.0
	2025			46.3			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			3.1			3.1
	Total		$	415.2		$	89.5		$	37.2		$	44.6		$	51.9		$	59.5		$	64.6		$	56.0		$	48.5		$	46.8		$	16.2		$	514.9
	CAD Distressed(3)
Vintage	2008 – 2016		$	57.5		$	70.7		$	13.3		$	10.4		$	7.9		$	6.2		$	5.2		$	4.1		$	2.5		$	1.2		$	0.3		$	121.7
	2017			23.2			—			10.4			12.5			9.4			7.1			6.2			4.2			2.6			1.6			0.2			54.3
	2018			14.6			—			—			6.5			16.2			11.0			9.4			7.1			4.8			3.1			0.8			58.9
	2019			12.8			—			—			—			13.4			10.7			8.1			4.6			2.4			1.2			0.2			40.6
	2020			19.7			—			—			—			—			10.7			12.7			7.7			4.7			3.1			0.5			39.4
	2021			9.2			—			—			—			—			—			4.4			4.3			2.3			1.9			0.4			13.2
	2022			24.3			—			—			—			—			—			—			7.3			8.1			4.6			0.8			20.8
	2023			18.4			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			5.7			6.3			1.3			13.3
	2024			33.5			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			15.6			4.4			19.9
	2025			5.6			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			0.6			0.6
	Total		$	218.8		$	70.7		$	23.7		$	29.4		$	46.8		$	45.6		$	45.9		$	39.2		$	33.2		$	38.6		$	9.5		$	382.7

105

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		PURCHASE PRICE (1)(2)			2003 – 2016			2017			2018			2019			2020			2021			2022			2023			2024			YTD MARCH 2025			TOTAL
	LatAm Distressed
Vintage	2021		$	7.9		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	0.8		$	5.2		$	2.3		$	1.7		$	0.4		$	10.5
	2022			25.0			—			—			—			—			—			—			6.0			14.4			9.2			1.4			30.9
	2023			42.6			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			15.4			17.7			3.1			36.2
	2024			45.8			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			10.3			5.7			16.0
	2025			1.8			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—
	Total		$	123.1		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	0.8		$	11.2		$	32.0		$	39.0		$	10.6		$	93.6
	Total
Vintage	2003 – 2015(4)		$	750.8		$	1,170.1		$	165.4		$	126.8		$	94.5		$	67.5		$	47.6		$	28.8		$	20.3		$	16.0		$	3.4		$	1,740.4
	2017			155.3			—			41.7			75.0			62.5			55.1			44.9			26.3			15.3			10.8			2.1			333.5
	2018			221.6			—			—			50.8			115.8			103.5			89.1			56.7			30.6			16.9			3.3			466.8
	2019			211.6			—			—			—			51.3			126.0			114.0			83.4			55.3			33.3			5.4			468.7
	2020			166.3			—			—			—			—			48.3			105.8			74.6			54.2			38.4			7.4			328.7
	2021			156.9			—			—			—			—			—			45.0			72.9			52.5			38.1			8.4			216.9
	2022			269.5			—			—			—			—			—			—			39.3			110.8			90.3			20.3			260.7
	2023			530.8			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			91.3			219.3			56.6			367.3
	2024			723.3			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			120.6			143.1			263.7
	2025			175.2			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			11.0			11.0
	Total		$	3,361.4		$	1,170.1		$	207.0		$	252.6		$	324.2		$	400.4		$	446.4		$	382.0		$	430.2		$	583.7		$	260.9		$	4,457.5

(1)

Includes the acquisition date finance receivables portfolios that were acquired through our business acquisitions from the date of acquisition.

(2)

For our non-U.S. amounts, purchase price is presented at the exchange rate on the date the pool was purchased.

(3)

Prior to 2025, U.S. Distressed excluded credit card collections from zero basis accounts associated with our Emblem and Fidem Brand Credit Card.

(4)

Excludes forward flow purchases that were resold between 2005 and 2008 shortly after purchase and do not reflect typical collection multiples as there is no cost-to-collect for accounts that were resold.

(5)

Adjusted to include historical information from Canaccede Financial Group and its predecessor businesses and excludes collections associated with recovering charged-off accounts in our credit card origination business.

(6)

Prior to 2025, Canada Distressed excludes collections from zero basis accounts associated with Fidem Finance, Inc.

Deployments

The following graph shows deployments by year since 2014.

Portfolio Purchases by Geography and Type

[MISSING IMAGE: bc_purchaseprice-4c.jpg]

Acquired on March 9, 2020, with effective date of February 29, 2020.

106

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table displays our quarterly deployments for the periods indicated.

Deployments by Geography and Business Line

	Three Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2025			Dec. 31 2024			Sep. 30 2024			Jun. 30 2024			Mar. 31 2024			Dec. 31 2023			Sep. 30 2023			Jun. 30 2023			Mar. 31 2023
	($ in Millions)
US Distressed		$	92.9		$	299.2		$	52.7		$	76.7		$	52.9		$	101.0		$	58.9		$	107.8		$	70.0
US Insolvency			26.7			21.1			24.5			15.1			10.4			11.9			17.8			17.4			19.6
UK Distressed & Insolvency			1.9			6.7			4.7			8.5			9.5			10.8			2.9			9.3			3.7
Canada Insolvency			46.3			15.9			19.3			15.1			11.6			10.9			11.1			10.3			6.5
Canada Distressed			5.6			4.6			10.9			9.0			9.0			4.7			4.6			4.6			4.5
Latin America Distressed			1.8			9.0			12.7			16.1			8.0			14.6			5.3			4.6			18.2
Total Purchases		$	175.2		$	356.6		$	124.8		$	140.5		$	101.4		$	153.9		$	100.6		$	153.9		$	122.5

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We actively manage our liquidity to help provide access to sufficient funding to meet our business needs and financial obligations. As of March 31, 2025, unrestricted cash and cash equivalents totaled $27.0 million. Of the unrestricted cash and cash equivalent balance as of March 31, 2025, $10.8 million consisted of cash on hand related to international operations with indefinitely reinvested earnings.

As of March 31, 2025, we had approximately $1,212.0 million in borrowings outstanding, net of unamortized debt issuance costs. Considering borrowing base restrictions, as of December 31, 2024, the amount available to be drawn under our Revolving Credit Facility (as defined herein) was $300.7 million. For more information, see Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition, in May 2025, Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC completed an offering of $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.250% senior notes due 2030. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

	FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED OR AS OF MARCH 31,						FOR THE Year Ended OR AS OF December 31,
	2025			2024			2024			2023
	($ in Millions)
Total borrowings		$	1,212.0		$	795.9		$	1,194.7		$	770.9
Unamortized debt issuance costs			12.3			15.9			13.4			10.4
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents			(27.0)			(10.8)			(35.5)			(14.4)
Net debt			1,197.3			801.0			1,172.6			766.9
Adjusted cash EBITDA			210.6			89.8			430.8			305.6
Leverage ratio (net debt / adjusted cash EBITDA)			NM			NM			2.72x			2.51x

“NM” — not meaningful

Our leverage is measured for purposes of our financial covenants in our Revolving Credit Facility based on a ratio of net debt to adjusted cash EBITDA but focused on just the Borrowers (as defined below) and as such, excludes adjusted cash EBITDA related to our Latin America operations as well as to a small portion of our Canadian assets. Additionally, the rating agencies who rate our Senior Notes look to the ratio of net debt to adjusted cash EBITDA as a primary metric in their ratings methodology. For more information of the Senior Leverage Ratio, Leverage Ratio and Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, which use adjusted cash EBITDA in the calculation of those covenants, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness — Revolving Credit Facility.” Additional information regarding adjusted cash EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, is outlined further below.

We were in compliance with the covenants of our financing arrangements as of March 31, 2025. Financial covenants are important in determining the level of cash flow that we need to maintain in relation to our ability

107

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to incur debt under our Revolving Credit Facility. If these financial covenants are not met, we would be in breach of our Revolving Credit Facility agreement if not cured through an additional pay down within the designated timeframe.

Adjusted Cash EBITDA

Adjusted cash EBITDA is a supplemental financial measure that is not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. We present adjusted cash EBITDA because it is an important measure of our cash flow that can be used to evaluate our liquidity. Our management believes adjusted cash EBITDA also helps us provide enhanced period-to-period comparability of our cash flow by aligning our collection expenses with our collections. Adjusted cash EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net cash provided by operating activities determined in accordance with GAAP.

Some of the limitations related to the use of adjusted cash EBITDA as an analytical tool include:

▪

adjusted cash EBITDA does not reflect our future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

▪

adjusted cash EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

▪

adjusted cash EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to make interest or principal payments, on our debts;

▪

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted cash EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and

▪

other companies in our industry may calculate adjusted cash EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, adjusted cash EBITDA should not be considered as a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business.

Set forth below is a reconciliation of adjusted cash EBITDA to net cash provided by operating activities.

	THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,						Year Ended December 31,
	2025			2024			2024			2023
	($ IN MILLIONS)
Net cash provided by operating activities		$	51.7		$	35.4		$	168.2		$	120.2
Changes in prepaid expenses			7.7			2.6			7.7			8.4
Changes in accounts payable and accrued expenses			8.0			(2.8)			(36.7)			(8.2)
Provision for credit losses			(0.5)			(0.8)			(3.5)			(3.5)
Foreign exchange and other income (expense)			(2.5)			(0.1)			5.5			(4.6)
Cash interest paid			23.7			16.3			73.0			45.2
Provision for income taxes			2.7			1.9			8.7			9.0
Total portfolio revenue			(142.3)			(91.3)			(395.9)			(293.6)
Gross collections			260.9			127.2			584.6			431.0
Stock-based compensation			0.4			1.2			4.5			1.0
Conn’s one-time items(1)			0.3			—			4.3			—
Canaccede exit consideration			0.2			—			7.7			—
Merger and acquisition and other one-time expenses(2)			0.3			0.2			2.7			0.7
Adjusted cash EBITDA		$	210.6		$	89.8		$	430.8		$	305.6

(1)

(2)

Includes acquisition fees and expenses and one-time corporate legal expenses.

108

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Revolving Credit Facility

On November 13, 2024, we amended our existing Revolving Credit Facility (as supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Revolving Credit Facility”) with Citizens Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders from time-to-time party thereto. As amended, the Revolving Credit Facility provides for borrowings in an aggregate principal amount of $825.0 million (subject to compliance with a borrowing base and applicable debt covenants) and matures on April 26, 2028. As of March 31, 2025, there was $524.3 million aggregate principal amount of loans outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. In May 2025, we issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2030 Notes and used a majority of the proceeds therefrom, net of fees, to pay down the outstanding balance under the Revolving Credit Facility. For additional information on material terms, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness — Revolving Credit Facility.”

6.000% Senior Notes due 2026

On August 4, 2021, Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC completed an offering of $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.000% senior notes due 2026 (the “2026 Notes”) under an indenture (the “2026 Notes Indenture”), dated as of August 4, 2021, among Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association (as successor to U.S. Bank National Association), as trustee. The 2026 Notes are general senior unsecured obligations of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC and are guaranteed by certain of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries. Interest on the 2026 Notes is payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on February 15, 2022. The 2026 Notes mature on August 15, 2026. As of March 31, 2025, there was approximately $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2026 Notes outstanding. For additional information on material terms, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness — 6.000% Senior Notes due 2026.”

9.500% Senior Notes due 2029

On February 2, 2024, Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC completed an offering of $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9.500% senior notes due 2029 (the “2029 Notes”) under an indenture (the “2029 Notes Indenture”), dated as of February 2, 2024, among Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as trustee. The 2029 Notes are general senior unsecured obligations of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC and are guaranteed by certain of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries. Interest on the 2029 Notes is payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on August 15, 2024. As of March 31, 2025, there was approximately $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Notes outstanding. The 2029 Notes mature on February 15, 2029. For additional information on material terms, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness — 9.500% Senior Notes due 2029.”

8.250% Senior Notes due 2030

On May 2, 2025, Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC completed an offering of $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2030 Notes under the New Notes Indenture. The 2030 Notes are general senior unsecured obligations of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC and are guaranteed by certain of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries. Interest on the 2030 Notes is payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on November 15, 2025. The 2030 Notes mature on May 15, 2030. For additional information on material terms, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness — 8.250% Senior Notes due 2030.”

109

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cash Flows Analysis for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025 and 2024

The following table summarizes our cash flow activity for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024:

	Three Months Ended March 31,						Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	2025			2024			Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	($ in Millions)
Total cash flow provided by / (used in)
Operating activities		$	51.7		$	35.4		$	16.3		46.0%
Investing activities			(56.2)			(65.5)			9.3		(14.2)%
Financing activities			(0.5)			25.2			(25.7)		(102.0)%
Exchange rate effects on cash balances held in foreign currencies			(2.8)			(1.7)			(1.1)		64.7%
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents		$	(7.8)		$	(6.6)		$	(1.2)		18.2%

Operating Activities

The change in our cash flows from operating activities in the three months ended March 31, 2025 was primarily due to collections recognized as revenue offset by cash paid for operating expenses, interest, and income taxes. Key drivers of operating activities were adjusted for (i) non-cash items included in net income such as provisions for credit losses and depreciation and amortization and (ii) changes in the balances of operating assets and liabilities, which can vary significantly in the normal course of business due to the amount and timing of payments. Net cash provided by operating activities increased $16.3 million, or 46.0%, when compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities is normally driven by acquisitions of nonperforming loans and purchases of investments. Cash provided by investing activities is mainly driven by collections applied on finance receivables and proceeds from the sale of investments and subsidiaries.

The change in our cash flow from investing activities decreased $9.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2025, primarily due to increased collections from increased deployments of $73.8 million when compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024.

Financing Activities

Cash from financing activities is normally provided by draws on our credit facility and proceeds from debt offerings. Cash used in financing activities is primarily driven by principal payments on our credit facility.

The change in our cash flow from financing activities decreased $25.7 million, primarily due to net activity associated with our credit facility as well as increased distributions in the three months ended March 31, 2025.

110

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cash Flows Analysis for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023

The following table summarizes our cash flow activity for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:

	Year Ended December 31,						Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	2024			2023			Increase (Decrease)			% Change
	($ in Millions)
Total cash flow provided by / (used in)
Operating activities		$	168.2		$	120.2		$	48.0		39.9%
Investing activities			(542.4)			(403.4)			(139.0)		34.5%
Financing activities			388.8			289.9			98.9		34.1%
Exchange rate effects on cash balances held in foreign currencies			3.0			(1.2)			4.2		(350.0)%
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash		$	17.6		$	5.5		$	12.1		220.0%

Operating Activities

The change in our cash flows from operating activities in the year ended December 31, 2024 was primarily due to collections recognized as revenue offset by cash paid for operating expenses, interest, and income taxes. Key drivers of operating activities were adjusted for (i) non-cash items included in net income such as provisions for credit losses and depreciation and amortization; and (ii) changes in the balances of operating assets and liabilities, which can vary significantly in the normal course of business due to the amount and timing of payments. Net cash provided by operating activities increased $48.0 million, or 39.9%, when compared to the year ended December 31, 2023.

Investing Activities

The change in our cash flow from investing activities decreased $139.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to increased deployments of $192.4 million when compared to the year ended December 31, 2023.

Financing Activities

The change in our cash flow from financing activities increased $99.0 million, primarily due to proceeds from increased borrowings under our credit facility in the year ended December 31, 2024.

Contractual Obligations

Our contractual obligations as of March 31, 2025, were as follows:

	Total			Less Than 1 Year			1 – 3 Years			3 – 5 Years			More Than 5 Years
Operating leases		$	6.0		$	1.4		$	2.4		$	1.6		$	0.6
Revolving credit(1)			566.4			38.9			527.5			—			—
Long-term debt(2)			875.8			56.0			385.0			434.8			—
Purchase commitments(3)			263.6			192.9			70.7			—			—
Other liabilities			8.2			—			8.2			—			—
Total		$	1,720.0		$	289.2		$	993.8		$	436.4		$	0.6

(1)

Includes estimated interest and unused line fees due on our revolving credit facility and assumes that the outstanding balance on such facility remain constant from the December 31, 2024 balance to maturity.

111

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2)

Includes scheduled interest and principal payments on the 2026 Notes and the 2029 Notes.

(3)

Reflects the expected remaining amount to be purchased under forward flow and other contracts for the purchase of receivable portfolios.

(4)

Includes $7.7 million related to Canaccede exit consideration and $1.1 million related to an earnout related to Moriarity.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined by Item 303(a)(4) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our significant accounting policies are fundamental to understanding our results of operations and financial condition because they require that we use estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities. Our significant accounting estimates are discussed in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have identified the following accounting estimates as critical because they require significant judgment and assumptions about highly complex and inherently uncertain matters, and the use of reasonably different estimates and assumptions could have a material impact on our results of operations or financial condition. Our critical accounting estimates are as follows:

▪

Total portfolio revenue

▪

Goodwill

▪

Allowance for credit losses

We evaluate our critical accounting estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis and update them as necessary, based on several items, including, but not limited to, changing macroeconomic and market conditions.

Total portfolio revenue

Total portfolio revenue involves the use of estimates and the exercise of judgment on the part of management. These estimates include forecasts of the amount and timing of cash collections we expect to receive from our pools of accounts. We then project ERC and apply a discounted cash flow methodology to our ERC. Adjustments to ERC may include adjustments reflecting recent collection trends, our view of current and future economic conditions, changes in collection assumptions or other timing-related adjustments. Significant changes in our cash flow estimates could result in increased or decreased revenue as we immediately recognize the discounted value of such changes using the constant effective interest rate of the pool. Generally, adjustments to cash forecasts result in an adjustment to revenue at an amount less than the impact of the performance in the period due to the effects of discounting. Additionally, cash collection forecast increases will result in more revenue being recognized while cash collection forecast decreases result in less revenue being recognized over the life of the pool.

112

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table summarizes the impact of a hypothetical 1% decrease and increase in ERC as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 on total portfolio revenue and income before taxes:

($ in Millions)										1% REDUCTION in ERC									1% Increase in ERC
($ in Millions)	ERC			Total Portfolio Revenue			ERC			Total Portfolio Revenue			Impact on Income Before Taxes			ERC			Total Portfolio Revenue			Impact on Income Before Taxes
2024		$	2,744.5		$	395.9		$	2,717.1		$	373.6		$	(22.3)		$	2,772.0		$	418.2		$	22.3
2023		$	1,924.1		$	293.6		$	1,904.8		$	278.2		$	(15.4)		$	1,943.3		$	309.0		$	15.4

Goodwill

Business combinations and other acquisitions typically result in the recording of goodwill and other intangible assets. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value assigned to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets, liabilities assumed, and noncontrolling interest in the acquiree is recorded as goodwill.

Goodwill is not amortized but is evaluated for impairment annually as of June 30th or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. When testing goodwill for impairment, we have the option of first performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as the basis to determine if it is necessary to perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test. In performing our qualitative assessment, we consider the extent to which unfavorable events or circumstances identified, such as changes in economic conditions, industry and market conditions or company specific events, could affect the comparison of the reporting unit’s fair value with its carrying amount. If we conclude that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we are required to perform a quantitative impairment test.

Quantitative impairment testing for goodwill is based upon the fair value of a reporting unit as compared to its carrying value. We make certain judgments and assumptions in allocating assets and liabilities to determine carrying values for its reporting units. To determine fair value of the reporting unit, we use the income approach. Under the income approach, fair value is determined using a discounted cash flow method, projecting future cash flows of each reporting unit, as well as a terminal value, and discounting such cash flows at a rate of return that reflects the relative risk of the cash flows. The impairment loss recognized would be the difference between a reporting unit’s carrying value and fair value in an amount not to exceed the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill.

Our goodwill evaluation is dependent on a number of factors, both internal and external. There are inherent uncertainties related to the assumptions used in our evaluation and to our application of those assumptions. While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and assumptions to estimate fair value, if actual results are not consistent with our current estimates and assumptions, management changes its estimates and assumptions or there is a deterioration in market factors outside of our control, such as general economic conditions in the countries in which we operate, discount rates, income tax rates, foreign currency exchange rates, or inflation, goodwill impairment charges may be recorded in future periods. The goodwill impairment charges are a non-cash charge and could adversely affect our financial results in the period recognized.

Based on our annual impairment analysis of goodwill as of June 30, 2024, it was determined that the fair value of each reporting unit was in excess of its respective carrying value as of June 30, 2024; therefore, goodwill is considered not impaired. Additionally, we perform sensitivity analyses around discount rate assumptions utilized in order to assess the reasonableness of the rates and the resulting estimated fair values. As of June 30, 2024, a hypothetical 100 basis point increase in discount rates would reduce the aggregate estimated fair value across reporting units by approximately $28.4 million and would not result in any impairment, as each reporting unit’s fair value would still exceed its carrying value. As of June 30, 2024, a hypothetical 5% decrease in forecasted collections would reduce the aggregate estimated fair value across reporting units by approximately $88.5 million and would not result in any impairment, as each reporting unit’s fair value would still exceed its carrying value.

Based on our annual impairment analysis of goodwill as of June 30, 2023, it was determined that the fair value of each reporting unit was in excess of its respective carrying value as of June 30, 2023; therefore,

113

TABLE OF CONTENTS

goodwill was not considered impaired. Based on the Company’s sensitivity analyses described above, as of June 30, 2023, a hypothetical 100 basis point increase in discount rates would reduce the aggregate estimated fair value across reporting unit by approximately $22 million and would not result in any impairment, as each reporting unit’s fair value would still exceed its carrying value. As of June 30, 2023, a hypothetical 5% decrease in forecasted collections would reduce the aggregate estimated fair value across reporting units by approximately $68 million and would not result in any impairment, as each reporting unit’s fair value would still exceed its carrying value.

Allowance for Credit Losses

We maintain an allowance for credit losses that represents management’s current estimate of expected credit losses inherent in our credit card receivables portfolio as of each balance sheet date. The allowance for credit losses was $1.7 million as of March 31, 2025, compared to $2.1 million as of March 31, 2024.

We have an established process, using analytical tools and management judgment, to determine our allowance for credit losses. Management judgment is required to determine the relevant information and estimation methods used to arrive at our best estimate of lifetime credit losses. Establishing the allowance on a quarterly basis involves evaluating and forecasting several factors, including, but not limited to, both credit and macroeconomic variables.

Key credit factors that drive our analysis include the payment performance of the account holder, who has completed a repayment plan or an insolvency, as well as historical loss and recovery experience, recent trends in delinquencies and charge-offs, account seasoning, changes in our credit evaluation, underwriting and collection management policies, seasonality, current general economic conditions, changes in the legal and regulatory environment and uncertainties in forecasting and modeling techniques used in estimating our allowance for credit losses. Representatives from our finance organization review and assess our allowance methodologies, key assumptions and the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses on a quarterly basis.

Although we examine our internal payment performance data and take into account certain externally available economic data to determine our allowance for credit losses, our estimation process is subject to risks and uncertainties, including a reliance on historical loss and trend information that may not be representative of current conditions and indicative of future performance as well as economic forecasts that may not align with actual future economic conditions. Accordingly, our actual credit loss experience may not be in line with our expectations.

Given the dynamic relationship between macroeconomic variables within our modeling framework, it is difficult to estimate the impact of a change in any one individual variable on the allowance. In a hypothetical sensitivity analysis, we evaluated an adverse scenario increasing the allowance as a percentage of receivables to illustrate deteriorating economic conditions such as an increase in unemployment rate. A hypothetical increase of 100 basis points applied to receivables as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 would result in a decrease in income before taxes of $0.2 million for both 2024 and 2023. Such hypothetical increase would have a substantially similar decrease as of March 31, 2025.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

We are subject to interest rate risk from borrowings on our Revolving Credit Facility, as well as our interest-bearing deposits. As such, our consolidated financial results are subject to fluctuations due to changes in market interest rates. We assess this interest rate risk by estimating the increase or decrease in interest expense that would occur due to a change in short-term interest rates. The borrowings on our variable rate credit facilities were $524.3 million as of March 31, 2025. Based on our debt structure as of March 31, 2025, assuming a 50 basis point decrease in interest rates, interest expense over the following 12 months would decrease by an estimated $2.6 million. Assuming a 50 basis point increase in interest rates, interest expense over the following 12 months would increase by an estimated $2.6 million.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

We operate internationally and enter into transactions denominated in various foreign currencies. In 2024 and the three months ended March 31, 2025, we generated $137.7 million and $38.0 million of revenues

114

TABLE OF CONTENTS

from operations outside the United States and used multiple functional currencies. Weakness in one particular currency might be offset by strength in other currencies over time.

Fluctuations in foreign currencies could cause us to incur foreign currency exchange gains and losses and could adversely affect our comprehensive income and stockholders’ equity. Additionally, our reported financial results could change from period to period due solely to fluctuations between currencies. Foreign currency gains and losses are primarily the result of the re-measurement of transactions in other currencies into an entity’s functional currency. Foreign currency gains and losses are included as a component of other income (expense) in our consolidated statements of operations. A hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applied to net monetary assets and liabilities as of March 31, 2025 denominated in currencies other than their functional currencies would not have had a material impact on our consolidated financial results. From time to time, we may elect to enter into foreign exchange derivative contracts to reduce these variations in our statements of operations.

When an entity’s functional currency is different than the reporting currency of its parent, foreign currency translation adjustments may occur. Foreign currency translation adjustments are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in our consolidated balance sheet.

We have taken measures to mitigate the impact of foreign currency fluctuations. We have organized our U.K. operations so that portfolio ownership and collections generally occur within the same entity. Additionally, our credit facilities are multi-currency facilities, allowing us to better match funding and portfolio purchases by currency in the United States, United Kingdom and Canada. We actively monitor the value of our finance receivables by currency. In the event adjustments are required to our liability composition by currency we may, from time to time, execute re-balancing foreign exchange contracts to more closely align funding and portfolio purchases by currency.

Concentration Risk

A substantial percentage of our purchases are concentrated with a few large sellers. For the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, our five largest clients together accounted for 53.4% and 48.7% of our deployments, respectively, with the top client representing 17.0% and 13.1% of purchases for the same periods, respectively.

We are subject to risks and uncertainties associated with our client concentration. An inability to maintain our purchasing activity with any of our largest clients as a result of potential competitive pressures, changes in a client’s debt recovery strategy or other factors could have an adverse impact on our financial performance. Our client concentration has, however, decreased in recent years as our client base has become more diversified. A key driver of this trend, which we expect to continue in future periods, has been our ability to add new clients across multiple asset classes, including clients who are first time sellers that previously managed collections themselves. In 2023, we added 32 new clients across six asset classes, in 2024, we added 14 new clients and in the three months ended March 31, 2025, we added four new clients across four asset classes. We have added 122 new clients across six asset classes between 2018 and March 31, 2025.

In addition, we enter into forward flow purchase agreements with our customers on a regular basis, which provides pricing and contractual certainty and mitigates the risk of unforeseen client loss. As of March 31, 2025, we had $263.6 million of total committed forward flows, a decrease of $52.6 million compared to March 31, 2024. This decrease was driven by the usage of longer-term forward flow agreements.

115

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS

Overview

The following charts present a breakdown of our investment activity by asset class, by business line and by geography for the year ended December 31, 2024:

For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 and the three months ended March 31, 2025, we reported net income of $128.9 million, $111.5 million and $64.2 million, respectively, and $242.1 million, $168.2 million and $92.0 million of adjusted EBITDA, respectively. For additional information regarding adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, see “Prospectus Summary — Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Information — Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Adjusted EBITDA.” The following charts summarize our annual revenue, net operating income, net income and adjusted EBITDA since 2019:

116

TABLE OF CONTENTS

117

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1)

118

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Markets

United States

We estimate the 2024 annual TAM for the U.S. market to be approximately $167.8 billion based on the cumulative estimated annual face value of charge-offs for the asset classes listed below, which we have estimated annual face value charged-off based on estimated or reported outstanding balances as of December 31, 2024 and assumed loss rate proxies. We estimate that the TAM for the U.S. market was $115.7 billion in 2019, representing a cumulative 2019 to 2024 growth rate of 45.1%.

119

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	2019 Full Year Market								2024 Full Year Market
				Estimated Annual								Estimated Annual					2019 – 2024 % Change
	2019 Balances			Charge- Off Ratio		Market Charge-Offs			2024 Balances			Charge- Off Ratio		Market Charge-Offs			Balances		Charge- Offs
	($ in billions)
Auto loans(1)		$	1,331.0		2.9%		$	39.2		$	1,655.0		2.8%		$	46.0		24.3%		17.4%
Non-prime			399.8		8.4%			33.5			429.9		8.9%			38.2		7.5%		14.0%
Prime			931.2		0.6%			5.7			1,225.1		0.6%			7.8		31.6%		37.1%
Personal loans(2)			432.0		3.3%			14.3			554.0		4.4%			24.5		28.2%		71.4%
Non-prime			155.5		7.6%			11.8			188.4		10.8%			20.3		21.1%		71.6%
Prime			276.5		0.9%			2.5			365.6		1.2%			4.2		32.2%		70.4%
Telecom and utilities(3)			37.6		9.5%			3.6			58.4		8.5%			5.0		55.4%		39.6%
Student loans(4)			1,508.0		0.5%			8.0			1,615.0		1.0%			16.9		7.1%		112.0%
Credit cards(5)			927.0		5.5%			50.6			1,211.0		6.2%			75.4		30.6%		48.9%
Non-prime			188.9		12.6%			23.7			170.8		15.6%			26.6		(9.6)%		12.4%
Prime			738.1		3.7%			26.9			1,040.2		4.7%			48.8		40.9%		81.1%
Total United States		$	4,235.6		2.7%		$	115.7		$	5,093.4		3.3%		$	167.8		20.3%		45.1%

(1)

Source: Federal Reserve Bank of New York, Kroll Bond Rating Agency “U.S. Auto Loan ABS Index.”

(2)

(3)

Source: The sum or average of the three largest U.S. holders of telecom receivables that publicly report such data. Utilities figures are excluded due to lack of available data.

(4)

Source: Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the aggregate balances, and company filings of three of the largest holders of student loans in the United States for the average loss ratio.

(5)

	2019 Full Year					2024 Full Year					2019 – 2024 Change
	Face Value Purchased			Share of TAM		Face Value Purchased			Share of TAM		% Face Value Purchased		Share of TAM
	($ in billions)
Auto loans		$	1.3		3.4%		$	1.0		2.1%		(28.1)%		(1.3)%
Personal loans(1)			0.7		5.1%			2.8		11.3%		283.1%		6.2%
Telecom and utilities			0.8		21.9%			1.2		24.4%		55.2%		2.5%
Student loans			0.0		0.2%			0.0		0.0%		NM		(0.2)%
Credit cards			0.5		0.9%			1.9		2.6%		331.3%		1.7%
Total United States		$	3.3		2.9%		$	6.9		4.1%		108.9%		1.2%

“NM” — not meaningful

(1)

Excludes performing assets acquired in the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase with aggregate face value of $567 million.

We have grown organically in the United States with collections growing at a 13.9% compound annual growth rate to $420.3 million in 2024 from $219.6 million in 2019.

120

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Certain other major debt purchasers also operate large domestic call centers, which we believe is a commoditized business that is exposed to inflationary pressures and a fixed cost that requires a consistent level of deployments, regardless of market conditions, to maintain utilization of the call center capacity. We maintain a flexible, variable cost based operating structure that we believe provides a significant competitive advantage as we can change our purchase volume based on market opportunity, allowing us to be opportunistic or disciplined based on market conditions.

In 2020, 2021 and early 2022, we experienced strong consumer liquidity, driven by government stimulus and curtailed consumer spending, resulting in record collections and collection outperformance when compared to our original expectations. This also came with a decrease in nonperforming loan supply, resulting in a decline in deployments to $104.2 million in 2020 and $96.8 million in 2021, down from $157.0 million in 2019, driven mainly by a decrease in the charge-off rates credit grantors experienced across asset classes. We have seen substantially stronger purchase volumes in the United States beginning in 2022 with $182.8 million, then $404.3 million in 2023, $552.7 million in 2024 and $119.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025. We believe our purchasing starting in 2022 and going through the present have been at higher returns than would have been available in 2020 and 2021 as the dynamics of supply and demand shifted materially in favor of debt purchasers, while we believe several of our competitors have been encumbered by underperforming legacy purchases and other issues.

In the United States, we market our Emblem Brand credit cards to consumers that participate in our Payment Rewards program, which we introduced and developed in 2013. We offer to both our own distressed consumers as well as distressed consumers of third-party lenders, an opportunity to participate in the Payment Rewards program if they first complete a repayment plan that would resolve their past due debt at a discount to the face value. For any consumers that agree to the offer, we pay the third-party lender a purchase price that represents a substantial discount to the face value of the account and recognize recovery income for the incremental return received through completion of the repayment plan. The Emblem MasterCard features a 19.9% annual percentage rate and much lower fees than comparable credit cards. We report consumer friendly credit bureau data for our Emblem MasterCard customers, an important benefit to the consumer’s effort to improve their credit profile. The Payment Rewards program is consolidated into the reported ERC and other metrics of our Distressed business line. As of March 31, 2025, we had $7.2 million of U.S. credit card receivables outstanding.

We have four offices in the United States: Minneapolis, Minnesota, Sartell, Minnesota, Denver, Colorado and San Antonio, Texas. As of March 31, 2025, we had 730.1 FTE dedicated to our U.S. business, which includes 359.1 FTE in offshore locations.

Conn’s Portfolio Purchase

121

TABLE OF CONTENTS

were assigned a lease in San Antonio, Texas to ensure that we would have our desired facility in place by the closing of the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase. We acquired certain intellectual property that would allow us to maintain continuity in servicing but that we do not intend to use beyond the scope of running off the acquired portfolio. We anticipate that our servicing requirements for these portfolios will scale down as the performing portfolios run off, as we do not intend to continue any ongoing originations. In addition, we entered into servicing arrangements pursuant to which we agreed to provide ongoing servicing for certain securitized pools of assets, which are also in the runoff. The Conn’s Portfolio Purchase closed on December 3, 2024. The net cash paid at closing was approximately $245 million. We funded the purchase price by drawing down on our Revolving Credit Facility to acquire approximately $428 million of the Conn’s Installment Loan Portfolio, $139 million of the Badcock Portfolio and $1.5 billion in face value of the NPL Portfolio, as of the closing date. We attributed approximately $226 million and $12 million of the purchase price to the performing loans (i.e., the Conn’s Installment Loan Portfolio and the Badcock Portfolio) and the NPL Portfolio, respectively, which represents approximately 40% and less than 1% of the face value of each portfolio, respectively. While there was significant credit deterioration on much of the assets acquired, the primary source and vast majority of the revenue that we expect to generate from the $226 million in purchase price attributed to the $567 million of performing loans (i.e., $428 million plus $139 million) will be from accretion of the discount generated by the purchase price at 40% of the face value of the loans. With respect to the $341 million discount to face value on the performing loans (i.e., $567 million minus $226 million), we booked a credit mark of $251 million and an interest rate mark of $89 million. As of March 31, 2025, our total ERC includes $304.9 million from the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase.

Historical Performance

122

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Canada

The Canadian regulatory framework is more benign relative to the United States, and regulatory actions are typically complaint-based with a focus on resolution rather than enforcement. Unlike the CFPB in the United States, in Canada, there are no federal regulatory entities designed specifically for oversight of consumer finance. The collection industry is instead governed by 10 provincial and three territory regulators that follow similar provincial legislation across the country. Based upon long-standing relationships, we have engaged in proactive dialogue with all relevant Canadian regulators. Similar to the United States, stringent client requirements supplement the regulatory framework in Canada, and we are subject to programmatic client compliance audits. Much more than the United States, the Canadian market is also subject to stringent privacy laws at both the federal and provincial level that seek to protect personal consumer information. Because new industry entrants are unable to acquire granular consumer data under these privacy laws, long-standing industry participants like us enjoy a meaningful competitive advantage in the market.

We entered the Canadian market through the acquisition of Canaccede in March 2020, and we have maintained the Canaccede brand name for our business in Canada. We are the largest purchaser of nonperforming and insolvent consumer receivables in Canada. CBV Collection Services Ltd. (“CBV”) and PRA are other active debt buyers in the Canadian national market, and there are a number of smaller market participants, including hedge funds and collection agencies, which purchase portfolios sporadically or operate regionally.

We maintain forward flow agreements with three out of the five largest banks in Canada, and the other two largest banks in Canada do not currently sell their distressed or insolvent accounts.

123

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	2019 Full Year Market								2024 Full Year Market
				Estimated Annual								Estimated Annual					2019 – 2024 % Change
	2019 Balances			Charge- Off Ratio		Market Charge-Offs			2024 Balances			Charge- Off Ratio		Market Charge-Offs			Face Value		Charge- Offs
	($ in billions)
Auto loans(1)(2)		$	62.9		0.8%		$	0.5		$	72.2		0.8%		$	0.6		14.8%		11.8%
Personal loans(1)(2)			29.6		1.2%			0.4			39.0		1.6%			0.6		31.8%		76.2%
Telecom and utilities(3)			4.3		10.0%			0.4			9.1		6.8%			0.6		111.3%		45.3%
Credit cards(1)(2)			62.5		1.0%			0.6			79.1		1.1%			0.9		26.5%		43.1%
Insolvencies(4)			NA		NA			2.0			NA		NA			2.4		NA		18.4%
Total Canada(5)		$	159.3		1.2%		$	3.9		$	199.4		1.3%		$	5.1		25.2%		29.4%

Note: All figures converted to USD at the exchange rate of $0.69766 per Canadian dollar as of March 20, 2025.

(1)

(2)

Source: TransUnion for charge-offs figures; reflects 60+ DPD balance delinquency rate for auto loans and personal loans and 90+ DPD for credit cards for Q4 2019 and Q4 2024.

(3)

(4)

(5)

Charge-off ratio for 2019 and 2024 excludes insolvencies.

	2019 Full Year					2024 Full Year					2019 – 2024 Change
	Face Value Purchased			Share of TAM		Face Value Purchased			Share of TAM		% Face Value Purchased		Share of TAM
	($ in billions)
Auto loans		$	—		—%		$	0.2		29.2%		NM		29.2%
Personal loans			—		—%			0.1		14.3%		NM		14.3%
Telecom and utilities			—		—%			0.0		0.7%		NM		0.7%
Credit cards			—		—%			0.5		61.5%		NM		61.5%
Insolvencies			—		—%			0.5		18.9%		NM		18.9%
Total Canada		$	—		—%		$	1.3		24.6%		NM		24.6%

“NM” — not meaningful

124

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In Canada, we have marketed a credit card to consumers whose accounts we acquired through an insolvency purchase and who have or will soon complete an insolvency. We recognize a willingness to repay and creditworthiness of the consumer due to an established payment pattern and their retirement of other debt, and in this way, we help creditworthy consumers re-establish their access to credit and rebuild their credit profile. As of March 31, 2025, we had $10.6 million of Canadian credit card receivables outstanding. Due to recent legislative changes to the maximum permitted interest rate in Canada for new credit agreements originated on or after January 1, 2025, we expect future new originations to decline. The changes do not impact existing credit agreements entered into before January 1, 2025, and there is no direct impact on our existing credit card customers.

Historical Performance

United Kingdom

The United Kingdom has a well-established regulatory framework with the Financial Conduct Authority (the “FCA”) as the prudential regulator for the debt recovery sector. The debt purchasing market is characterized by payment plans and substantially longer collection curves relative to the United States. Our purchasing activity in the United Kingdom is focused primarily on utilities and telecom accounts as well as installment loans that are principally used to finance point-of-sale purchases. We believe we are the largest purchaser of nonperforming telecom and utilities receivables in the United Kingdom. We have not historically engaged in the larger bank credit card charge-off market, where competition has made available returns unattractive, but we believe there may be an opportunity to grow into this market as over-levered competitors have been under strain

125

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and have pulled back. In February 2022, we acquired ResolveCall, a provider of field-based reconnection services for lenders, debt buyers, utilities, banks, and governmental entities. ResolveCall was a servicer for us before we acquired it, and we believe its “last mile” collections capability is unique in the United Kingdom market and provides a competitive advantage to our purchasing operations. Most major debt buyers operating in the United Kingdom rely on ResolveCall for field-based reconnection services. By owning ResolveCall directly, our purchasing operations can realize cost savings, while other debt buyers in the industry must outsource to ResolveCall. In April 2023, we further expanded our U.K. platform by acquiring Moriarty, a purpose-built consumer litigation platform for debt buyers, utilities and banks. We believe internal legal collections is an important and exclusive collections capability that completes our tool set in the U.K. market. Our platform offers debt purchase through JC International Acquisition, LLC, third-party contingency servicing capabilities through CARS, consumer reconnection through ResolveCall and legal recovery through Moriarty. The majority of our third-party servicing business globally is in the United Kingdom, partly due to the ResolveCall and Moriarty businesses. This full set of capabilities creates a unique proposition for clients who are evaluating different debt recovery strategies and are looking to reduce their vendor footprint.

	2019 Full Year Market								2024 Full Year Market
				Estimated Annual								Estimated Annual					2019 – 2024 % Change
	2019 Face Value			Charge- Off Ratio		Market Charge-Offs			2024 Face Value			Charge- Off Ratio		Market Charge-Offs			Face Value		Charge- Offs
	($ in billions)
Consumer loans(1)		$	197.2		1.1%		$	2.1		$	209.6		0.4%		$	0.7		6.3%		(64.7)%
Telecom and utilities(2)(3)(4)			—		—%			1.6			—		—%			4.5		—		189.0%
Credit cards(1)			93.6		2.3%			2.1			93.1		1.7%			1.6		(0.6)%		(27.9)%
Total United Kingdom		$	290.8		2.0%		$	5.8		$	302.7		2.2%		$	6.8		4.1%		17.5%

“NM” — not meaningful

Note: All figures converted to USD at the exchange rate of $1.2966 per British pound as of March 20, 2025.

(1)

Source: Bank of England.

(2)

Source: Ofcom (Telecom) and Ofgem (Utilities).

(3)

Telecom figures reflect total consumer debt in arrears for January 2020 and June 2024.

(4)

Utilities figures reflect total electric & gas customer debt in arrears for Q4 2019 and Q4 2024; excludes water due to lack of available data.

	2019 Full Year					2024 Full Year					2019 – 2024 Change
	Face Value Purchased			Share of TAM		Face Value Purchased			Share of TAM		% Face Value Purchased		Share of TAM
	($ in billions)
Consumer loans		$	0.0		0.9%		$	0.1		9.4%		250.5%		8.5%
Telecom and utilities			0.1		6.7%			0.2		4.3%		86.0%		(2.4)%
Credit cards			—		—%			0.0		0.3%		NM		0.3%
Total United Kingdom		$	0.1		2.1%		$	0.3		3.9%		115.4%		1.8%

“NM” — not meaningful

126

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have grown both organically and inorganically, with U.K. collections growing at a 46.2% compound annual growth rate to $39.4 million in 2024 from $5.9 million in 2019.

We have three offices in the United Kingdom: London, Paisley and Basingstoke. As of March 31, 2025, we had 308.8 FTE dedicated to our U.K. business, which includes 31.4 FTE in Mumbai, India.

Historical Performance

Latin America

Our principal Latin American markets are currently in Colombia, Peru and the Caribbean, where we have investment activity in the Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, the Dominican Republic, Jamaica, the Republic of Trinidad and Tobago and the Turks and Caicos Islands. We use different external servicers in different Latin American markets based on their advantages and competencies in different asset classes. Our strategy in Latin America is similar to our other markets, to own the data and analytics as well as proprietary and employee-differentiating collection strategies and to outsource labor-intensive call-center-based collections.

In December 2022, we acquired the nonperforming loan assets and certain legal entities of Refinancia, a Colombian purchaser and servicer with nonperforming loan purchase data covering approximately $2.0 billion in face value and a track record that extends back over 15 years. We initially established a successful joint venture with Refinancia in which the servicing operations of Refinancia, which we did not acquire, maintained a 10% interest in our purchases in Colombia and serviced the assets we acquired. In 2023, we acquired the remaining 10% interest and subsequently hired certain key employees from Refinancia to enhance our in-house data analytics, client acquisition, legal and regulatory compliance, and portfolio management capabilities in Latin America.

127

TABLE OF CONTENTS

forward flow agreement that would have us purchase defaulted unsecured consumer loans from an existing client operating across the Caribbean.

	2019 Full Year Market								2024 Full Year Market
				Estimated Annual								Estimated Annual					2019 – 2024 % Change
	2019 Face Value			Charge- Off Ratio		Market Charge-Offs			2024 Face Value			Charge- Off Ratio		Market Charge-Offs			Face Value		Charge- Offs
	($ in billions)
Total Colombia(1)(2)		$	37.7		4.7%		$	1.8		$	48.5		6.9%		$	3.4		28.6%		88.1%

Note: All figures converted to USD at the exchange rate of $0.00024 per Colombian peso as of March 20, 2025.

(1)

Source: Superintendencia Financiera de Colombia.

(2)

Face value reflects total consumer debt balance (excluding mortgages) and charge-off ratio reflects past due loan book at December 2019 and December 2024.

2019 Full Year

2024 Full Year

2019-2024 Change

Face Value
Purchased

Share of TAM

Face Value
Purchased

Share of TAM

% Face Value
Purchased

Share of
TAM

($ in billions)

Total Colombia

—

—%

0.8

24.5%

“NM” — not meaningful

In Latin America, AI is used to improve efficiency in the management of assigned portfolios and to optimize decision making. Predictive prioritization models are used to estimate the expected value of accounts, which allows resources to be optimized and improves operational efficiency. In addition, algorithms are developed to analyze the historical behavior of accounts to recommend the best next action or offer in real time. These activities can result in increased recovery rates on accounts.

The regulatory environment in Latin America is less restrictive with respect to the use of certain new technologies than the regulatory environments in other markets where we operate. We believe that the less restrictive environment in Latin America allows for the development and testing of new collection capabilities, before considering introducing them in other markets. In the United States, for instance, a highly-regulated environment makes it challenging to utilize new technologies such as AI in certain ways due to the potential for consumer inconvenience and disparate impact in the results emanating from AI decision making until the compliance of these technologies is proven.

128

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Historical Performance

The charts below summarize the Latin American portfolio performance since our data begins on Refinancia in 2014, including results from prior to our acquisition of its nonperforming loan assets and certain legal entities in 2022 and 2023. We underwrite purchases in Latin America to higher returns than we do in other geographies to compensate for what we believe is a higher level of risk. However, we believe our platform in Latin America has achieved consistently strong performance. In 2021, the Colombian government provided consumers an incentive to payoff old debts, which brought forward some collections in 2022 as the incentives were effective if the payments were completed before the end of October 2022. In 2023, we purchased large portfolios in Peru and Pangea, which contributed to the significant growth in deployments and expected collections in 2023. In 2023, we also added many new clients in the Colombian market as we continue to build out our purchasing operation.

Our Role Within the Market

129

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Canaccede had never historically purchased outside of credit card receivables prior to our acquisition of the business in 2020, we now have three significant auto loan clients in Canada that we have purchased from in 2024 and 2025. We also have capabilities in smaller balance receivables, including smaller consumer installment loans, “buy now, pay later” loans, telecom and utilities receivables, and small balance credit card debt. Certain parts of the installment loan asset class we have focused on, such as “buy now, pay later,” other point of sale financings and fintech originated installment loans have grown more quickly than other asset classes. Whether competing directly with other debt purchasers or targeting niche, underserved asset classes, our investment thesis remains centered on unwavering discipline in adhering to our return thresholds. Our significant customer database amassed over 20 years, advanced machine learning and analytics capabilities enable us to model returns with a high degree of predictability, allowing us to price portfolios accurately and maintain a consistent, disciplined acquisition strategy. Our advantage in cost-to-collect has also allowed us to earn higher returns at the same pricing as other debt buyers with a higher cost-to-collect. We believe we provide significant value to our clients by helping them solve a diverse array of asset classes and geographies through a single counterparty.

Our Strengths

We believe that the following strengths have been essential to our success to date and will continue to be important in the future.

Strategic focus and leadership position in asset classes with large underlying markets and low penetration

▪

the largest purchaser of nonperforming telecom receivables in the United States;

▪

the largest or second largest purchaser of both nonperforming and insolvent auto finance receivables in the United States;

▪

the largest or second largest purchaser of insolvent consumer receivables in the United States;

▪

the largest purchaser of both nonperforming and insolvent consumer receivables in Canada; and

▪

the largest purchaser of nonperforming telecom and utilities receivables in the United Kingdom.

Superior analytics supported by proprietary “through-the-cycle” data

Long-standing relationships and contracted deployments with diverse and granular set of clients

130

TABLE OF CONTENTS

top 10 and 20 counterparties, five and 11 have been clients for five or more years, respectively, excluding the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase. In 2024 and in the three months ended March 31, 2025, we made 731 and 219 discrete purchases, respectively, averaging 61 and 73 transactions per month, respectively, with an average purchase size of $0.7 million and $0.8 million, excluding the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, respectively. We position our platform to clients as a comprehensive solution provider as opposed to a transaction counterparty, and we emphasize our industry-leading compliance and regulatory practices. The strength of our relationships allows us to enter into forward flow agreements for as long as three years that we regularly renew, which lock in future deployments from existing clients and provide contractual and pricing certainty. As of March 31, 2025, we had $263.6 million of committed purchases through forward flow agreements.

Track record of consistent, stable profitability

Best-in-class operating efficiency

Competitive advantages from variable cost business model with proprietary collection capabilities

Conservative leverage and consistent cash flow provide strong debt servicing capabilities

131

TABLE OF CONTENTS

$210.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and the three months ended March 31, 2025, respectively, and our leverage based on the ratio of our net debt to adjusted cash EBITDA was 2.17x as of March 31, 2025. Leverage at the end of 2024 increased temporarily as a result of the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, which closed on December 3, 2024. For additional information regarding adjusted cash EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, and our leverage, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.” We have historically had, and continue to maintain, lower leverage than our peers. We view our low level of leverage to be a competitive advantage because it allows us to maintain the flexibility to expand deployments as market opportunities arise. Since we were founded, we have operated with conservative financial policies while delivering strong results. We have increased our leverage in the current market, as we believe the opportunities to deploy attractively have risen meaningfully over the year ended December 31, 2024. Despite our investments in growth, we continue to maintain lower leverage than our two primary competitors, whose reported leverage as of December 31, 2024 ranged from 2.6x to 2.9x.

Comprehensive focus on compliance and risk management centered around the consumer

Experienced, operationally focused management team

Our Growth Strategy

We believe there are organic and inorganic opportunities for growing our ERC, revenues and net income from both new and existing clients. We estimate that the TAM in our asset classes in the United States was approximately $167.8 billion in 2024, relative to our purchased face value of $6.9 billion or 4.1% of our TAM. We estimate that our TAM in Canada, the United Kingdom and Colombia was an additional $5.1 billion, $6.8 billion and $3.4 billion, respectively, and our purchased face value in these markets was 24.6%, 3.9% and 24.5% of our TAM in 2024. See “— Our Markets” for further information on the calculation of our TAM.

132

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We believe the below factors position us well to increase our ERC, revenues and net income and enhance our position as a market leader in our core asset classes.

Rising nonperforming loans market-wide

According to the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis, the 30+ delinquency rate on consumer loans at U.S. commercial banks has risen sequentially since the third quarter of 2021 and as of December 31, 2024, stood at 2.75%, the highest level since the third quarter of 2012. Similarly, charge-offs on U.S. consumer loans at commercial banks have followed delinquencies higher and as of December 31, 2024, stood at 2.98%, the highest level since the third quarter of 2011 based on the same data. The trend towards higher levels of delinquency has come despite consistently low levels of unemployment, which stood at 4.2% at March 31, 2025, up modestly from 3.7% at December 31, 2023 and 4.1% at December 31, 2024 according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics. On September 30, 2024, the “on-ramp” for student loan repayments ended and missed payments on the $1.5 trillion of federal government student loans started to be reported to credit bureaus and sent to collections for the first time in four and a half years, further straining finances for consumers who may also have other loan obligations. Given the trend towards a rising proportion of loans in early stage delinquency, we believe more loans will continue to ultimately roll to charge-off, and this will increase the number of charged-off loans that our clients will look to sell. We believe the opportunity to grow our deployments and ERC has been rising. At the same time, as the amount of nonperforming loans for sale rises, we believe pricing has typically declined and returns have risen, and recent deployments have been underwritten at higher risk-adjusted returns than our older vintages. We believe we have ample financial capacity to take advantage of this potential market opportunity.

Drive deployment growth through operating efficiencies of our proprietary digital technologies

Add new clients in our core markets in the United States and Canada

Leverage our data and collection capabilities across a variety of asset class focus in Canada, the United Kingdom and Latin America

133

TABLE OF CONTENTS

upon our experience in the United States, we have now expanded our Canadian business into purchasing, among other things, secured auto loans, telecom receivables and utility receivables. In 2019, we similarly started to focus heavily on telecom and utilities purchases in the United Kingdom and are now a market leader in the United Kingdom. Based upon our leadership in the Canadian and U.S. insolvency markets, we decided to launch insolvency purchasing in the United Kingdom in 2023. In the Caribbean, we began purchasing credit cards and personal loans in 2023, and we are expanding our purchasing to include secured loans as well. We believe our experience and success in purchasing certain asset classes in the United States will allow us to grow our market share in similar asset classes in other geographies.

Expand performing or semi-performing loan purchasing in the United States

Organically enter new adjacent geographic markets in Latin America

Acquire a European platform at an attractive entry price

Enter the high street bank market in the United Kingdom

134

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Clients

As we pursue nonperforming loan purchase opportunities across a wide variety of asset classes and pursue relationships with originators of all sizes, we believe our purchasing and client relationships are less concentrated than those of our key competitors, who tend to focus on fewer asset classes and primarily on large purchases. For the period beginning January 1, 2022 and ending March 31, 2025, excluding the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, our top five counterparties accounted for 33.8% of purchases with the top counterparty accounting for 8.8% of total purchase volume for that period. In 2024 and in the three months ended March 31, 2025, we made 731 and 219 discrete purchases, respectively, averaging 61 and 73 transactions per month, respectively, with an average purchase size of $0.7 million and $0.8 million, excluding the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, respectively. Our senior officers and sales personnel regularly contact known and prospective sellers of nonperforming loans, including major banks, credit unions, fintech lenders, auto finance companies, retailers, telecom providers, utilities and other consumer lenders. We have forged long-term partnerships with major financial institutions, major telecom companies and many smaller niche originators. In the year ended December 31, 2024 and the three months ended March 31, 2025, we added 14 and four new clients, respectively, in addition to seeing substantial increases in volumes from many existing clients. In addition to our forward flows with long-time clients where we derive the vast majority of our purchases, we also actively participate in bidding for new purchases of nonperforming loan portfolios through auctions and negotiated sales. In an auction process, the seller assembles a portfolio of nonperforming loans and seeks purchase prices from specifically invited potential purchasers. In a privately negotiated sale process, the seller typically contacts one purchaser directly, receives a bid, and negotiates the terms of sale. In both cases invited purchasers will typically be pre-qualified, having already successfully completed a due diligence examination that includes a review of the purchaser’s industry experience, financial standing, operating procedures, business practices, compliance practices, and oversight.

We market our platform to our clients as a comprehensive solution provider as opposed to a transaction counterparty and seek to establish long-term partnerships. Unlike most other purchasers of nonperforming loans, we purchase secured and unsecured asset classes, for both distressed and insolvency and across the credit spectrum. We believe creditors prefer to work with us as they do not have to engage multiple vendors, which requires lengthy and complicated onboarding and may increase cost and risk. We believe our ability to offer more comprehensive solutions leads to longer-lasting relationships with our clients.

Our Operations

135

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We organize our business and reportable segments based on geography, with different leaders overseeing their respective markets in recognition of regulatory, market and cultural differences. Our U.S. data and analytics are performed through our Sartell, Minnesota office, and we maintain an investment committee chaired by our Chief Executive Officer, David Burton. Pricing and analytics for purchases in the United Kingdom are also done from Sartell, Minnesota, but the client relationships are maintained locally and servicing operations are overseen by our U.K. leadership. Our analytics and modeling for Latin America is largely managed by our Bogotá office but with support from both our Toronto and Minneapolis offices, including client relationship management for global clients that operate in Latin America, in addition to legal, compliance and vendor management oversight. Our Canadian operations perform their own data and analytics out of Toronto, but we leverage our own expertise in different asset classes in the United States to broaden and sharpen the modeling and purchasing capabilities of our Canadian operations. Individual heads of each of our geographic locations produce pricing and return recommendations for individual purchases under evaluation.

Bidding Process, Analytics and Vendor Management

We maintain a business development team and pipeline across all of our geographic locations that manage relationships with hundreds of credit originators as well as loan brokers that sometimes manage auctions on behalf of a seller. We model and underwrite every purchase based on an internal rate of return net of collection expenses on an unlevered basis. We also evaluate our levered returns and the multiples of invested capital with and without collection expenses in underwriting a purchase. We forecast different liquidation scenarios including recession scenarios in determining whether a given purchase can cover our cost of capital even in extreme circumstances. We segment a portfolio based on accounts with similar attributes and forecast the liquidation of each segment. We build proprietary predictive models that weigh hundreds of variables, which are regularly updated and adjusted for predictive value and iterate continuously for changes in the macro environment, borrower behavior, local law and our collection strategies or capabilities. We iterate our pricing models continuously based on real time collection performance to respond as quickly as possible to changes in the market or consumer behavior and refine pricing and analytics for new portfolio bidding. We have regularly outperformed our underwriting forecasts in the aggregate over a long period of time and through multiple economic cycles.

Our pricing models are proprietary. We employ different models to evaluate different accounts or risks, using various modeling techniques, including a linear logistical regression model, a surrogate model that extrapolates based on very recent performance of similar accounts we already own and a backcast technique. For insolvency accounts in particular, we also use a neural network model that is iteratively trained using back-propagation of errors machine learning and a bankruptcy dismissal model that predicts the risk and timing of a bankruptcy dismissal based on the confirmation status and other account attributes. Some of the key correlative attributes incorporated in our models include average account balance, months on books, payment history, months since charge-off, collateral value for secured claims, payment plan percentage and who the bankruptcy trustee is if an insolvency claim.

Based on our modeling analytics, we also determine the optimal collection strategy at the time of acquisition for every account. The type of collection strategy can heavily impact our returns analysis and our pricing for a given portfolio due to differences in collections costs, the timing of collections, the quantum of collections ultimately realized and any incremental outlays such as for legal costs. Based on our forecast of collections net of expenses, incorporating the timing and cost of the chosen collection process, we calculate an unlevered

136

TABLE OF CONTENTS

internal rate of return that we sensitize based on different macro-economic stresses to determine pricing on a risk-adjusted basis for a given pool of assets.

At the time of each purchase, based on our analytics of the optimal collection channel for each given receivable cohort, we have identified how we will allocate each account among the collection channels, and we onboard the accounts and place them with internal recovery operations, external collection agencies, our internal legal channel, or external law firms, or in the event we must repossess a secured asset, external collateral recovery vendors.

After each purchase, we utilize a champion-challenger approach to allocate accounts to the service providers within each collection channel that generate the highest net present value for each portfolio segment. We utilize a combination of internal and external servicing to drive down our cost-to-collect and increase effectiveness through competitive performance measures which are used to allocate greater account placement volumes to the best performing servicer provider. This also helps us in devising future collection strategies. For example, if one collection agency or law firm is outperforming another or where an external agency or law firm is outperforming an internal agency or legal function, we allow similar accounts to transition to the collection vendor or channel that produces the highest net present value. This in turn drives optimal service provider performance as they compete to receive increased placements of our accounts. We continuously track portfolio performance and make changes in collection strategy across channels where performance lags expectation or where we find opportunities for improvement. We determine whether to use external or internal recovery through data analysis, which considers cost-to-collect, time value of money and net liquidation rates, among other performance measures. Performance data dictates which channels or vendors deserve a higher or lower share of our account placements going forward. We are agnostic as to whether we collect an account using our internal capabilities or place an account with an external vendor; we place accounts in the channel and with the vendor that our competitive performance measures indicate will produce the highest net present value in a rigorously compliant manner.

We utilize our proprietary ValuTiers segmentation process to establish commission rates for external agencies, which effectively homogenizes accounts across portfolios based on account attributes designed to result in comparable unit economics on the basis of collection effort required. This type of segmentation ensures we reward agencies with a higher collections commission for accounts that require more collection effort than the commission rate we would pay for accounts that we would expect to require less collection effort. This provides collection agencies an incentive to apply equal collection effort for all accounts placed within a ValuTier and ensures both easy and difficult accounts receive appropriate effort, thereby maximizing collections and lowering our aggregate cost-to-collect. We are then able to develop customized collection strategies for each ValuTier and are better able to select external collection agencies capable of achieving consistent maximum liquidation performance for a given ValuTier and account type and meet our stringent compliance requirements. We believe our proprietary methodology has generated a significant reduction in the cost-to-collect for our business in the United States and the United Kingdom, and it is now improving our efficiency in Canada as well as in Latin America.

Asset Diversification

137

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Business Lines

The chart below presents an overview of our collection channels for the year ended December 31, 2024 for each of our geographic locations or segments:

Distressed Business Line

Distressed is our largest business line and represents the purchase, collection and servicing collection of nonperforming consumer loans. The vast majority of distressed accounts that we purchase have been charged-off for reason of delinquency. However, we have also purchased accounts that are considered to be performing but that have elevated credit risk, which we can purchase at a significant discount to face value. The Conn’s Portfolio Purchase included both accounts that were charged-off and accounts that are considered to still be performing though with elevated credit risk, and we consolidated that purchase into our Distressed business line.

We purchase and manage the collection of distressed accounts across all of our geographies. Today, based on our experience, industry knowledge and analysis of publicly available reports, we believe we are the largest purchaser of nonperforming telecom receivables in the United States and Canada and of nonperforming telecom and utilities receivables in the United Kingdom. We believe we are also the largest or second largest purchaser of nonperforming auto finance receivables in the United States and the largest purchaser of nonperforming consumer receivables of any type in Canada.

Insolvency Business Line

In our Insolvency business line, we purchase and service insolvency accounts that are filed under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, or under equivalent insolvency statutes in Canada and the United Kingdom. Accounts in an insolvency typically obtain payment plans that generally range from three to five years in duration. We purchase accounts that are at any stage in the bankruptcy plan life schedule. Portfolios acquired close to the filing of the bankruptcy plan will generally take months to generate cash flow, while aged portfolios acquired years after the plan filing will typically generate immediate cash flows. Non-U.S. insolvency accounts may have some slight differences but generally operate in a similar manner. In Canada, we purchase consumer proposal, consumer credit counseling and bankrupt accounts. We recently commenced purchasing portfolios of insolvent accounts in the United Kingdom, which are referred to as Individual Voluntary Arrangements.

138

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Today, based on our experience, industry knowledge and analysis of publicly available reports, we believe we are the largest or second largest purchaser of insolvent consumer receivables in the United States and the largest purchaser of insolvent consumer receivables in Canada.

Collections processes are very different for our Insolvency business line than for our Distressed business line. Insolvencies are consumer-initiated actions and the process of responding to these actions is technology-based and highly automated, without the operational intensity of distressed collection strategies. During a bankruptcy proceeding, our interaction in the collection process is solely with the bankruptcy trustee, and we have no interaction with the consumer. As a result, our cost-to-collect in Insolvency is substantially lower: 7.3% and 5.9%, excluding the cost to repossess assets, for the year ended December 31, 2024 and the three months ended March 31, 2025, respectively, compared to 25.3% and 19.3% for the year ended December 31, 2024 and the three months ended March 31, 2024, respectively, for the Distressed business line, excluding court costs and U.K. servicing businesses.

Our Collection Channels

For the Distressed business line, we have two primary types of collection channels, legal and voluntary. Legal collections are where we seek to obtain legal judgments that can be used to exercise post-judgment collection remedies. Voluntary collections are where we reach account holders, through our voluntary engagement and repayment strategies used by our internal recovery channels (both onshore and offshore) or an external agency, to attempt to contact the consumer directly.

Legal Collection Channel

The legal collection channel is used for accounts that our models and analytics identify as having a high propensity to pay in a legal environment. If the applicable local collection laws and legal collection costs for a given receivable are favorable, and if an account holder has the ability to pay but is unwilling to do so or if we cannot contact the account holder, we may involve our internal legal channel or external law firms. Our internal legal channel and external law firms seek to obtain legal judgments that can be used to exercise post-judgment collection remedies such as wage garnishments or liens on automobiles or real property where applicable. Simply initiating legal proceedings sometimes may result in voluntary payments. We have built a proprietary legal profitability model that is used to determine whether an account is worth the additional expense of commencing a legal action. This model utilizes the expected post-suit liquidation rate, the commission rate for using external law firms, court costs, the expected court cost recovery rate and the timing of the expected recovery. The legal process can take an extended period of time and result in higher costs, but when accounts are selected properly, it can also generate net collections that would not have been realized otherwise.

In the United States, we use our internal legal platform based primarily in our Denver, Colorado facility to support our internal attorneys in 18 states which represent over 50% of United States consumers, and we use a network of eight external legal service providers that cover the rest of the United States. In Canada, legal collections are less important to overall collections, so we use our internal legal channel in two provinces while using seven external vendors for those provinces as well as other provinces. In the United Kingdom, we expanded our internal legal collections platform in 2023 by acquiring Moriarty. Moriarty continues to service external clients, but we currently use and intend to use Moriarty to service an increasing proportion of our own accounts. We believe this will result in a higher net present value for our accounts through our champion challenger approach. We currently use only two external law firms in the United Kingdom to pursue legal collections where it is the optimal collection strategy for an account. Legal collections represent an even smaller portion of total collections in Latin America. Our internal legal channel accounted for $44.2 million, or

139

TABLE OF CONTENTS

7.6 %, of our collections for the year ended December 31, 2024 and $13.6 million, or 5.2% of our collections for the three months ended March 31, 2025. External law firms, by contrast, across our geographic locations accounted for $78.7 million, or 13.5%, of our collections for the year ended December 31, 2024 and $24.9 million, or 9.5% of our collections for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

Voluntary Collection Channel

Our internal recovery and external agency collections are voluntary in nature and constitute a more significant component of our collections than legal collections. This is due to our emphasis on seeking constructive engagement with consumers and obtaining voluntary repayment, as well as our unique asset class mix comprised of smaller balance accounts. Incurring court costs, which have certain fixed costs per suit, can be cost prohibitive on smaller balance accounts.

We maintain a small internal call center in Sartell, Minnesota, which we use as a strategic benchmark rather than a scale-based call center operation.

Due to their performance, our co-sourced operation in Mumbai, India has earned a greater share of account volumes compared to our external collection agencies. We believe a compliant and efficient offshoring system creates one of our cost-to-collect advantages relative to competitors. In 2016, we engaged an experienced offshore collection service provider to commence collections while using our system of record, our comprehensive account representative training program, our compliance management system requirements, and using our management to oversee collection activities. Our investment of time and resources in this effort has been successful, both in terms of competitive collection performance and cost-to-collect as well as meeting our stringent compliance and consumer experience requirements. Based on our champion-challenger approach, we have shifted a larger proportion of what we could have placed with external collection agencies to our co-sourced operation in Mumbai, India. For the year ended December 31, 2024 and three months ended March 31, 2025, our Mumbai operations have recovered 23.2% and 13.9% of our total U.S. collections, respectively. We have realized significant savings and reduced our overall collection costs by shifting more ValuTier placements to Mumbai for portfolios where it is the best performing servicer. As with our external resources, we can scale up and down our Mumbai operation based on our requirements. Although we primarily place U.S. receivables to our internal collections group in Mumbai, in early 2023 and in 2024, respectively, we started to place portions of our U.K. and Canada portfolios to Mumbai. We believe we have a significant opportunity to improve our performance by shifting incremental collections to our Mumbai platform, including a growing portion of our U.K. and Canadian collections. Our internal agency channel, including our Sartell, Minnesota call center and our Mumbai operation, accounted for $161.7 million, or 27.7%, of our aggregate collections for the year ended December 31, 2024 and $38.8 million, or 18.1%, of our aggregate collections for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

Our external collection channel remains among our largest, and one that we utilize across all of our geographic locations. We use a network of seven external agencies that cover our call center channel collections in the United States. We also use 14 external agencies in Canada, six in the United Kingdom and five in Latin America. As discussed above, we use our segmentation strategy and ValuTiers to both place the optimal accounts with the agency most skilled at a given portfolio segment and with a commission structure that optimizes effort across different account types. In aggregate, across our geographies, external agencies accounted for $143.8 million and $46.6 million, or 24.5% 17.9%, of our collections for the year ended December 31, 2024 and the three months ended March 31, 2025, respectively.

In the United States, our Insolvency collections utilize our highly efficient proprietary system that pulls bankruptcy claims information from our internal tables and extensive data and then uses proprietary software and automation that is overseen by our associates to complete forms and assist with the filing of proofs of claims or claim transfers. The system further relies upon extensive quality control procedures to ensure the accuracy and timeliness of all filed claims, as well as to actively manage accounts through the entire life cycle of the bankruptcy proceeding. It further utilizes robust national databases to assist with the analytics, payment processing, and other essential activities while providing required account support for our claims and ensuring that we participate in applicable distributions to creditors.

BankruptcyStream is our proprietary technology platform that processes insolvencies in Canada through an automated data digitization engine. Credit originators run our BankruptcyStream software to identify any accounts held by their account holders that are either in bankruptcy or under a consumer proposal, track

140

TABLE OF CONTENTS

accounts in real time, and independently follow the insolvency process. Our software allows our clients to manage the servicing, interact with the approximately 1,000 Canadian bankruptcy trustees efficiently through a proprietary API Gateway and transfer title to us through automated workflows. An enhanced decisioning automation solution uses machine learning to analyze insolvencies and perform bankruptcy trustee follow-up in real time. This allows us to maximize bankruptcy trustee distributions for each account. We offer BankruptcyStream to our clients as a standalone software offering and service, and we also use it as part of a bundled proposition in purchasing insolvent accounts through a forward flow. BankruptcyStream improves creditors’ cost structure and enhances their data and managerial oversight with secure and adaptable technology. Because BankruptcyStream integrates into our clients’ information technology systems, we believe the platform creates greater “stickiness” to the relationship and helps streamline the purchasing and servicing of these receivables. Insolvency collections, across our geographies, accounted for $104.2 million and $29.9 million, or 17.8% and 11.5%, of our collections for the year ended December 31, 2024 and the three months ended March 31, 2025, respectively.

In addition to ValuTiers and BankruptcyStream, we have other proprietary business processes that help us automate and improve the accuracy and efficiency of our operations, such as PrecisionHandler Solution, VeriCredit, CustomerCare Solution and OptimizedOffer Solution. Our PrecisionHandler Solution is a custom web-based application that allows our employees to accurately and consistently analyze and handle both written and verbal disputes from account holders. PrecisionHandler Solution analyzes numerous data points to determine the best manner in which to handle accounts on an individualized basis. Our proprietary VeriCredit tool facilitates more efficient, accurate and effective investigations and responses to consumer credit reporting inquiries. Our CustomerCare Solution is a dashboard tool that identifies critical account and consumer information and presents it in a manner that allows our employees to accurately and efficiently address any consumer inquiries. Finally, our OptimizedOffer Solution is a web-based application that uses customized models and our significant and proprietary data warehouse to present fair, affordable, and customer-centric solutions to help account holders resolve their debts using offers that are tailored to their individual situations.

Our software development team creates these proprietary technology platforms and business solutions with strategically focused use of open-source code or platforms controlled by external entities. There are also certain limited situations where we utilize open source code in conjunction with non-open source platforms. By leveraging our in-house expertise and proprietary technologies, we ensure that our software is tailored to meet the unique needs of our business while maintaining control over the codebase. This approach not only enhances security and reliability but also allows us to provide highly specialized and scalable solutions without the constraints and potential vulnerabilities associated with third-party dependencies.

We have used these capabilities, along with our variable cost model, Mumbai operations, our technological and digital collection capabilities and other business processes to maintain an industry leading cost-to-collect and cash efficiency ratio, despite being smaller and collecting smaller balance and more difficult accounts than other larger debt buyers. Our cash efficiency ratio was 68.7% for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to ratios ranging from 54.2% to 58.9% for our two primary competitors.

We believe we have the opportunity to further increase our cost advantage related to competitors by increasing our scale and continuous performance improvement initiatives, as well as developing capabilities in generative AI that are compliant with regulatory requirements, provide an improved consumer experience, and produce a proprietary and sustainable competitive advantage. We have an internal task force of technology and operational leaders that evaluate the use of AI in different parts of the organization and consider implementation of technologies and strategies working in one area to other parts of the organization. As the Latin American regulatory environment permits greater use of certain new technologies than other markets, we use Latin America as a laboratory for certain new technologies to be developed, tested and proven before broader adoption in the United States or other markets. In Colombia, a virtual collector utilizes AI-based chatbots and voice responses that are customized to reflect regional Spanish accents. This results in better consumer engagement and automated offers for consumers to resolve their accounts or set up payment plans. Similar techniques could be used more broadly in other geographic locations. Moving forward, automated outbound text messages, emails and letters could also be optimized based on demographic, behavioral and historical data to create targeted messages that are personalized to individual recipients. Other consumer facing AI initiatives can be used for enhanced customer experience, faster response times and reduced labor costs. With human oversight, we currently use these types of solutions to pre-populate and automate the production of certain legal

141

TABLE OF CONTENTS

documents and other court filings both in the insolvency process and as part of our legal collections channel across many jurisdictions. We believe there is an opportunity to automate more of our processes through greater adoption of generative AI.

Our Focus on Compliance

In 2015, we underwent a full-scope CFPB supervisory audit, which included 12 weeks of on-site examinations and at the end of which none of our existing practices, procedures, or operations were required to be changed. The CFPB seeks to schedule its supervisory audits at least once every five years for all major industry participants with institutions that pose a higher risk to consumers being reviewed and visited more frequently. The CFPB began its second supervisory audit of us in November 2020, which it completed in June 2021. Although the CFPB requires the results to remain confidential, we can report that none of our existing practices, procedures, or operations were required to be changed. We believe our track record compares quite favorably to our peers in the industry, some of whom have been subjected to litigation, fines, and remediation as a result of CFPB reviews and investigations.

Our approach to compliance is multifaceted, comprehensive and is overseen by both our board of directors and senior management. Our compliance management system is based upon a foundation of comprehensive policies and procedures, training, monitoring, and consumer complaint analysis and responses. Our stringent compliance expectations extend to our service providers, who must meet the same standards we require internally.

Our culture of compliance is predicated on the following principles:

▪

Treating the consumer fairly, which, while simple, is our guiding principle;

▪

Extensive and up to date compliance and ethics training for all of our employees, including senior managers and officers, as well as the Chair of our Board of Directors Compliance Committee;

▪

An extensive and detailed CMS which takes a comprehensive approach to track and implement compliance with all CFPB as well as other federal, state and local regulatory requirements;

▪

Regular testing by our internal compliance auditors of controls embedded in our business processes that are designed to foster compliance with laws, regulations and internal policy; and

▪

Regular evaluation of the legislative and regulatory environment and monitoring of statutory and regulatory changes and relevant case law, so that operations personnel are aware of and in compliance with the laws and judicial decisions that impact their job duties.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets, as well as contractual rights, to protect our proprietary software and our brands. We have not focused on patents and patent applications historically. In addition to the intellectual property that we own, we license certain third-party technologies and intellectual property, which are incorporated into some of our solutions. We generally control access to and use of our software and other proprietary or confidential information through the

142

TABLE OF CONTENTS

use of internal and external controls, including entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with both our employees and third parties who have access to our software and other confidential information.

As of March 31, 2025, we owned 16 U.S. trademark registrations, had three pending U.S. trademark applications and owned 19 foreign trademark registrations. We also owned several domain names, including jcap.com.

While there is no active litigation involving any of our intellectual property rights, and we have not received any notices of intellectual property infringement, we may be required to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights against third parties in the future. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Information Technology, Cybersecurity and Intellectual Property” for additional information regarding these and other risks related to our intellectual property portfolio and their potential effect on us.

Seasonality

Our business typically experiences its busiest season in terms of deployments in the fourth quarter of the year. Banks and other credit originators prefer to cleanse their balance sheets of unwanted accounts before year end, and if a gain can be recorded from the sale of accounts that were written off, our clients may also prefer to realize that gain before year end. In our Canadian business, most major banks use an October fiscal year end, and we may experience the same phenomenon in terms of deployment timing at the beginning of our fourth quarter that we experience in December, the end of the fourth quarter, in our other markets.

By contrast, the strongest months for collections, particularly in the United States, correspond to the period from February to the middle of April, which is tax season in the United States. The receipt of refund checks in the first quarter of the year is typically the single largest period of excess cash for consumers, resulting in higher collections and recoveries as consumers are more likely to use their excess cash from tax refunds to pay off old debts. We build into our collection strategies an expectation that the first quarter will have the peak level of consumer liquidity for the year and invest relatively more in consumer communication during this period.

In terms of financial performance, because our revenue is recognized under ASC 326 based on the accretion of discounted expected recoveries with the passage of time (See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Estimates — Investments in Previously Charged-off Receivables”), there are no significant seasonal variations in our revenue. However, because collection expenses are recognized when collections occur, the first quarter that corresponds to the U.S. tax season will typically have an elevated level of collection expense aligned with our elevated collections during that period. The combination of revenue being recognized based on an established EIR and elevated collection expenses may result in lower operating income during periods of higher collection activity even though collection activity is generally a sign of the underlying strength of our business.

Our Competition

We face bidding competition in our purchase of nonperforming loans and in obtaining placements for our fee-based businesses.

Our primary competitors in our purchased portfolio business are other purchasers of debt that manage their own nonperforming loans or outsource such servicing. In the United States, our competitors include PRA Group, Inc. (“PRA”), Encore Capital Group, Inc. (“Encore”), Resurgent Capital Services and Cavalry Portfolio Services (“Cavalry”), though we do not believe we compete against Encore and Cavalry outside of the Distressed business line and only with respect to prime originated credit card and installment loans. Some smaller competitors occasionally bid for portfolios as well, although middle market debt buyers have come under capital constraints recently and as result have reduced their purchasing activity. In some of our asset classes, we do not believe we have any significant competitors, and our growth strategy is not to take market share away from other debt buyers, but rather to unlock debt sales of portfolios which are currently serviced internally. In Canada, CBV and PRA are other active debt buyers nationally, and there are a number of smaller market participants, including hedge funds and collection agencies, purchase portfolios sporadically or operate regionally. In the United Kingdom, there are a handful of large debt buyers (e.g., PRA, Encore, Lowell Group Ltd. and Intrum Justia AB) that focus on the high street banks, but in our niche focused on utilities and telecom and point-of-sale installment loans, we believe there are only one or two competitors, such as Lantern. In

143

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Latin America, we face competition from mainly smaller local players, which vary from country to country. We believe that in some markets, such as the Caribbean, there are few or no active competitors, but also few credit grantors that choose to sell in those markets.

Our primary competitors in our fee-based business are providers of outsourced receivables management services. For our Insolvency business line in the United States, our primary competitors in fee-based bankruptcy servicing are American Infosource and Quantum3. In Canada, our primary competitor for our Stream business are software offerings from Teranet and First Canadian Title, a subsidiary of First American Financial Corp. Regulatory complexity and burdens, strict privacy laws in the case of Canada, combined with seller preference for experienced portfolio purchasers, create significant barriers to successful entry for new competitors. In the United Kingdom, there are no significant competitors to ResolveCall for consumer reconnection services nationally, whereas BW Legal Services Limited would be a competitor to Moriarty for legal collections. While both markets remain competitive, the contingent fee industry is more fragmented than the purchased portfolio industry.

We also compete on the basis of reputation, industry experience, compliance practices and performance. We believe that our competitive strengths include our disciplined and proprietary underwriting process, the extensive data set we have developed since our founding in 2002, our ability to analyze and bid on portfolios at appropriate prices, our capital position, our reputation from previous portfolio purchase transactions, our ability to close transactions in a timely fashion, our strong relationships with credit grantors, our team of well-trained collectors who provide quality customer service while complying with applicable collection laws, and our ability to efficiently and effectively collect on various asset types.

Employees and Human Capital Resources

As of March 31, 2025, we had in aggregate approximately 720.7 FTE in ten offices, located in Minneapolis, Minnesota; Sartell, Minnesota; Denver, Colorado; San Antonio, Texas; Basingstoke, United Kingdom; Paisley, United Kingdom; London, United Kingdom; London, Ontario; Toronto, Ontario; and Bogotá, Colombia, including 155.0 FTE in Texas whom we hired to service and wind down the Conn’s portfolio.

As of March 31, 2025, we also had approximately 426.9 FTE offshore locations, who support operations in the United States, the United Kingdom and Canada, including 158.1 FTE specifically focused on servicing the Conn’s portfolio.

Commitment to Values and Ethics

Our approach to human capital resources is firmly grounded in our belief in doing the right thing for all of our stakeholders, most notably consumers. By promoting a culture of treating others fairly, maintaining a commitment to ethics and working collaboratively with others, we believe we are able to more effectively attract, develop and retain talent to help execute our strategy.

In support of these values, we offer competitive pay and bonus opportunities, health and wellness benefits and retirement plans. We support the well-being of our employees with market-competitive pay and benefits while also investing in their growth and development. We also employ employee engagement best practices to improve our work experience. We believe that our relations with our employees across our organization are positive, and none of our employees are represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement.

Government Regulation

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and international laws that establish specific guidelines and procedures that debt collectors must follow when collecting customer accounts, including laws relating to the collection, use, retention, security and transfer of personal information. It is our policy to comply with applicable federal, state, local and international laws in all our activities even though there are inconsistencies between jurisdictions and frequent changes in these laws and regulations, including their interpretation and application. Our failure to comply with these laws could result in enforcement action against us, the payment of significant fines and penalties, restrictions upon our operations or our inability to recover amounts owed to us.

Significant laws and regulations in the United States applicable to our business include the following:

U.S. Regulations

▪

Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (as amended, the “FDCPA”), and similar state laws, which impose certain obligations and restrictions on the practices of debt collectors, including specific restrictions regarding the time, place and manner of the communications.

144

TABLE OF CONTENTS

▪

Fair Credit Reporting Act (as amended, the “FCRA”), and similar state laws, which obligate credit information providers to verify the accuracy of information provided to credit reporting agencies and investigate consumer disputes concerning the accuracy of such information.

▪

Equal Credit Opportunity Act, which, among other things, prohibits discrimination in the extension of credit on the basis of any protected category, such as age, race, color, sex, religion, marital status, national origin, receipt of public assistance or the exercise of any right under the Consumer Credit Protection Act.

▪

Truth-in-Lending Act, and similar state laws, which, among other things, requires certain disclosures to borrowers regarding the terms of their contracts.

▪

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (as amended, the “GLBA”), which requires that certain financial institutions, including collection agencies, develop policies to protect the privacy and security of consumers’ nonpublic personal information, including by providing notices to consumers advising them of their privacy policies and instituting safeguards to protect the security of consumers’ nonpublic personal information.

▪

Electronic Funds Transfer Act, which regulates electronic fund transfer transactions, including a consumer’s right to stop payments on a pre-approved fund transfer and right to receive certain documentation of the transaction.

▪

Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003 (as amended, the “CAN-SPAM Act”), Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 (as amended, the “TCPA”) and Telemarketing Sales Rule, which, along with similar state laws, place certain restrictions and requirements on the manner and content of email and telephone communications, and place certain restrictions on users of certain automated dialing equipment and pre-recorded messages that place telephone calls to consumers.

▪

Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, which gives United States military service personnel relief from credit obligations they may have incurred prior to entering military service and may also apply in certain circumstances to obligations and liabilities incurred by a servicemember while serving on active duty.

▪

Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, which provides standards to protect the confidentiality of patients’ personal healthcare and financial information in the United States.

▪

U.S. Bankruptcy Code, which prohibits certain contacts with consumers after the filing of bankruptcy petitions and dictates what types of claims will or will not be allowed in a bankruptcy proceeding including how such claims may be discharged.

▪

Americans with Disabilities Act, which requires that telecommunications companies operating in the United States take steps to ensure functionally equivalent services are available for their consumers with disabilities, and requires accommodation of consumers with disabilities, such as the implementation of telecommunications relay services.

▪

U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (as amended, the “FCPA”), United Kingdom Bribery Act (“U.K. Bribery Act”) and similar laws. Our operations outside the United States are subject to various United States and international laws and regulations, such as the FCPA and the U.K. Bribery Act, which prohibit corrupt payments to governmental officials and certain other individuals. The FCPA prohibits United States companies and their agents and employees from providing anything of value to a foreign official for the purposes of influencing any act or decision of these individuals in order to obtain an unfair advantage or help obtain or retain business. Although similar to the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act is broader in scope and covers bribes given to or received by any person with improper intent.

▪

Economic sanctions regulations. Our operations outside the United States are subject to various United States and international laws and regulations relating to financial sanctions and trade embargoes administered and enforced by the U.S. government, including OFAC and the U.S. Department of State; the United Nations Security Council; the European Union and its member states; and the United Kingdom. These laws and regulations prohibit transactions or dealings, direct or indirect, with countries and regions (and their governments) that are the target of comprehensive sanctions. The laws and regulations also prohibit dealings or transactions with individuals on certain denied persons lists, such as OFAC’s Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, or any person 50% or more owned by persons on such lists.

145

TABLE OF CONTENTS

▪

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (as amended, the “Dodd-Frank Act”), Federal Trade Commission Act (as amended, the “FTCA”), and similar state laws. The Dodd-Frank Act restructured the regulation and supervision of the financial services industry in the United States and created the CFPB, an agency responsible for administering and enforcing the laws and regulations for consumer financial products and services. The CFPB has rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority over larger consumer debt collectors. The Dodd-Frank Act, prohibits unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices, FTCA prohibits unfair or deceptive acts or practices, and the FTC’s Holder-in-Due-Course Rule, permits borrowers of certain loans to assert any claims and defenses that they would have against the originator of such loans against a subsequent purchaser of such loans. Similar state laws prohibit unfair, deceptive, abusive and/or unconscionable trade practices.

The Dodd-Frank Act was adopted to reform and strengthen regulation and supervision of the U.S. financial services industry. It contains comprehensive provisions governing the oversight of financial institutions, some of which apply to us. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB, which has broad authority to implement and enforce “federal consumer financial law,” as well as authority to examine financial institutions, including credit issuers that may be sellers of receivables and debt buyers and collectors such as us, for compliance with federal consumer financial law. The CFPB has broad authority to prevent unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices by issuing regulations or by using its enforcement authority without first issuing regulations. State Attorneys General and state financial regulators have authority to enforce the Dodd-Frank Act’s general prohibitions against unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices, as well as state-specific prohibitions against unfair or deceptive acts or practices. Additionally, the FTCA prohibits unfair and deceptive acts or practices in connection with a trade or business and gives the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) enforcement authority to prevent and redress violations of this prohibition.

The Dodd-Frank Act also gave the CFPB supervisory and examination authority over a variety of institutions that may engage in debt collection, including us. Accordingly, the CFPB is authorized to supervise and conduct examinations of our business practices. The prospect of supervision has increased the potential consequences of noncompliance with federal consumer financial law.

The CFPB can conduct hearings, adjudication proceedings, and investigations, either unilaterally or jointly with other state and federal regulators, to determine if federal consumer financial law has been violated. The CFPB has authority to impose monetary penalties for violations of applicable federal consumer financial laws (including the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDCPA and the FCRA, among other consumer protection statutes), require remediation of practices, and pursue enforcement actions. The CFPB also has authority to obtain cease and desist orders (which can include orders for restitution or rescission of contracts, as well as other kinds of affirmative relief), costs, and monetary penalties ranging from $5,000 per day for ordinary violations of federal consumer financial laws to $25,000 per day for reckless violations and $1 million per day for knowing violations. The CFPB has been active in its supervision, examination and enforcement of financial services companies, including bringing enforcement actions, imposing fines and mandating large refunds to customers of several financial institutions for practices relating to debt collection practices.

The CFPB and the FTC continue to devote substantial attention to debt collection activities, and, as a result, the CFPB and the FTC have brought multiple investigations and enforcement actions against debt collectors for violations of the FDCPA and other applicable laws. Continued regulatory scrutiny by the CFPB and the FTC over debt collection practices may result in additional investigations and enforcement actions against the debt collection industry.

In October 2020, the CFPB issued final rules in the form of new Regulation F to implement the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, which rules restate and clarify prohibitions on harassment and abuse, false or misleading representations, and unfair practices by debt collectors when collecting consumer debt. The rules included provisions related to, among other things, the use of newer technologies (text, voicemail and email) to communicate with consumers and limits relating to telephonic communications. In December 2020, the CFPB also issued an additional debt collection final rule focused on consumer disclosures. This final rule amended Regulation F to provide additional requirements regarding validation information and disclosures provided at the outset of debt collection communications, prohibit suits and threats of suits regarding time-barred debt, and identify actions that must be taken before a debt collector may report information about a debt to consumer reporting agencies. The rules became effective on November 30, 2021. The rules have not had a material incremental effect on our operations.

146

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, the CFPB has issued guidance in the form of bulletins on debt collection and credit furnishing activities generally, including one that specifically addresses representations regarding credit reports and credit scores during the debt collection process, another that focuses on the application of the Dodd-Frank Act’s prohibition of unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices on debt collection and another that discusses the risks that in-person collection of consumer debt may create in violating the FDCPA and Dodd-Frank Act. The CFPB also accepts debt collection consumer complaints and has released template letters for consumers to use when corresponding with debt collectors. The CFPB makes publicly available its data on consumer complaints. The Dodd-Frank Act also mandates the submission of multiple studies and reports to Congress by the CFPB, and CFPB staff regularly make speeches on topics related to credit and debt. All of these activities could trigger additional legislative or regulatory action. In addition, the CFPB and FTC have has engaged in enforcement activity in sectors adjacent to our industry, impacting credit originators, collection firms, and payment processors, among others. The CFPB’s and FTC’s enforcement activity in these spaces, especially in the absence of clear rules or regulatory expectations, can be disruptive to third parties as they attempt to define appropriate business practices. As a result, certain commercial relationships we maintain may be disrupted or impacted by changes in third-parties’ business practices or perceptions of elevated risk relating to the debt collection industry.

In addition, on June 11, 2024, the CFPB proposed a rule related to medical bills and credit reports. Among other things, the rule prohibits certain activities of debt collectors related to collection of medical debt, including prohibiting reporting to credit reporting agencies certain medical debt. Any new rules may have a material incremental effect on our operations.

In addition, state consumer protection laws also impose substantial requirements on servicers involved in consumer finance. Additionally, Congress, states, localities and regulatory agencies could introduce new regulations or further regulate the consumer credit industry in ways that make it more difficult or costly for the servicer to collect payments on the receivables. Any such changes in the regulatory application or judicial interpretation of the laws and regulations applicable to financial institutions also could impact the manner in which the servicer conducts its business and adversely affect its ability to collect and service the receivables. We cannot determine with any degree of certainty whether any such legislative or regulatory proposals will be enacted and, if enacted, the ultimate impact that any such potential legislation or implementing regulations, or any such potential regulatory actions by federal or state regulators, would have upon our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our activities are also subject to federal and state laws concerning identity theft, data privacy, and cybersecurity. The GLBA and its implementing regulations require us generally to protect the confidentiality of our consumers’ nonpublic personal information and to disclose to our consumers our privacy policy and practices, including those regarding sharing consumers’ nonpublic personal information with third parties. In addition, the FCRA requires us to prevent identity theft and to securely dispose of consumer credit reports. Certain state laws impose similar or stricter privacy obligations as well as obligations to provide notification of security breaches of personal information to affected individuals, consumer reporting agencies, businesses and governmental agencies. The applicable regulatory framework for privacy and cybersecurity issues is evolving and uncertain. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act, as amended by the California Privacy Rights Act (the “CCPA”) imposes stringent requirements on certain businesses with respect to the privacy and security of information of California residents. The CCPA includes provisions that give California residents rights to access, correct and delete certain personal information and opt out of certain personal information transfers. Compliance with any new or developing privacy laws in the United States, including any state or federal laws, may require significant resources and subject us to a variety of regulatory and private sanctions. Any violations of these laws and regulations may require us to change its business practices or operational structure, and could subject it to legal claims, monetary penalties, sanctions, and the obligation to indemnify and/or notify customers or take other remedial actions.

Our activities are also subject to federal and state laws concerning the use of automated dialing equipment, and other laws related to consumers and consumer protection. We are subject to laws, regulations and standards covering marketing, advertising and other activities conducted by telephone, email, mobile devices and the internet, such as the Federal Communications Act, the Federal Wiretap Act, the Electronic Communications Privacy Act, the TCPA, the CAN-SPAM Act and similar state consumer protection and communication privacy laws. Numerous class-action suits under federal and state laws have been filed in recent years against

147

TABLE OF CONTENTS

companies who conduct telemarketing and/or SMS texting programs, with many resulting in multi-million-dollar settlements to the plaintiffs.

In addition to the federal statutes detailed above, many states have general consumer protection statutes, laws, regulations, or court rules that apply to debt purchasing and collection. In a number of states and cities, we must maintain licenses to perform debt recovery services and must satisfy ongoing compliance and bonding requirements. It is our policy to comply with all material licensing, compliance and bonding requirements. Our failure to comply with existing requirements, changing interpretations of existing requirements, or adoption of new requirements, could subject us to a variety of regulatory and private sanctions. These could include license suspension or revocation; orders or injunctive relief, including orders providing for rescission of transactions or other affirmative relief; and monetary relief, including restitution, damages, fines and/or penalties. In addition, failure to comply with state licensing and compliance requirements could restrict our ability to collect in regions, subject us to increased regulation, increase our costs, or adversely affect our ability to collect our receivables.

State laws, among other things, also may limit the interest rate and the fees that a credit originator may impose on our consumers, limit the time in which we may file legal actions to enforce consumer accounts, and require specific account information for certain collection activities. By way of example, the California Fair Debt Buying Practices Act that directly applies to debt buyers, applies to accounts sold after January 1, 2014. The law requires debt buyers operating in the state to have in their possession specific account information before debt collection efforts can begin, among other requirements. Moreover, the New York State Department of Financial Services issued new debt collection regulations, which took effect in September 2015 and established new requirements for collecting debt in the state. In addition, other state and local requirements and court rulings in various jurisdictions may also affect our ability to collect.

The relationship between consumers and credit card issuers is also extensively regulated by federal and state consumer protection and related laws and regulations. These laws may affect some of our operations because some of our receivables originate through credit card transactions. The laws and regulations applicable to credit card issuers, among other things, impose disclosure requirements when a credit card account is advertised, when it is applied for and when it is opened, at the end of monthly billing cycles, and at year-end. Federal law requires, among other things, that credit card issuers disclose to consumers the interest rates, fees, grace periods, and balance calculation methods associated with their credit card accounts. Some laws prohibit discriminatory practices in connection with the extension of credit. If the originating institution fails to comply with applicable statutes, rules, and regulations, it could create claims and rights for consumers that would reduce or eliminate their obligations related to those receivables. When we acquire receivables, we generally require the credit originator or portfolio reseller to represent that they have complied with applicable statutes, rules, and regulations relating to the origination and collection of the receivables before they were sold to us.

Federal statutes further provide that, in some cases, consumers cannot be held liable for, or their liability is limited with respect to, charges to their credit card accounts that resulted from unauthorized use of their credit cards. These laws, among others, may give consumers a legal cause of action against us, or may limit our ability to recover amounts owing with respect to the receivables, whether or not we committed any wrongful act or omission in connection with the account.

These laws and regulations, and others similar to the ones listed above, as well as laws applicable to specific types of debt or debt collection, impose requirements or restrictions on collection methods or our ability to enforce and recover certain of our receivables. Effects of the law, including those described above, and any new or changed laws, rules, or regulations, and reinterpretation of the same, may adversely affect our ability to recover amounts owing with respect to our receivables or the sale of receivables by creditors and resellers.

Canadian Regulations

We are subject to a variety of federal, provincial, and territorial laws that establish specific guidelines and procedures that debt collectors must follow when collecting customer accounts. It is our policy to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including providing extensive training and ongoing monitoring. Our compliance management system and related controls are embedded in business processes and are also tested

148

TABLE OF CONTENTS

regularly by our compliance and quality assurance protocols. Our failure to comply with these laws could result in fines or restrictions upon our operations. Significant laws and regulations material to our business include the following:

▪

Debt Collection legislation and Consumer Protection Acts are provincial statutes in Canada, which impose certain obligations and restrictions on debt collection activities including specific restrictions regarding the time, place and manner of communications for collection activity and unfair business practices. Prohibited collection practices are generally harmonized across Canada, however each province governs compliance with the applicable provincial legislation and regulations.

▪

Consumer Reporting Acts are provincial statutes in Canada, which obligate credit reporting agencies to collect, maintain, and report consumers credit and personal information accurately and investigate consumer disputes concerning the accuracy of such information.

▪

Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (the “BIA”) is federal legislation that establishes a detailed framework for the administration of insolvencies in Canada, including the requirements of bankruptcy trustees and creditors who file claims and receive dividends. The Superintendent of Bankruptcy supervises the administration of all estates and matters under the BIA.

▪

Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act (“PIPEDA”) is federal legislation that establishes national standards for privacy practices in Canada. PIPEDA aims to protect personal information that is collected, used or disclosed in certain circumstances for purposes of commercial activity in Canada. The Office of the Privacy Commissioner of Canada oversees compliance with PIPEDA. Certain provinces have similar provincial laws to PIPEDA.

The credit card we issue in Canada is issued by Peoples Trust Company, a federal corporation incorporated pursuant to the Trust and Loan Companies Act (Canada), pursuant to their license with MasterCard. The credit card complies with the regulatory authority having jurisdiction over Peoples Trust Company, maintains strict compliance with the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act, implements comprehensive policies and procedures to ensure ongoing compliance and operates in accordance with the security standards of the Payment Card Industry Security Standards Council. We also ensure ongoing compliance with the maximum permitted interest rate in Canada, including the recent amendments pursuant to the Budget Implementation Act, 2023, which came into force on January 1, 2025.

U.K. Regulations

Our operations in Europe are affected by local statutes, rules and regulations. It is our policy to comply with these laws in all of our recovery activities in Europe, where applicable.

Financial Conduct Authority Regulation. U.K. debt purchase and services collections businesses are principally regulated by the FCA, the U.K. Information Commissioner’s Office and the U.K. Office of Communications. We have two regulated entities in the United Kingdom, JC International Acquisition LLC and Credit Account Recovery Solutions Limited. The FCA regards debt collection as a “high risk” activity primarily due to the potential impact that poor practice can have on already vulnerable consumers and as a result maintains a high focus on the sector. The FCA Handbook sets out the FCA rules and other provisions. Firms wishing to carry on regulated consumer credit activities must comply with all applicable sections of the FCA Handbook, including the principles of “Treating Customers Fairly” and delivering good outcomes for retail consumers under the Consumer Duty, as well as the applicable consumer credit laws and regulations. The FCA also publishes guidance on various topics from time to time that it expects firms to comply with.

The FCA has applied its rules to consumer credit firms in a number of areas, including its high-level principles and conduct of business standards. The FCA has significant powers and, as the FCA deepens its understanding of the industry through continued supervision, it is likely that the regulatory requirements applicable to the debt purchase industry will continue to increase. In addition, it is likely that the compliance framework that will be needed to continue to satisfy the FCA requirements will demand continued investment and resources in our compliance governance framework.

One particularly significant regulatory change program was the implementation of the Consumer Duty for U.K. operations in July 2023. These requirements introduce a more outcomes-focused approach to consumer protection and set higher expectations for the standard of care that firms give customers.

149

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Companies authorized by the FCA must be able to demonstrate that they meet the threshold conditions for authorization and comply on an ongoing basis with the FCA’s high level standards for authorized firms, such as its Principles for Business (including the principles of “Treating Customers Fairly” and delivering good outcomes for retail consumers), and rules and guidance on systems and controls. The FCA has the ability to, among other things, impose significant fines, ban certain individuals from carrying on trade within the financial services industry, impose requirements on a firm’s permission, cease certain products from being collected upon and, in extreme circumstances, remove permissions to trade.

Consumer protection. The Consumer Credit Act of 1974 (and its related regulations) (collectively, the “U.K. Consumer Credit Act”) and the U.K. Consumer Rights Act 2015 set forth requirements for the entry into and ongoing management of consumer credit arrangements in the United Kingdom. A failure to comply with these requirements can make agreements unenforceable or can result in a requirement that charged and collected interest be repaid. In June 2022, the U.K. government announced its decision to reform the U.K. Consumer Credit Act (and its related regulations) to ensure it is fit for purpose and keeps pace with technological advancements and changing consumer needs. While the reform will take a number of years to deliver, it should be noted that consultation up to the end of 2024 indicates that significant overhaul of this area of regulation is forthcoming. On October 25, 2024, a Court of Appeal ruling declared it unlawful for lenders to have paid a commission to car dealers without obtaining borrowers’ fully-informed consent. In particular, the ruling has increased the set-off risk of commissions that may be packaged into relevant underlying car loans. While the ramifications of this ruling on the wider consumer credit and consumer debt repurchase markets (i.e., beyond motor finance) remains unknown, several lenders active in the motor finance space have put aside significant sums to cover potential fines and other payouts.

Data protection. In addition to these regulations on debt collection and debt purchase activities, we must comply with the General Data Protection Regulation 2016/679 (the “GDPR”). This substantially replaced the previous legislation (Data Protection Act 1998) and introduced significant changes to the data protection regime including but not limited to: the conditions for obtaining consent to process personal data; transparency and providing information to individuals regarding the processing of their personal data; enhanced rights for individuals; notification obligations for personal data breach; and new supervisory authorities, including a European Data Protection Board. The GDPR was further enhanced in the United Kingdom through new U.K.-specific legislation in the form of an updated U.K. Data Protection Act 2018.

Solicitors’ Professional Conduct. The regulatory body for solicitors in England and Wales is the Solicitors Regulation Authority (the “SRA”). It is responsible for regulating the professional conduct of solicitors and other authorized individuals at law firms, including our operations at Moriarty. It created and maintains the Solicitors Handbook, including the Code of Conduct, which contains the ethical principles that guide solicitors in their work, authorizes the law firms like Moriarty within which legal activities are carried out, and supervises the firms and individuals to ensure they adhere to professional standards. The SRA can take enforcement action against those that have breached the Code of Conduct, and has a range of sanctions available to ensure compliance.

Latin America Regulations

Our operations in Latin America are affected by local statutes, rules and regulations. It is our policy to comply with these laws in all of our recovery activities in Latin America, where applicable. Although we have purchased nonperforming loans in Colombia, Peru and the Caribbean, our collections activity is focused upon Colombia.

The most significant laws, regulations and regulatory oversight in Colombia include:

▪

The Superintendence of Industry and Commerce (the “SIC”) is a national public authority organized into six principal divisions, which include, inter alia, Consumer Protection and Personal Data Protection. The SIC ensures the protection of all the rights of people against companies that process their personal, financial, credit or commercial information.

▪

Law 1266 of 2008 and Law 1581 of 2012 are two key personal financial data protection laws which protect individuals’ right to know, update and rectify information gathered about them in databases or files.

▪

Law 2300 of 2023 safeguards the privacy of financial consumers and primarily applies to entities regulated by the Financial Superintendency and those engaged in collection operations. It governs contact and communication channels, as well as timing, for debt collection purposes.

150

TABLE OF CONTENTS

▪

There are also three main circular letters from the Financial Superintendent Office which regulate collections practices: External Circular 48 of 2009 which gives Instructions related to the conditions of pre-legal collection management, External Circular 15 of 2010 which addresses protection of financial consumers’ rights, and External Circular 38 of 2011 which regulates personal and credit information treatment during the collection process.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in Minneapolis, Minnesota. As of March 31, 2025, we had additional offices and operations located in Sartell, Minnesota, Denver, Colorado, San Antonio, Texas, Basingstoke, United Kingdom, Paisley, United Kingdom, London, United Kingdom, London, Ontario, Toronto, Ontario, and Bogotá, Colombia. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current operations.

Legal Proceedings

In the ordinary course of business, we may at times be subject to claims and legal actions. We do not believe the results of any current or threatened proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

151

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth the name, age as of the date of this prospectus and position of the individuals who currently serve as directors and executive officers of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC, and will continue to serve as directors and executive officers of Jefferson Capital, Inc. following the Reorganization and the completion of this offering.

Name	Age		Position
David Burton		60	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Christo Realov		45	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Matthew Pfohl		58	Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary
Mark Zellmann		43	President of U.S. Business Lines
Penelope Person		57	Chief Commercial Officer
Thomas Harding		43	Director
John Oros		78	Director
Thomas Lydon, Jr.		32	Director
Christopher Giles		54	Director
Ronald Vaske		58	Director
Beth Leonard		65	Director

Executive Officers

David Burton founded Jefferson Capital in 2002 and has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and on our board of directors since our inception. Prior to founding Jefferson Capital, Mr. Burton served as Group President of OSI Education Services, a subsidiary of leading accounts receivable management service provider Outsourcing Solutions, from 1996 to 2002. Mr. Burton entered the accounts receivable industry in 1992 when he joined A.M. Miller & Associates, eventually becoming its President and Chief Operating Officer and serving in such capacity from 1992 to 1996. Mr. Burton holds a Bachelor of Business Administration with a concentration in Finance and Law from the University of Michigan School of Business Administration. We believe Mr. Burton’s extensive experience in executive leadership positions and knowledge and experience in the accounts receivable industry make him well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Christo Realov has served as our Chief Financial Officer since December 2024. Mr. Realov joined Jefferson Capital in 2021 as our Senior Vice President of Corporate Development and Treasurer. Prior to joining Jefferson Capital, Mr. Realov worked in a variety of positions in Citigroup’s Global Financial Institutions group from 2004 to 2021, most recently as Director. Mr. Realov holds a Bachelor of Arts in Mathematics and a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Franklin & Marshall College.

Matthew Pfohl has served as our Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary since 2015. Prior to joining Jefferson Capital, Mr. Pfohl served as Vice President, Compliance and General Counsel at Interstate Auto Group Inc., a national auto sales and finance organization with significant consumer finance operations, from 2012 to 2015. From 2005 to 2012, Mr. Pfohl worked as a civil litigator at the Minnesota law firm Olson, Redford & Wahlberg, P.A. and from 2000 to 2005 as General Counsel and Director of Legal Services at AmericInn International, a national hotel chain. Mr. Pfohl holds a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from the University of Notre Dame and a Juris Doctor from Loyola University of Chicago.

Mark Zellmann has served as our President of U.S. Business Lines since 2022. Mr. Zellmann joined Jefferson Capital in 2004 as a Financial Analyst and has been leading the U.S. Distressed Underwriting team since 2012 until his promotion to President of U.S. Business Lines in 2022. Mr. Zellmann holds a Bachelor of Arts from the University of Minnesota and a Master of Business Administration from St. Cloud State University. He holds a Certified Management Accountant (CMA) designation from the Institute of Management Accountants.

Penelope Person has served as our Chief Commercial Officer since July 2017. Ms. Person joined Jefferson Capital in 2002 and has since held various roles in our company, including as manager of our external recovery

152

TABLE OF CONTENTS

operations and in roles overseeing our internal call center operations and leading our client services and marketing teams. Prior to joining Jefferson Capital, Ms. Person served in a variety of leadership roles at Fingerhut Companies, Inc, a catalog and online retailer allowing for payments with credit, from 1987 to 2001. Ms. Person holds a Travel & Tourism degree and a Court Reporting degree from St. Cloud Business College.

Non-Employee Directors

Thomas Harding has served on our board of directors since 2018. Since 2015, Mr. Harding has served as Managing Director at J.C. Flowers, a private equity firm that focuses on investments in the financial services industry. Prior to joining J.C. Flowers, Mr. Harding worked in Bank of America Merrill Lynch’s Financial Institutions Group from 2008 to 2015 where he covered a diverse range of bank, insurance and specialty finance companies. In addition to serving on our board of directors, Mr. Harding currently serves on the boards of Island Finance, iLending and Capital Funding Bancorp. He holds a Bachelor of Arts from Swarthmore College, a Juris Doctor from Columbia Law School and a Master of Business Administration from Columbia Business School. We believe Mr. Harding’s broad knowledge and experience in the financial services industry make him well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

John Oros has served on our board of directors since 2017. Now a Senior Advisor, Mr. Oros has served at J.C. Flowers as Operating Partner from 2018 to 2023 and as Managing Director from 2000 to 2018. Before joining J.C. Flowers, Mr. Oros held a number of executive positions at Enstar Group Limited, including the role of Executive Chairman from 2000 to 2011. Prior to joining Enstar, Mr. Oros worked in Goldman Sachs’ Financial Institutions Group from 1980 to 2000, where he became a General Partner in 1986. In addition to serving on our board of directors, Mr. Oros currently serves on the boards of Island Finance, National Guardian Life Insurance Company, iLending and TRICOR Insurance. Mr. Oros holds a Bachelor of Business Administration from the University of Wisconsin School of Business. We believe Mr. Oros’ extensive experience in executive leadership positions and knowledge of the financial services industry make him well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Thomas Lydon, Jr. has served on our board of directors since 2021. Mr. Lydon has served as a Vice President at J.C. Flowers since 2023, where he has been working since 2017. Prior to joining J.C. Flowers, Mr. Lydon worked in Credit Suisse’s Financial Institutions Group from 2015 to 2017. In addition to serving on our board of directors, Mr. Lydon currently serves on the board of TRICOR Insurance. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Commerce from the University of Virginia. We believe Mr. Lydon’s industry experience and financial expertise make him well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Christopher Giles has served on our board of directors since 2018. In 2020, Mr. Giles founded Hyland Hill Investment Partners, a private credit-focused alternative credit investment firm, and has served as a partner since co-leading the firm’s investment activity. Prior to founding Hyland Hill, Mr. Giles was a partner at Total Card Funding I, a non-prime U.S. consumer credit card business, from 2017 to 2020. From 2002 to 2017, Mr. Giles worked at Värde Partners, a global investment manager specialized in consumer, residential, and commercial mortgage finance transactions, in various positions and most recently as Senior Managing Director. Prior to joining Värde, from 1994 to 2002 Mr. Giles traded distressed loans for The Credit Store, Inc., a consumer finance company based in Sioux Falls, South Dakota. Mr. Giles holds a Bachelor of Science in Finance from the University of Connecticut. We believe Mr. Giles’ experience as a founder of an investment firm and his work in the consumer financial services industry make him well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Ronald Vaske has served on our board of directors since 2016. Ronald Vaske has been a partner at the law firm Ballard Spahr LLP with a specialty in financial institutions and Fintechs, since 2018. Prior to joining Ballard Spahr, Mr. Vaske practiced at the law firm Lindquist & Vennum LLP from 1998 to 2018. Ron holds a Bachelor of Science from South Dakota State University and a Juris Doctor from Creighton University School of Law. We believe Mr. Vaske’s industry and extensive legal knowledge make him well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Beth Leonard has served on our board of directors since 2024. Ms. Leonard has been a partner at EisnerAmper, a global accounting and consulting firm, and Partner-in-Charge of the Minnesota office since 2022. Prior to the merger with EisnerAmper in 2022, Ms. Leonard had been working at Lurie, LLP, a Minnesota-based accounting firm, since 1984 in various positions and for the last 15 years as Managing Partner. Ms. Leonard

153

TABLE OF CONTENTS

served on the board of directors for the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants from 2021 to 2024. She holds a Bachelor of Science in Business and Accounting from the University of Minnesota —Carlson School of Management. We believe Ms. Leonard’s broad understanding of accounting and corporate finance matters and management experience make her well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Board Composition

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors is currently composed of seven members. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, will provide that the number of directors on our board of directors will be fixed from time to time by resolution of the board of directors.

When considering whether directors have the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable our board of directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the board of directors focuses primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business.

In connection with the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into the Stockholders Agreement with the JCF Stockholders, which will provide the JCF Stockholders the right to designate a certain number of nominees for election to our board of directors and certain committee nomination rights for so long as the JCF Stockholders (including their permitted transferees under the Stockholders Agreement) beneficially own a specified percentage of our outstanding common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Stockholders Agreement.”

Classified Board of Directors

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

▪

the Class I directors will be , and , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in ;

▪

the Class II directors will be , and , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in ; and

▪

the Class III directors will be , , and , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in .

We expect that any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Controlled Company Status

154

TABLE OF CONTENTS

▪

a majority of our board of directors consists of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules;

▪

we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

▪

we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

▪

we perform annual performance evaluations of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.

Following this offering, we intend to rely on of the foregoing exemptions. As a result, we will not have a unless and until such time as we are required to. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements. In the event that we cease to be a “controlled company” and our shares continue to be listed on the Nasdaq, we will be required to comply with these requirements by the date our status as a controlled company changes or within specified transition periods, as the case may be.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors, other than , qualify as “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing rules of the Nasdaq (the “Listing Rules”). is not considered independent by virtue of his position as our . In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has had with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence.

Leadership Structure of the Board

Our bylaws and corporate governance guidelines to be in place immediately prior to the completion of this offering will provide our board of directors with flexibility to combine or separate the positions of Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer and to implement a lead director in accordance with its determination regarding which structure would be in the best interests of our company.

Our board of directors has concluded that our current leadership structure is appropriate at this time. However, our board of directors will continue to periodically review our leadership structure and may make such changes in the future as it deems appropriate.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process

Risk assessment and oversight are an integral part of our governance and management processes. Our board of directors encourages management to promote a culture that incorporates risk management into our corporate strategy and day-to-day business operations. Management discusses strategic and operational risks at regular management meetings and conducts specific strategic planning and review sessions during the year that include a focused discussion and analysis of the risks facing us. Throughout the year, senior management reviews these risks with the board of directors at regular board meetings as part of management presentations that focus on particular business functions, operations or strategies, and presents the steps taken by management to mitigate or eliminate such risks.

Our board of directors does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through our board of directors as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of our board of directors that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. While our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure, our audit committee is responsible for overseeing our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures. The audit committee also approves or disapproves any related person transactions. Our nominating and corporate governance committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance guidelines. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compliance committee. Our board of directors may establish other

155

TABLE OF CONTENTS

committees to facilitate the management of our business. The composition and functions of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Each committee intends to adopt a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and Listing Rules, which we will post on our website at www.jcap.com upon the completion of this offering.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee:

▪

appoints our independent registered public accounting firm;

▪

evaluates the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance;

▪

determines the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm;

▪

reviews and approves the scope of the annual audit and pre-approves the audit and non-audit fees and services;

▪

reviews and approves all related party transactions on an ongoing basis;

▪

establishes procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of any complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters;

▪

discusses with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly financial statements;

▪

approves the retention of the independent registered public accounting firm to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services;

▪

discusses on a periodic basis, or as appropriate, with management our policies and procedures with respect to risk assessment and risk management;

▪

is responsible for reviewing our financial statements and our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations to be included in our annual and quarterly reports to be filed with the SEC;

▪

oversees our cybersecurity and data privacy risk management program and policies;

▪

investigates any reports received through the ethics helpline and reports to the Board periodically with respect to any information received through the ethics helpline and any related investigations; and

▪

reviews the audit committee charter periodically and the audit committee’s performance on an annual basis.

Our audit committee consists of . Our board of directors has determined that all members are independent under the Listing Rules and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act. The chair of our audit committee is . Our board of directors has determined that and are each an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is currently defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. Our board of directors has also determined that each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental consolidated financial statements, in accordance with applicable requirements.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee oversees policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. The compensation committee reviews and approves or recommends corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our executive officers (other than our Chief Executive Officer), evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives and approves the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee also reviews and approves or makes recommendations to our board of directors regarding the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans to our executive officers (other than our Chief Executive Officer). The compensation committee reviews the performance of our Chief Executive Officer and makes recommendations to our board of directors with respect to his compensation, and our board of directors retains the authority to make compensation decisions relative to our Chief Executive Officer. The compensation committee will periodically review and evaluate the compensation committee charter and will annually review the compensation committee’s

156

TABLE OF CONTENTS

performance. Our compensation committee consists of . Our board of directors has determined that all members are independent under the Listing Rules. The chair of our compensation committee is .

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for making recommendations to our board of directors regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of our board of directors. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance guidelines and making recommendations to our board of directors concerning governance matters. Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of . Our board of directors has determined that all members are independent under the Listing Rules. The chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee is .

Compliance Committee

Our compliance committee oversees management’s compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, including those related to consumer compliance matters. The compliance committee assists our board of directors in fulfilling statutory and fiduciary responsibilities with respect to the oversight of regulatory and compliance matters and monitoring the Company’s compliance with corporate policies and procedures. The compliance committee oversees our compliance program and has general oversight of our compliance management with the legal requirements of our business operations and business ethics. The committee is responsible for ensuring that an open means of communication exists between our board of directors and the persons responsible for our compliance functions. Our compliance committee reports its activities to our board of directors on a regular basis and makes such recommendations as it deems necessary and appropriate. By incorporating risk review and governance into our compliance management system, this structure helps ensure that the Company follows an integrated governance risk compliance approach. Among other matters, the compliance committee:

▪

monitors the maintenance and enhancement of our policies and procedures, as well as our training, to ensure compliance with all legal, regulatory and consumer compliance laws, rules and regulations;

▪

monitors the Company’s adherence to the various compliance and regulatory risks that we face;

▪

regularly reports to our board of directors on its evaluation of the effectiveness of our overall governance and to provides related recommendations; and

▪

reviews and monitors our system of internal reporting and auditing, including our internal policies, procedures and controls, for compliance with all legal, regulatory and consumer compliance laws, rules and regulations.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is currently, or has been at any time, one of our executive officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or on our compensation committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

In connection with this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, and agents and representatives. The full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on our website at jcap.com upon the completion of this offering. The audit committee of our board of directors will be responsible for overseeing our code of business conduct and ethics and any waivers applicable to any director, executive officer or employee. We intend to disclose any future amendments to certain provisions of our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of such provisions applicable to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, and agents and representatives, on our website identified above or in public filings.

157

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we will indemnify our executive officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors prior to the completion of this offering. The indemnification agreements will provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL, subject to certain exceptions contained in those agreements.

158

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “Summary Compensation Table” below. In 2024, our “named executive officers” and their positions were as follows:

▪

David Burton, President and Chief Executive Officer;

▪

Mark Zellmann, President of U.S. Business Lines; and

▪

Penelope Person, Chief Commercial Officer.

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the completion of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

As we transition from a private company to a publicly traded company, we intend to evaluate our compensation plans and arrangements as circumstances require.

As an emerging growth company, we have elected to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and, while an emerging growth company, our future periodic reports and proxy statements.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2024.

Name and Principal Position	Year		Salary ($)(1)		Bonus ($)(2)		Stock Awards ($)		Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(3)		All Other Compensation ($)(4)		Total ($)
David Burton President and Chief Executive Officer		2024		765,769		125,000		—		387,766		421,978		1,700,513
Mark Zellmann President of U.S. Business Lines		2024		303,851		110,000		—		137,374		54,246		605,471
Penelope Person Chief Commercial Officer		2024		142,000		—		—		248,062		46,098		436,160

(1)

Amounts reflect the base salaries paid to each executive in 2024, including the increase in base salary Mr. Zellmann received in June 2024.

(2)

Amounts reflect discretionary bonuses paid to Messrs. Burton and Zellmann in recognition of their significant efforts in connection with the successful completion of a planned portfolio acquisition. For additional information, see “Elements of the Company’s Executive Compensation Program-Cash Incentive Compensation — 2024 Discretionary Bonuses” below.

(3)

Amounts reflect performance-based annual bonuses earned by Messrs. Burton and Zellmann for 2024, as well as performance-based commissions earned by Ms. Person for 2024.

(4)

For Mr. Burton, amount reflects (a) dividends paid on Class B Units in the amount of $408,498, (b) 401(k) matching contributions in the amount of $5,815, and (c) Young Presidents Organization member dues paid on his behalf in the amount of $7,665. For Mr. Zellmann, amount reflects (a) dividends paid on Class B Units in the amount of $48,375 and (b) 401(k) matching contributions in the amount of $5,871. For Ms. Person, amount reflects (a) dividends paid on Class B Units in the amount of $43,000 and (b) 401(k) matching contributions in the amount of $3,098.

Elements of the Company’s Executive Compensation Program

For the year ended December 31, 2024, the compensation for our named executive officers generally consisted of a base salary, incentive-based compensation, employee benefits and a 401(k) plan. These elements (and the amounts of compensation and benefits under each element) were selected because we

159

TABLE OF CONTENTS

believe they are necessary to help us attract and retain executive talent which is fundamental to our success. Below is a more detailed summary of the current executive compensation program as it relates to our named executive officers.

2024 Salaries

The named executive officers receive a base salary to compensate them for services rendered to our Company. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. On June 1, 2024, Mr. Zellmann received an increase in his annual base salary from $275,000 to $325,009. The actual base salaries paid to each named executive officer for 2024 are set forth above in the Summary Compensation Table above in the column entitled “Salary.”

Cash Incentive Compensation

2024 Annual Bonuses

In 2024, Messrs. Burton and Zellmann were eligible to receive performance-based bonuses from the Company. Mr. Burton was eligible to earn a target annual bonus in an amount equal to 50% of his annual base salary, and Mr. Zellmann was eligible to earn a target bonus in an aggregate amount equal to 50% of his annual base salary, half of which is paid on a quarterly basis and the remaining half of which is paid on an annual basis following the end of the fiscal year, respectively. Actual bonus payments are determined by the Company based on achievement of company financial targets as well as individual financial and operational goals established for each executive. Annual bonus amounts earned for 2024 by each executive are set forth above in the Summary Compensation Table in the column entitled “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”

Commission Payments

In 2024, Ms. Person was eligible to earn monthly commissions based on the achievement of specified deployment targets, with an uncapped commission opportunity. For 2024, Ms. Person earned aggregate commission of $248,062.

2024 Discretionary Bonuses

In 2024, the Company awarded Messrs. Burton and Zellmann discretionary bonus payments in connection with their efforts towards the successful completion of a planned portfolio acquisition by the Company, which required significant effort outside the named executive officer’s normal responsibilities.

Equity Compensation

Existing Equity Plans – JCAP TopCo, LLC 2018 Underlying Units Plan and Management Invest LLC 2018 Management Incentive Plan

Equity-based awards for the named executive officers were granted in the form of profits interests, which entitle the holder to a portion of the profits and appreciation in the equity value of JCAP TopCo, LLC arising after the date of grant.

We currently maintain the JCAP Topco, LLC 2018 Underlying Units Plan (the “JCAP Plan”) and the Management Invest LLC 2018 Management Incentive Plan (the “Management Invest Plan”). Pursuant to the JCAP Plan, JCAP TopCo, LLC may issue awards of Class B Units to Management Invest LLC, which in turn issues corresponding awards of Class B Units in Management Invest LLC under the Management Invest Plan to employees and directors of JCAP TopCo, LLC and its subsidiaries, including our named executive officers. Management Invest LLC was formed as a separate company to hold the equity interests granted to these individuals in order to allow such individuals to hold units which mirror the economics of units directly in JCAP TopCo, LLC, while avoiding certain adverse tax and employment consequences that could have otherwise applied. The Class B Units granted pursuant to these plans are intended to constitute profits interests for federal income tax purposes.

The Class B Units are generally comprised of four generally equivalent tiers, pursuant to which each tier has a different distribution threshold. The distribution thresholds represent the distributions that must be paid to each Class A Unit before a holder is entitled to receive any distributions or payments in respect of such holder’s units.

The material terms of the JCAP Plan and Management Invest Plan are each summarized below. This summary is not a complete description of all provisions of the JCAP Plan or the Management Invest Plan, respectively

160

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and is qualified in its entirety by reference to each of the JCAP Plan and Management Invest Plan, respectively, which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

JCAP TopCo, LLC Plan

Eligibility and Administration

Prior to the Reorganization, the JCAP Plan was administered by the board of managers of JCAP TopCo, LLC, which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to a subcommittee of the board (referred to collectively as the plan administrator below). All awards issued under the JCAP Plan were issued to Management Invest LLC. As part of the Reorganization, the JCAP Plan will be terminated and no awards will remain outstanding and subject to the JCAP Plan.

Awards

The JCAP Plan provides for the grant of Class B Units in JCAP TopCo, LLC. All awards under the JCAP Plan are evidenced by underlying unit award agreements, which detail the terms and conditions of the awards. Each award covers up to four tranches of Class B Units.

Plan Amendment and Termination

The board of managers of JCAP TopCo, LLC may modify, amend, suspend or terminate the JCAP Plan at any time; provided, that no such action may adversely affect rights in any material respect under any outstanding award without the consent of the holder of the award.

Management Invest Plan

Eligibility and Administration

The employees and directors involved in the business of Management Invest LLC or JCAP TopCo, LLC and its subsidiaries are eligible to receive awards under the Management Invest Plan. The Management Invest Plan is administered by JCF JCAP Holdco II LLC (“Manager”). The Manager has the authority to make all determinations and interpretations under, correct any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistency in, and adopt rules for the administration of, the Management Invest Plan, subject to its express terms and conditions. The Manager also sets the terms and conditions of all awards under the Management Invest Plan, including any vesting conditions.

Awards

The Management Invest Plan provides for the offer and sale of Class A Units and Class C Units and the grant of Class B Units in Management Invest LLC.

All issuances of Class A Units and Class C Units are evidenced by unit purchase agreements and all awards of Class B Units are evidenced by unit award agreements, which detail the terms and conditions of the awards. The Class B Units awarded under the Management Invest Plan are treated as profits interests for federal income tax purposes.

Plan Amendment and Termination

The Manager may modify, amend, suspend or terminate the Management Invest Plan at any time; provided, that no such action may adversely affect rights in any material respect under any outstanding award without the consent of the holder of the award.

Class B Unit Grants

In 2024, none of our named executive officers received any Class B Units. As described in further detail below in the Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End Table and related footnotes, on October 30, 2018 we granted Class B Units in Management Invest LLC to each of our named executive officers. Mr. Burton was granted 11,628,343 units, Mr. Zellmann was granted 1,377,041 units and Ms. Person was granted 1,224,036 units, respectively, of which 24% (“Tier I Units”) had an original distribution threshold of $1.00 per unit, 24% (“Tier II Units”) had an original distribution threshold of $2.00 per unit, 26%(“Tier III Units”) had a distribution threshold of $2.50 per unit and 26% (“Tier IV Units”) had a distribution threshold of $3.00 per unit. In addition, Mr. Zellmann was granted an additional award of 550,000 Class B Units on July 20, 2021, which was also divided into four tiers as follows: 125,000 Tier I Units, which had an original distribution threshold of $2.47 per unit, 125,000 Tier II Units, which had an original distribution threshold of $3.15

161

TABLE OF CONTENTS

per unit, 150,000 Tier III Units, which had an original distribution threshold of $3.50 per unit and 150,000 Tier IV Units, which had an original distribution threshold of $3.75 per unit.

With respect to the awards, 50% of the Tier I and Tier II Units vest in five equal installments on each of the first five anniversaries of March 23, 2018 (or, with respect to Mr. Zellmann’s 2021 award, the date of his promotion to the position of Managing Director), subject to continued service through the applicable vesting dates; provided that such awards will accelerate and fully vest upon a “Change of Control.” The remaining 50% of such Tier I and Tier II Units vest upon a Change of Control in the event the applicable distribution threshold is achieved in connection therewith. All of the Tier III and Tier IV Units will vest upon a Change of Control in the event that the applicable distribution threshold is achieved as well as the achievement by J.C. Flowers & Co. LLC and its applicable affiliates of an IRR equal to or greater than 17% in connection with such Change of Control.

For purposes of the Class B Units, “Change of Control” generally means (i) any transaction or series of related transactions (whether by a transfer, sale, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification or similar transaction, and whether or not JCAP TopCo, LLC is a party thereto) in which, after giving effect to such transaction or transactions, the equity securities (meaning (i) any unit, capital stock, partnership or limited liability company interests or other equity interests (including profits interests) and any class, group or series thereof, (ii) obligations, evidences of indebtedness or other securities or interests convertible into or exchangeable for units, capital stock, partnership or limited liability company interests or other equity interests (including profits interests), and (iii) warrants, options or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire units, capital stock, partnership or limited liability company interests or other equity interests (including profits interests)) representing in excess of 50% of the Class A Units and Class C Units of JCAP TopCo, LLC are owned directly or indirectly through one or more entities, by any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) of persons, other than JCF JCAP Holdco II LLC and the holders of equity securities of or any successor or other entity through which J.C. Flowers & Co. LLC or its affiliates hold (directly or indirectly) any equity securities in JCAP TopCo, LLC or any of their permitted transferees or (ii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of JCAP TopCo, LLC and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (which may include securities of JCAP TopCo, LLC’s directly or indirectly owned subsidiaries) to one or more purchasers other than the members of JCAP TopCo, LLC or their affiliates or permitted transferees.

We previously determined to pay out dividends, including on July 11, 2024 and November 15, 2024, with respect to our equityholders (including our vested and unvested Class B Unit holders). In connection with these dividends, each of our named executive officers received aggregate distributions in respect of their Class B Units of: $408,498 for Mr. Burton, $48,375 for Mr. Zellmann and $43,000 for Ms. Person, respectively.

In connection with certain transactions and events, including the Reorganization, that affect the Class B Units, the Class B Unit grant documents provide for broad discretion to take action to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits with respect to any Class B Units granted thereunder.

As part of the Reorganization, we expect that Management Invest LLC will be dissolved and all of the Class B Units issued pursuant to the Management Invest Plan will be crystalized and converted into shares of common stock on the basis of the same 2.65656038 exchange ratio used to convert the Class A Units and Class C Units. The conversion will take into account the number of Class B Units held, the applicable distribution threshold and the value of the distributions that the holder would have been entitled to receive through their indirect ownership interest in JCAP TopCo, LLC had JCAP TopCo, LLC been liquidated on the date of such conversion in accordance with the terms of the distribution waterfall set forth in the JCAP TopCo LLC Agreement. If in-the-money, the Class B Units will be converted into a number of shares based on the respective strike prices and terms of such awards, and if out-of-the-money will be canceled. For Class B Units that are in-the-money but unvested and subject to solely time vesting requirements, those will be converted into shares of restricted stock and subject to the same time vesting requirements that the corresponding Class B Units were subject to prior to the Reorganization. For Class B Units that are in-the-money but unvested and subject to performance vesting requirements, those will be converted into shares of restricted stock and subject to a three year time-vesting requirement with one-third of the restricted shares vesting on the first anniversary of this offering, an additional one-third vesting on the second anniversary of this offering and a final third vesting on the third anniversary of this offering, subject to continued service through the applicable vesting dates. The conversion of such in-the-money unvested Class B Units will be evidenced by individual restricted stock

162

TABLE OF CONTENTS

agreements and are not being issued under the 2025 Plan. Holders of converted restricted stock awards will be eligible to receive dividends in the event the Company determines to pay dividends in respect of its common stock. For Class B Units that are in-the-money and fully vested, those will be converted into shares of unrestricted common stock.

For Class B Units that are out-of-the-money and would be canceled in the Reorganization, we expect to issue new stock options under the 2025 Incentive Award Plan to the employee and director holders of such canceled Class B Units to put them in an approximately equivalent economic position in terms of number of options and strike prices as they would be in if their Class B Units were not canceled and instead exchanged for new options. Such options are expected to be granted effective as of immediately following the determination of the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and will be in an amount equal to the number of the out-of-the-money Class B Units that were canceled multiplied by the exchange ratio and have an exercise price per share equal to the distribution threshold of the out-of-the-money Class B Units multiplied by the exchange ratio (or if greater, the initial public offering price per share of our common stock). options will be issued and all will be out-of-the-money at the initial public offering price per share with a weighted average exercise price of $ per share.

The following table sets forth the assumed number of vested shares of our common stock and unvested restricted shares of our common stock that each of our NEOs and the other groups indicated below will receive upon conversion of their vested and unvested Class B Units, in each case based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the mid-point of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

	Unvested Restricted Shares Received Upon Conversion of Unvested Class B Units
Name	In respect of Time- Based CLASS B UNITS (#)	In respect of Performance- Based CLASS B UNITS (#)
David Burton(1)
Mark Zellman(2)
Penelope Person(3)
All current executives as a group
All employees as a group

(1)

(2)

(3)

The following table sets forth the assumed number of nonqualified stock options that will be issued to our NEOs and the other groups indicated below in connection with this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share, the mid-point of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:

Name

Number of
Options

WEIGHTED
AVERAGE
EXERCISE PRICE

David Burton

—

Mark Zellman

—

Penelope Person

—

All current executives as a group

All employees as a group

163

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The number of shares of vested and unvested common stock to be issued upon conversion of the Class B Units and the grant of the stock options will be affected if the initial public offering price per share of common stock differs from the mid-point of the price range for our common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

No other awards will be issued under the new 2025 Incentive Award Plan as part of this offering.

2025 Incentive Award Plan

In connection with this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt, and we expect our existing stockholders to approve, the 2025 Plan, under which we may grant cash and equity incentive awards to eligible service providers in order to attract, motivate and retain the talent for which we compete.

Other Elements of Compensation

Retirement Plans

We maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan (the “401(k) Plan”) for our employees, including our named executive officers, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan on the same terms as other full-time employees. The Internal Revenue Code allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the 401(k) Plan. Currently, we match contributions made by participants in the 401(k) Plan up to a specified percentage of the employee contributions, and these matching contributions are fully vested as of the date on which the contribution is made. We believe that providing a vehicle for tax-deferred retirement savings though our 401(k) Plan, and making fully vested matching contributions, adds to the overall desirability of our executive compensation package and further incentivizes our employees, including our named executive officers, in accordance with our compensation policies. We do not maintain any defined benefit pension plans or deferred compensation plans for our named executive officers.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

Health/Welfare Plans.

All of our full-time employees, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans, including:

▪

medical, dental and vision benefits;

▪

medical and dependent care flexible spending accounts;

▪

short-term and long-term disability insurance; and

▪

life insurance.

No Tax Gross-Ups

We do not make gross-up payments to cover our named executive officers’ personal income taxes that may pertain to any of the compensation or perquisites paid or provided by our company.

164

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table summarizes the number of Class B Units held by each named executive officer as of December 31, 2024.

Name	Grant Date		Number of Class B Units That Have Not Vested (#)(1)		Market Value of Class B Units That Have Not Vested ($)(6)		Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Class B Units That Have Not Vested (#)(2)		Equity incentive Plan Awards: Market Value of Unearned Class B Units That Have Not Vested ($)(6)
David Burton		3/23/2018(3)		—		—		8,848,508(5)		5,047,362
Mark Zellmann		3/23/2018(3)		—		—		1,047,850(5)		597,714
		7/20/2021(3)		50,000(4)		10,500		425,000		26,250
Penelope Person		3/23/2018(3)		—		—		931,422(5)		531,301

(1)

“Number of Class B Units That Have Not Vested” represents time-vesting Class B Units that were unvested as of December 31, 2024.

(2)

“Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Class B Units That Have Not Vested” represents performance-vesting Class B Units that were unvested as of December 31, 2024.

(3)

These Class B Units were intended to be issued as “profits interests” for U.S. federal income tax purposes and did not require the payment of an exercise price, but rather entitled the holder to participate in our future appreciation from and after the date of grant of the applicable units. Each Class B Unit was granted with an applicable distribution threshold, which represented the distributions that were required to have been made by us before a grantee would have been entitled to receive any distributions or payments in respect of such grantee’s Class B Units. The distribution thresholds for the awards set forth above are as follows as of December 31, 2024: (i) with respect to the awards granted in 2018, Tier I Units had a distribution threshold of $1.00 per unit, Tier II Units had a distribution threshold of $2.00 per unit, Tier III Units had a distribution threshold of $2.50 per unit and Tier IV Units had a distribution threshold of $3.00 per unit and (ii) with respect to the award granted to Mr. Zellmann in 2021, Tier I Units had a distribution threshold of $2.47 per unit, Tier II Units had a distribution threshold of $3.15 per unit, Tier III Units had a distribution threshold of $3.50 and Tier IV Units had a distribution threshold of $3.75.

(4)

Vesting occurs as follows: (i) 45.5% of the Class B Units are prorated among Tier I and Tier II units of which 50% vest in five equal installments on each of the first five anniversaries of March 1, 2022, subject to Mr. Zellmann’s continued employment through each vesting date, and 50% vest upon a Change of Control subject to the achievement of the applicable distribution thresholds and (ii) 54.5% of the Class B Units are prorated among Tier III and Tier IV units which vest upon a Change of Control and an IRR of 17% or greater.

(5)

Vesting occurs as follows: (i) 48% of the Class B Units are prorated among Tier I and Tier II units of which 50% of such units vest in five equal installments on each of the first five anniversaries of March 23, 2018, subject to the named executive officer’s continued employment through the vesting date, and 50% vest upon a Change of Control subject to the achievement of the applicable distribution thresholds and (ii) 52% of the Class B Units are prorated among Tier III and Tier IV units which vest upon a Change of Control subject to the achievement of the applicable distribution thresholds and an IRR of 17% or greater.

(6)

There is no public market for the Class B Units. The amounts reported above reflect the intrinsic value of the profits interests as of December 31, 2024, based upon the Company’s valuation as of December 31, 2024 (assuming that the Company would have ascribed value to unvested Class B Units in the same manner as vested Class B Units).

Executive Compensation Arrangements

We are party to an employment agreement with Mr. Burton, as further described below. We have not entered into employment agreements with our other named executive officers Mr. Zellmann and Ms. Person.

David Burton

On March 20, 2018, CL Holdings, LLC and FMT Services, LLC (collectively, the “Employer”) entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Burton (the “Burton Employment Agreement”), providing for his position as Chief Executive Officer of the Employer. Mr. Burton’s employment with the Employer is at-will.

The Burton Employment Agreement provides that Mr. Burton will be entitled to an initial annual base salary of $600,000, which will be reviewed on an annual basis for merit-based increases of up to 5%. The Burton Employment Agreement also provides that Mr. Burton will be entitled to receive an annual target bonus equal to fifty (50%) of his annual base salary currently in effect, which shall be conditioned upon, among other things, Mr. Burton’s performance and the performance of the Employer. Mr. Burton is also entitled to receive (i) first class and/or business class air travel for all business travel on behalf of the Employer and (ii) reimbursement for his dues and expenses with respect to the Young Presidents’ Organization.

The Burton Employment Agreement also provides that upon termination of Mr. Burton’s employment by the Employer without Cause (as defined below) and upon his resignation for Good Reason (as defined below),

165

TABLE OF CONTENTS

subject to Mr. Burton’s execution and non-revocation of a release of claims, Mr. Burton will be entitled to receive, in addition to any accrued amounts, his annual base salary for a period of 18 months.

As defined in the Burton Employment Agreement, “Cause” generally means (i) Mr. Burton’s conviction or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere plea for a felony, a crime involving moral turpitude or any other act or omission involving dishonesty, breach of Mr. Burton’s duty of loyalty, or fraud with respect to CL Holdings, LLC and FMT Services, LLC or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or any of their employees or which has had or would have a material negative effect upon the Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, (ii) substantial and repeated failure by Mr. Burton to perform duties of the office held by Mr. Burton or as reasonably directed by the board of managers of CL Holdings, LLC, (iii) gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the Employer or any of its respective subsidiaries or affiliates or any of their customers, suppliers, employees or other business relation, (iv) a material failure to observe policies or standards regarding employment practices (including, without limitation, nondiscrimination, sexual harassment and alcohol and drug-use policies), in each case, as approved by the board of managers of CL Holdings, LLC from time to time, (v) any conduct causing the Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates substantial public disgrace or disrepute or substantial economic harm and/or (vi) a material breach by Mr. Burton of the Burton Employment Agreement which, if susceptible of cure, has not been cured within ten business days after notice of the breach has been delivered to Mr. Burton in writing.

As defined in the Burton Employment Agreement, “Good Reason” generally means (i) a reduction in Mr. Burton’s then-effective annual base salary (except in connection with a general reduction of the salaries of the senior executives of the Employer or its subsidiaries, and his reduction is 10% or less), (ii) the Employer’s failure to timely pay Mr. Burton’s annual base salary and annual bonus, (iii) Mr. Burton being removed as Chief Executive Officer of the Employer or being required to report to someone other than the Employer’s board of directors or (iv) relocation of Mr. Burton’s principal office to a location which more than fifty (50) miles outside of the Minneapolis, Minnesota metropolitan area. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Mr. Burton will not be deemed to have resigned for Good Reason unless (i) Mr. Burton provides the Employer with written notice of the existence of Good Reason within thirty (30) days of the initial existence of such event, (ii) the Employer has been given an opportunity to cure any of the foregoing within thirty (30) days following Mr. Burton’s delivery to the Employer of such written notice, and (iii) Mr. Burton’s resigns from the Employer within forty-five (45) days following the expiration of the Employer’s thirty (30) day cure period.

The Burton Employment Agreement includes confidentiality and assignment of intellectual property provisions and certain restrictive covenants, including eighteen (18) month post-employment non-competition and non-solicitation of employees and customers.

Director Compensation

In 2024, we paid certain of our directors an annual cash retainer fee of $30,000, paid quarterly. In addition, in connection with her commencement of service on our board of directors, we granted 200,000 Class B Units to Beth Leonard, which vest as follows: the Class B Units are prorated evenly between Tier I Units (which have a distribution threshold of $4.25 per unit) and Tier II Units (which have a distribution threshold of $7.50 per unit), of which (i) 50% of the Tier I Units and Tier II Units vest in five equal installments on each of the first five anniversaries of October 2, 2024, subject to Ms. Leonard’s continued service through each vesting date, and (ii) the remaining 50% of the units vest upon a Change of Control subject to the achievement of the applicable distribution thresholds. We did not grant any other equity or non-equity awards to our directors in 2024. We do not provide any compensation to Tom Harding, Ted Lydon or Andrew Szemenyei for their service on our board of directors. Mr. Szemenyei resigned from our board of directors in May 2025.

166

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our non-employee directors for the year ended December 31, 2024.

Name	Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($)		Stock Awards ($)(2)		Total ($)
Thomas Harding		—		—		—
John Oros		30,000		—		30,000
Christopher Giles		30,000		—		30,000
Ronald Vaske		30,000		—		30,000
Andrew Szemenyei		—		—		—
Thomas Lydon, Jr.		—		—		—
Beth Leonard(1)		7,500		—(3)		7,500

(1)

Ms. Leonard joined the board in October 2024.

(2)

The table below shows the aggregate numbers of Class B Units held by each non-employee director as of December 31, 2024.

Name	Class B Units Outstanding at Fiscal Year End
Christopher Giles		200,008
Ronald Vaske		100,004
Beth Leonard		200,000

(3)

Amount reflects the grant date fair value of the Class B Units awarded to Ms. Leonard on October 1, 2024, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of the Class B Units in Note 9 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

In connection with this offering, we intend to approve a compensation program for our non-employee directors pursuant to which our non-employee directors will continue to receive an annual cash retainer fee of $30,000, as well as that members of the audit committee will receive an additional annual cash retainer fee of $8,000, paid quarterly.

Christopher Giles, Ronald Vaske and Beth Leonard are the only non-employee directors who currently hold Class B Units.

The following table sets forth the assumed number of vested shares of our common stock and unvested restricted shares of our common stock that each of Messrs. Giles and Vaske and Ms. Leonard will receive upon conversion of their vested and unvested Class B Units, in each case based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the mid-point of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

	Unvested Restricted Shares Received Upon Conversion of Unvested Class B Units
Name	In respect of Time-Based CLASS B UNITS (#)	In respect of Performance- Based CLASS B UNITS (#)
Christopher Giles(1)
Ronald Vaske(2)
Beth Leonard(3)

Assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share, the mid-point of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, Ms. Leonard will receive options with an exercise price of $ .

167

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We do not expect that Messrs. Giles and Vaske will receive any stock options, as all of their Class B Units are expected to be in-the-money.

The number of shares of vested and unvested common stock to be issued upon conversion of the Class B Units and the grant of the stock options will be affected if the initial public offering price per share of common stock differs from the midpoint of the price range for our common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Clawback Policy

In connection with this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt a compensation recovery policy that is compliant with the listing rules of the Nasdaq, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

2025 Incentive Award Plan

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt the 2025 Plan subject to the approval of our stockholders, under which we may grant cash and equity-based incentive awards to eligible service providers in order to attract, motivate and retain the talent for which we compete. The material terms of the 2025 Plan, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below. This summary is not a complete description of all provisions of the 2025 Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 2025 Plan, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Eligibility and Administration

Our employees, consultants and directors, and employees, consultants and directors of our subsidiaries are eligible to receive awards under the 2025 Plan. The 2025 Plan is expected to be initially administered by our board of directors, which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to committees of our directors and/or officers (referred to collectively as the plan administrator below), subject to certain limitations that may be imposed under the 2025 Plan, Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and/or stock exchange rules, as applicable. The plan administrator has the authority to make all determinations and interpretations under, prescribe all forms for use with, and adopt rules for the administration of, the 2025 Plan, subject to its express terms and conditions. The plan administrator will also set the terms and conditions of all awards under the 2025 Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration conditions.

Limitation on Awards and Shares Available

The maximum number of shares of our common stock available for issuance under the 2025 Plan is equal to the sum of (a) a number of shares equal to % of the common stock outstanding as of immediately prior to this offering; and (b) an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning January 1, 2026 and ending on and including January 1, 2035, equal to the lesser of (i) % of the aggregate number of shares outstanding as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (ii) such smaller number of shares as is determined by the Board; provided, however, no more than a number of shares equal to may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options (“ISOs”). The share reserve formula under the 2025 Plan is intended to provide us with the continuing ability to grant equity awards to eligible employees, directors and consultants for the ten-year term of the 2025 Plan.

Awards granted under the 2025 Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding equity awards previously granted by an entity in connection with a corporate transaction with us, such as a merger, combination, consolidation or acquisition of property or stock will not reduce the shares authorized for grant under the 2025 Plan. The maximum grant date fair value of cash and equity awards granted to any non-employee director pursuant to the 2025 Plan during any calendar year is $ .

Awards

The 2025 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including ISOs and nonqualified stock options, (“NSOs”) restricted stock, dividend equivalents, stock payments, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) other incentive awards, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) and cash awards. No determination has been made as to the types or amounts of awards that will be granted to certain individuals pursuant to the 2025 Plan. Certain awards under the 2025 Plan may constitute or provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, which may impose additional requirements on the terms and conditions of such awards. All awards under the 2025 Plan will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail all terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations. Awards other than cash awards generally will be settled in shares of our common stock, but the plan administrator may provide for cash settlement of any award. A brief description of each award type follows.

168

TABLE OF CONTENTS

▪

Stock Options. Stock options provide for the purchase of shares of our common stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Code are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders), except with respect to certain substitute options granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders).

▪

SARs. SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The exercise price of a SAR may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (except with respect to certain substitute SARs granted in connection with a corporate transaction). The term of a SAR may not be longer than ten years.

▪

Restricted Stock and RSUs. Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of our common stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met, and which may be subject to a purchase price. RSUs are contractual promises to deliver shares of our common stock in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met. Delivery of the shares underlying RSUs may be deferred under the terms of the award or at the election of the participant, if the plan administrator permits such a deferral.

▪

Stock Payments, Other Incentive Awards and Cash Awards. Stock payments are awards of fully vested shares of our common stock that may, but need not, be made in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to any individual who is eligible to receive awards. Other incentive awards are awards other than those enumerated in this summary that are denominated in, linked to or derived from shares of our common stock or value metrics related to our shares, and may remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met. Cash awards are cash incentive bonuses subject to performance goals.

▪

Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents represent the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock and may be granted alone or in tandem with awards other than stock options or SARs. Dividend equivalents are credited as of dividend record dates during the period between the date an award is granted and the date such award vests, is exercised, is distributed or expires, as determined by the plan administrator.

Vesting

Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to each award and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

Certain Transactions

The plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2025 Plan, as well as make adjustments to the terms and conditions of existing and future awards, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits, facilitate the transaction, or give effect to changes in applicable law or accounting principles, in connection with certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, such as a change in control, stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, consolidations and other corporate transactions. This includes cancelling awards for cash or property, accelerating the vesting of awards, providing for the assumption or substitution of awards by a successor entity, adjusting the number and type of shares subject to outstanding awards and/or with respect to which awards may be granted under the 2025 Plan and replacing or terminating awards under the 2025 Plan. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our stockholders known as “equity restructurings,” the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2025 Plan and outstanding awards.

In the event of a “change in control” of our company (as defined in the 2025 Plan), to the extent that the surviving entity declines to continue, convert, assume or replace outstanding awards, then all such awards will become fully vested and exercisable in connection with the transaction. In the event such awards are assumed by the surviving entity and the participant’s employment or service is terminated without “cause” within twelve months of such change in control, any such unvested awards will accelerate and vest and with respect to any options held by the participant, such participant will have a period of six months following the date of such termination (or such longer period as may be set forth in the applicable award agreement(s)) to exercise

169

TABLE OF CONTENTS

such options (but in no event beyond the original expiration date). Individual award agreements may provide for additional accelerated vesting and payment provisions.

Non-U.S. Participants, Claw-Back Provisions, Transferability, and Participant Payments

The plan administrator may modify award terms, establish subplans and/or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the share limits described above, in order to facilitate grants of awards subject to the laws and/or stock exchange rules of countries outside of the United States. All awards will be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by us to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy and/or in the applicable award agreement. With limited exceptions for estate planning, domestic relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the 2025 Plan are generally non-transferable, and are exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding, exercise price and purchase price obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2025 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash or check, provide for net withholding of shares, allow shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions to be repurchased, allow a “market sell order” or such other consideration as it deems suitable.

Plan Amendment and Termination

Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2025 Plan at any time; however, except in connection with certain changes in our capital structure, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment that increases the number of shares available under the 2025 Plan. No award may be granted pursuant to the 2025 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date on which our board of directors adopts the 2025 Plan and (ii) the date on which our stockholders approve the 2025 Plan.

170

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the compensation arrangements discussed in the section titled “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2022 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

▪

we have been or are to be a participant;

▪

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

▪

any of our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

The Reorganization

In connection with the Reorganization and this offering, we will engage in certain transactions with certain of our directors and executive officers and with entities affiliated with J.C. Flowers, a leading private investment firm dedicated to investing globally in the financial services industry, that will become holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. See the section titled “The Reorganization” for a description of these transactions.

Registration Rights Agreement

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with the JCF Stockholders, the Management Stockholders and the Former Canaccede Stockholders, each of which are holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and/or entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. The Registration Rights Agreement will provide these stockholders certain registration rights as described below. Such registration rights will terminate upon the earliest of (i) the anniversary of the completion of this offering, (ii) the completion of certain liquidation events or (iii) with respect to any particular stockholder, such time after the completion of this offering that such stockholder can sell all of its shares entitled to registration rights under Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any 90-day period. Under the Registration Rights Agreement, we will generally be required to pay all expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions and certain other expenses) related to any registration effected pursuant to the exercise of such registration rights. The Form S-1 and Form S-3 demand registration rights described below are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares of common stock included in any such registration under specified circumstances.

Form S-1 Demand Registration Rights

At any time beginning 180 days after the effective date of this registration statement, the JCF Stockholders will have the right to demand that we file a registration statement on Form S-1 to register the offer and sale of their shares. We will generally only be obligated to effect up to two such registrations. Each such request for registration must cover securities the anticipated aggregate offering price of which, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, is at least $ million. If our board of directors determines that it would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a demand registration, we will have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 30 days.

Form S-3 Demand Registration Rights

At any time when we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the JCF Stockholders will be able to request that we register the offer and sale of their shares on a registration statement on Form S-3 so long as the request covers securities the anticipated aggregate public offering price of which, net of any underwriting discounts or commissions, is at least $ million. The JCF Stockholders may make an unlimited number of requests for registration on a registration statement on Form S-3. However, we will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if we have effected three such registrations within the 12-month period preceding the date of the request. If our board of directors determines that it would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a demand registration, we will have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 30 days.

171

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Piggyback Registration Rights

At any time after the completion of this offering, if we propose to register shares of our common stock or other securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of our stockholders, in connection with such offering, all stockholders party to the Registration Rights Agreement will be able to request that we include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to (i) a registration relating solely to our stock plans, (ii) a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other transaction covered by Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act, (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the shares having registration rights, or (iv) a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities, these stockholders will be entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to certain limitations, to include their shares in the registration.

Stockholders Agreement

In connection with the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into the Stockholders Agreement with the JCF Stockholders. The Stockholders Agreement will provide the JCF Stockholders the right to designate a certain number of nominees for election to our board of directors and certain committee nomination rights for so long as the JCF Stockholders (including their permitted transferees under the Stockholders Agreement) beneficially own a specified percentage of our outstanding common stock. Additionally, the Stockholders Agreement will specify that we will not take certain significant actions specified therein, including , without the prior written consent of the JCF Stockholders as long as the JCF Stockholders (including their permitted transferees under the Stockholders Agreement) beneficially own at least % of the outstanding shares of our common stock (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations, reclassifications and similar transactions).

Purchases in Directed Share Program

Indemnification Agreements

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, will require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer.

Participation Agreement

In February 2023, Jefferson Capital Systems, LLC, one of our wholly owned indirect subsidiaries, entered into a participation agreement (the “Participation Agreement”) with HH Warehouse LLC (“HH Warehouse”), pursuant to which Jefferson Capital Systems, LLC sold a 26.75% beneficial ownership interest (the “Portfolio Interest”) in a portfolio of performing installment loans (the “Portfolio”) to HH Warehouse for $2.9 million and agreed to administer the Portfolio and pay HH Warehouse a share of the collections proportionate to the size of the Portfolio Interest. In July 2024, Jefferson Capital Systems, LLC entered into an amendment to the Participation Agreement with HH Warehouse, pursuant to which Jefferson Capital Systems, LLC repurchased the Portfolio Interest from HH Warehouse for $1.4 million and assumed all rights and obligations related to the Portfolio Interest. Christopher Giles, a member of our board of directors, served as Vice President of HH Warehouse and held 12.86% of the membership interests in HH Warehouse at the time of such transactions.

Family Relationship

Bryan Szemenyei, President of Canaccede, one of our wholly owned indirect subsidiaries, is the son of Andrew Szemenyei, who resigned as a member of our board of directors in May 2025, and has been employed

172

TABLE OF CONTENTS

by our subsidiary since our acquisition of Canaccede in March 2020. Bryan Szemenyei does not reside with Andrew Szemenyei and is not one of our executive officers. During the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, Bryan Szemenyei had total compensation, including base salary, bonus and other compensation, of C$0.4 million, C$0.3 million and C$0.4 million, respectively. In May 2025, Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC also repurchased Class A Units and Class C Units of JCAP TopCo, LLC from Bryan Szemenyei, at an aggregate purchase price of $1.25 million.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors recognizes the fact that transactions with related persons present a heightened risk of conflicts of interests or the perception thereof. Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt a written related person transaction policy setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement, or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements, or relationships, in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 in any fiscal year, and a related person had, has, or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness, and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee will be tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

173

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 31, 2025, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock by us and the selling stockholders in this offering, of:

▪

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

▪

each of the selling stockholders;

▪

each of our named executive officers;

▪

each of our directors; and

▪

all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

The following table does not reflect any shares of common stock that may be purchased in this offering or pursuant to our directed share program described under “Underwriting — Directed Share Program.”

The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined under rules issued by the SEC. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial” owner of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. Except as indicated in the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the individuals and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock beneficially owned by them, subject to any applicable community property laws.

Percentage ownership of our common stock before this offering is based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2025, after giving effect to the Reorganization, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Percentage ownership of our common stock after this offering is based on shares of our common stock outstanding after giving further effect to the completion of this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of our common stock subject to options, warrants or other rights held by such person that are currently exercisable or that will become exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2025 are considered outstanding, although these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless noted otherwise, the address of all listed stockholders is 600 South Highway 169, Suite 1575, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55426.

Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to this
Offering

Number of
Shares
Being
Offered
Assuming
No
Exercise
of Option
to
Purchase
Additional
Shares

Number of
Shares
Being
Offered
Assuming
Full
Exercise
of Option
to
Purchase
Additional
Shares

Shares Beneficially Owned After this Offering

Assuming No
Exercise of Option to
Purchase Additional
Shares

Assuming Full
Exercise of Option to
Purchase Additional
Shares

Name of Beneficial Owners

5% Stockholders and Selling Stockholders:

Entities affiliated with J.C. Flowers(1)

174

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to
this
Offering

Number of
Shares
Being
Offered
Assuming
No
Exercise
of Option
to
Purchase
Additional
Shares

Number of
Shares
Being
Offered
Assuming
Full
Exercise
of Option
to
Purchase
Additional
Shares

Shares Beneficially Owned After this
Offering

Assuming No
Exercise of Option to
Purchase Additional
Shares

Assuming Full
Exercise of Option to
Purchase Additional
Shares

Name of Beneficial Owners

Other Selling Stockholders

Named Executive Officers
and Directors:

David Burton

Mark Zellmann

Penelope Person

Thomas Harding

John Oros

Thomas Lydon, Jr

Christopher Giles

Ronald Vaske

Beth Leonard

All directors and executive officers
as a group ( individuals)

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)

175

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following summary describes important terms of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. Because the following is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part. The following summary reflects the completion of the Reorganization.

General

At or prior to the completion of this offering, we will file an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and we will adopt our amended and restated bylaws. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize capital stock consisting of:

▪

shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; and

▪

shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

We are selling shares of our common stock in this offering. All shares of our common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

As of March 31, 2025, after giving effect to the Reorganization, there were shares of our common stock outstanding, held of record by stockholders. No shares of our preferred stock are designated, issued or outstanding.

The following summary describes the material provisions of our capital stock. We urge you to read our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws summarized below may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock.

Common Stock

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. The holders of our common stock do not have any cumulative voting rights. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Our common stock has no preemptive rights, conversion rights or other subscription rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions.

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities and any liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock.

Upon our dissolution or liquidation, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any preferred stock then outstanding.

Preferred Stock

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such series, any or all of which may be

176

TABLE OF CONTENTS

greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive payments upon our liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or other corporate action. Immediately after completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Dividends

Declaration and payment of any dividend will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors. The time and amount of dividends will be dependent upon our business prospects, results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements and availability, debt repayment obligations, capital expenditure needs, contractual restrictions, covenants in the agreements governing our current and future indebtedness, industry trends, the provisions of Delaware law affecting the payment of distributions to stockholders and any other factors our board of directors may consider relevant. We currently intend to pay quarterly cash dividends beginning in the quarter of 2025. See “Dividend Policy” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock — There can be no assurance that we will continue to declare cash dividends or repurchase our shares at all or in any particular amounts.”

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering, will contain provisions that may delay, defer or discourage another party from acquiring control of us. We expect that these provisions, which are summarized below, will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they also give our board of directors the power to discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor. See “Risk Factors — General Risk Factors — Our anti-takeover provisions may delay or prevent a change of control, which could adversely affect the price of our common stock.”

Authorized but Unissued Shares

The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing standards of the Nasdaq. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Our board of directors may issue shares of preferred stock on terms calculated to discourage, delay, or prevent a change of control of the Company or the removal of our management. Moreover, our authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock will be available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions, or employee benefit plans.

One of the effects of the existence of unissued and unreserved common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of the Company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

Classified Board of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible and each class serving three-year staggered terms. In all other cases and at any other time, directors may only be removed from our board of directors for cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote. See “Management — Board Composition.” These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control of us or our management.

177

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that from and after the Trigger Date, our stockholders will not be able to take action by written consent for any matter and may only take action at annual or special meetings. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws, unless previously approved by our board of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the board of directors, the Chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer, our president or another officer selected by a majority of our board of directors; provided, however, that prior to the Trigger Date, special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose may also be called by or at the direction of the board of directors or the Chairman of the board of directors at the request of the JCF Stockholders, thus limiting the ability of a stockholder to call a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations

In addition, our bylaws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice and duration of ownership requirements and provide us with certain information. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our board of directors or by a qualified stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to our secretary of the stockholder’s intention to bring such business before the meeting. These provisions could have the effect of delaying stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities until the next stockholder meeting. The board of directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the board of directors. Prior to the Trigger Date, the JCF Stockholders shall not be subject to the notice requirements with respect to the proposal of any business (other than with respect to the nomination of directors) at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders.

Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares entitled to vote is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage. Upon completion of this offering, our amended and restated bylaws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders a majority of the votes which all our stockholders would be eligible to cast in an election of directors.

Removal of Directors; Vacancies

Prior to the Trigger Date, any director may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote on the election and removal of directors in the manner permitted by our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. In all other cases and from and after the Trigger Date, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, except in the case of the removal of a director designated by the JCF Stockholders or their permitted transferees, which removal shall be only take place in accordance with the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, directors may only be removed from our board of directors for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least % of the voting power of the common stock outstanding and entitled to vote on the election and removal of directors. Except in the case of a vacancy arising with respect to a director designated by , which vacancy shall be filled in accordance with the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, our board of directors will have the sole power to fill any vacancy on our board of directors, whether such vacancy occurs as a result of an increase in the number of directors or otherwise.

Supermajority Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws will provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to adopt, make, alter, amend or repeal our bylaws. From and after the Trigger Date, any

178

TABLE OF CONTENTS

adoption, alteration, amendment or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of holders of at least % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that from and after the Trigger Date, certain articles of the certificate of incorporation, including those relating to (i) the board size, classification, removal and vacancies, (ii) stockholder action by written consent, (iii) special meetings of stockholders, (iv) amendment of certificate and bylaws, (v) business combinations with interested stockholders, (vi) liability of directors, (vii) forum selection, and (viii) waiver of corporate opportunity, may be amended only by a vote of at least % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon.

No Cumulative Voting

The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulative votes in the election of directors unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not provide for cumulative voting.

Section 203 of the DGCL

In general, Section 203 of the DGCL, an anti-takeover provision, prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with an “interested stockholder,” or person or group owning 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock, for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in the manner prescribed by the DGCL and Delaware Court of Chancery.

We intend to elect in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203; however, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that have generally the same effect as Section 203. Nonetheless, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the JCF Stockholders, their affiliates and successors, and their direct and indirect transferees are not deemed “interested stockholders” for purposes of such provisions and therefore will not be subject to such provisions regardless of the percentage of our voting stock owned by them.

Conflicts of Interest; Corporate Opportunities

In order to address potential conflicts of interest between us and the JCF Stockholders, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains certain provisions regulating and defining the conduct of our affairs to the extent that they may involve the JCF Stockholders and their directors, managers, officers, associated funds, employees and/or representatives and our rights, powers, duties and liabilities and those of our directors, officers, employees and stockholders in connection with our relationship with the JCF Stockholders. In general, these provisions recognize that we and the JCF Stockholders may engage in the same or similar business activities and lines of business or have an interest in the same areas of corporate opportunities and that we and the JCF Stockholders will continue to have contractual and business relations with each other, including directors, officers or employees of the JCF Stockholders serving as our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the JCF Stockholders have no duty to communicate information regarding a corporate opportunity to us or to refrain from engaging in the same or similar lines of business or doing business with any of our clients, customers or vendors. Moreover, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that for so long as the JCF Stockholders and their affiliates own at least % of the total voting power of our outstanding shares with respect to the election of directors or otherwise has one or more directors, officers or employees serving as our director, officer or employee, in the event that any of our directors, officers or employees who is also a director, officer or employee of the JCF Stockholders acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for us and the JCF Stockholders, such director, officer or employee shall to the fullest extent permitted by law have fully satisfied and fulfilled his or her fiduciary duty, if any, with respect to such corporate opportunity, and we, to the fullest extent permitted by law, renounce any interest or expectancy in such business opportunity, and waive any claim that such business opportunity constituted a corporate opportunity that should have been presented to us or any of our affiliates, if he or she acts in a manner consistent with the following policy: such corporate opportunity offered to any person who is our director, officer or employee

179

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and who is also a director, officer or employee of the JCF Stockholders shall belong to us only if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as our director or officer and otherwise shall belong to the JCF Stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides for special approval procedures that may be utilized if it is deemed desirable by the JCF Stockholders, us, our affiliates or any other party, that we take action with specific regard to transactions or opportunities presenting potential conflicts of interest, out of an abundance of caution, to ensure that such transactions are not voidable, or that such an opportunity or opportunities are effectively disclaimed. Specifically, we may employ any of the following special procedures:

▪

the material facts of the transaction and the director’s, officer’s or employee’s interest are disclosed or known to the board of directors or a duly appointed committee of the board of directors, and the board of directors or such committee authorizes approves or ratifies the transaction by the affirmative vote or consent of a majority of the directors (or committee members) who have no direct or indirect interest in the transaction and, in any event, of at least two directors (or committee members); or

▪

the material facts of the transaction and the director’s interest are disclosed or known to the stockholders entitled to vote and they authorize, approve or ratify such transaction.

Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of our common stock will be deemed to have consented to these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Subject to the rights of the of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, and in addition to any vote required by applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least % of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of voting stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with these provisions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our bylaws provide indemnification for our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, along with the right to have expenses incurred in defending proceedings paid in advance of their final disposition. Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may, in some cases, be broader than the specific indemnification and advancement provisions contained under our bylaws and provided under Delaware law. In addition, as permitted by Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes provisions that eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages resulting from breaches of certain fiduciary duties as a director. The effect of this provision is to restrict our rights and the rights of our stockholders to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duties as a director.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation relating to us. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly demand and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such mergers or consolidations will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery, subject to certain limitations.

Stockholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, in certain circumstances. Among other things, either the stockholder bringing any such action must be a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholder’s stock must have thereafter devolved by operation of law, and such stockholder must continuously hold shares through the resolution of such action.

Exclusive Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the

180

TABLE OF CONTENTS

exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or stockholders to us or to our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws (as either may be amended from time to time); and (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. As a result, any action brought by any of our stockholders with regard to any of these matters will need to be filed in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and cannot be filed in any other jurisdiction; provided that, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction; and provided further that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state or federal court sitting in the State of Delaware. Furthermore, Section 22 of the Securities Act, creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Consequently, the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation or bylaws has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable. To prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will also provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause or causes of action against us or any defendant arising under the Securities Act. Such provision is intended to benefit and may be enforced by us, our officers and directors, employees and agents, including the underwriters and any other professional or entity who has prepared or certified any part of this prospectus. While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation or bylaws has been challenged in legal proceedings and a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring a claim in a venue other than those designated in the exclusive forum provisions. Nothing in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws preclude stockholders that assert claims under the Exchange Act from bringing such claims in state or federal court, subject to applicable law.

If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope described above is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of Delaware (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the applicable provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such stockholder. Although our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain the choice of forum provision described above, it is possible that a court could find that such a provision is inapplicable for a particular claim or action or that such provision is unenforceable.

This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims or make such lawsuits more costly for stockholders, although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, we note that investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Equiniti Trust Company, LLC.

Trading Symbol and Market

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “JCAP.”

181

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Sale of Restricted Shares

The sale of a substantial amount of our common stock in the public market after this offering could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock. Furthermore, the majority of shares outstanding prior to the completion of this offering will be subject to the contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below. The sale of a substantial amount of common stock in the public market after these restrictions lapse, or the expectation that such a sale may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon completion of this offering, we expect to have outstanding an aggregate of shares of our common stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding options. All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act by persons other than “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Generally, the balance of our outstanding shares of common stock are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and the sale of those shares will be subject to the limitations and restrictions that are described below. Shares of our common stock that are not restricted securities and are purchased by our affiliates will be “control securities” under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. These rules are summarized below. Control securities may be sold in the public market subject to the restrictions set forth in Rule 144, other than the holding period requirement.

Upon the expiration (or waiver) of the lock-up agreements described below 180 days after the date of this prospectus, and subject to the provisions of Rule 144, an additional shares will be available for sale in the public market. The sale of these restricted securities is subject, in the case of shares held by affiliates, to the volume restrictions contained in Rule 144.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as in effect on the date of this prospectus, beginning 90 days after the completion of this offering, a person who is an affiliate, and who has beneficially owned our common stock for at least six months, is entitled to sell in any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

▪

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after completion of this offering; or

▪

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. An “affiliate” is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with an issuer.

Under Rule 144, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, would be entitled to sell those shares subject only to availability of current public information about us, and after beneficially owning such shares for at least 12 months, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares without restriction. To the extent that our affiliates sell their common stock, other than pursuant to Rule 144 or a registration statement, the purchaser’s holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 commences on the date of transfer from the affiliate.

S-8 Registration Statement

We intend to file a registration statement or statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2025 Plan. These registration statements are expected to be filed as soon as practicable after the closing date of this offering. Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options after the effective date of the applicable Form S-8 registration statement will be eligible for resale in the public market without restriction, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described above.

182

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with this offering, we, our executive officers and directors and the holders of an aggregate of shares of our common stock (approximately % of the outstanding shares of our common stock upon completion of the Reorganization), including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Jefferies LLC and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., subject to certain limited exceptions. This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. See “Underwriting” for a more detailed description of the lock-up restrictions and specified exceptions.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 as in effect on the date of this prospectus, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in reliance on Rule 701 in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering, or who purchased shares from us after that date upon the exercise of options granted before that date, are eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance upon Rule 144. If such person is not an affiliate, such sale may be made subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, such sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with the holding period requirement, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions described above. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described above and will become eligible for sale in compliance with Rule 144 only upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to our Registration Rights Agreement, after the completion of this offering, the holders of up to shares of our common stock (or shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders), or certain transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of those shares under the Securities Act. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Registration Rights Agreement” for a description of these registration rights. If the offer and sale of these shares of our common stock are registered, the shares will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market.

183

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

Revolving Credit Facility

On May 21, 2021, CL Holdings, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company (“CL Holdings”), Jefferson Capital Systems, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company (“JCap”), JC International Acquisition, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company (“JCIA”), entered into that certain Credit Agreement (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2021, Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2022, Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2023, Amendment No. 4 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of September 29, 2023, Amendment No. 5 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2024, Amendment No. 6 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2024, and as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Revolving Credit Facility”) with Citizens Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), and the lenders from time to time party thereto, which currently, as amended, provides for borrowings in an aggregate principal amount of $825.0 million (subject to compliance with a borrowing base and applicable debt covenants) consisting of either SOFR Loans or Term CORRA Loans and Daily Simple SONIA Loans (each as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement). Interest on borrowings designated as SOFR Loans, Term CORRA Loans and Daily Simple SONIA Loans accrues at a rate equal to SOFR, the CORRA Rate or Daily Simple SOFR (each as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement), as applicable, plus 3.00 – 3.50%. The Revolving Credit Facility also bears a non-use fee of 0.300% – 0.400% per annum payable quarterly in arrears. The Revolving Credit Facility matures on April 26, 2028.

The Revolving Credit Facility is secured by substantially all the assets of each Loan Party (as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility and as also listed as “Bank Facility Borrowers” under “Prospectus Summary —Organizational Structure”), including 100% of the equity interests in each of their domestic subsidiaries and in the case of equity interests in Foreign Subsidiaries, pledges of (A) 100% of the non-voting equity interests in such Foreign Subsidiaries and (B) 65% of the voting equity interests in such Foreign Subsidiaries. The Revolving Credit Facility contains restrictive covenants and events of default, including the following:

▪

The Senior Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility) shall not exceed 2.50 to 1.00;

▪

The Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility) shall not exceed 3.25 to 1.00;

▪

Maintenance of a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility) of at least 1.25 to 1.00;

▪

Maintenance of a Tangible Net Worth (as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility) in an amount not less than $56.0 million, plus 50% of Consolidated Net Income (as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility) of JCap Intermediate LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its restricted subsidiaries earned during each calendar quarter;

▪

Maintenance of minimum actual collections of at least 85% of the projected collections for each 12-month period, as of the last day of each calendar quarter; and

▪

Limitations on investments and transactions with affiliates.

On December 28, 2021, CL Holdings, JCap, JCIA and the Administrative Agent and the lenders party thereto entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Revolving Credit Facility to, among other things, transition the interest rate benchmark for Sterling loans from LIBOR to Sterling Overnight Index Average plus 3.26 basis points.

On February 28, 2022, CL Holdings, JCap, JCIA and CFG Canada Funding, LLC (“CFG Canada” and, together with CL Holdings, JCap and JCIA, the “Borrowers”), the Administrative Agent and the lenders party thereto entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Revolving Credit Facility to, among other things, add a new $150.0 million Canadian sub-facility to go alongside the $35.0 million U.K. sub-facility and to add CFG Canada Funding LLC as a new borrower under such Canadian sub-facility and pledge its assets and stock.

On April 26, 2023, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the lenders party thereto entered into Amendment No. 3 to the Revolving Credit Facility to, among other things, increase its aggregate commitment amount from its initial size of $500.0 million to $600.0 million, extend the maturity date from May 21, 2024 to April 26, 2028, transition the interest rate benchmark for U.S. dollar loans from LIBOR to term secured overnight financing rate plus 10 basis points and increase the U.K sub-facility to $50.0 million.

184

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On September 29, 2023, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the lenders party thereto entered into Amendment No. 4 to the Revolving Credit Facility to, among other things, increase its aggregate commitment amount from $600.0 million to $750.0 million and reduce the Canadian sub-facility to $85.0 million.

On June 3, 2024, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the lenders party thereto entered into Amendment No. 5 to the Revolving Credit Facility, to among other things, transition interest rate benchmark from CDOR to term Canadian overnight repo rate average plus 10 basis points.

On November 13, 2024, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the lenders party thereto entered into Amendment No. 6 to the Revolving Credit Facility, to among other things, increase its aggregate commitment amount from $750.0 million to $825.0 million and increase the Canadian sub-facility by $25.0 million.

As of March 31, 2025, there were $524.3 million aggregate principal amount of loans outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. We were in compliance with the restrictive covenants under the Revolving Credit Facility as of March 31, 2025.

In May 2025, we issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of 2030 Notes and used a majority of the proceeds therefrom, net of fees, to pay down the outstanding balance under the Revolving Credit Facility.

6.000% Senior Notes due 2026

At any time and from time to time prior to August 15, 2023, the 2026 Notes may be redeemed at Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s option, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2026 Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but excluding the applicable date of redemption, subject to the rights of holders of 2026 Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, plus the applicable premium as of the applicable redemption date.

The 2026 Notes may be redeemed, at Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at the redemption prices set forth below. The 2026 Notes will be redeemable at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the 2026 Notes to be redeemed) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but excluding the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of holders of the 2026 Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on August 15 of each of the years indicated below:

Dates	Percentage
2024		101.500%
2025 and thereafter		100.000%

The 2026 Notes Indenture contains covenants that limit Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s ability and the ability of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) incur or guarantee additional debt; (ii) incur certain liens; (iii) make certain investments; (iv) create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts from Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors under the 2026 Notes Indenture; (v) enter into certain transactions with affiliates; (vi) merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s assets; (vii) sell certain assets, including capital stock of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s subsidiaries; (x) designate Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and (xi) pay dividends, redeem or repurchase capital stock or make other restricted payments.

185

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of March 31, 2025, there was approximately $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2026 Notes outstanding.

9.500% Senior Notes due 2029

At any time and from time to time prior to February 15, 2026, the 2029 Notes may be redeemed at Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s option, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2029 Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but excluding the applicable date of redemption, subject to the rights of holders of 2029 Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, plus the applicable premium as of the applicable redemption date.

On and after February 15, 2026, the 2029 Notes may be redeemed, at Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at the redemption prices set forth below. The 2029 Notes will be redeemable at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the 2029 Notes to be redeemed) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but excluding the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of holders of the 2029 Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on February 15 of each of the years indicated below:

Dates	Percentage
2026		104.750%
2027		102.375%
2028 and thereafter		100.000%

The 2029 Notes Indenture contains covenants that limit Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s ability and the ability of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) incur or guarantee additional debt; (ii) incur certain liens; (iii) make certain investments; (iv) create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts from Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors under the 2029 Notes Indenture; (v) enter into certain transactions with affiliates; (vi) merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s assets; (vii) sell certain assets, including capital stock of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s subsidiaries; (x) designate Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and (xi) pay dividends, redeem or repurchase capital stock or make other restricted payments.

As of March 31, 2025, there was approximately $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Notes outstanding.

8.250% Senior Notes due 2030

On May 2, 2025, Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC completed an offering of $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.250% senior notes due 2030 (the “2030 Notes”) under an indenture (the “2030 Notes Indenture”), dated as of May 2, 2025, among Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as trustee. The 2030 Notes are general senior unsecured obligations of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC and are guaranteed by certain of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries. Interest on the 2030 Notes is payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on November 15, 2025. The 2030 Notes mature on May 15, 2030.

186

TABLE OF CONTENTS

At any time and from time to time prior to May 15, 2027, the 2030 Notes may be redeemed at Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s option, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2030 Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but excluding the applicable date of redemption, subject to the rights of holders of 2030 Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, plus the applicable premium as of the applicable redemption date.

On and after May 15, 2027, the 2030 Notes may be redeemed, at Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at the redemption prices set forth below. The 2030 Notes will be redeemable at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the 2030 Notes to be redeemed) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but excluding the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of holders of the 2030 Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on May 15 of each of the years indicated below:

DATES	PERCENTAGE
2027		104.125%
2028		102.063%
2029 and thereafter		100.000%

The 2030 Notes Indenture contains covenants that limit Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s ability and the ability of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) incur or guarantee additional debt; (ii) incur certain liens; (iii) make certain investments; (iv) create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts from Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors under the 2030 Notes Indenture; (v) enter into certain transactions with affiliates; (vi) merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s assets; (vii) sell certain assets, including capital stock of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s subsidiaries; (x) designate Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and (xi) pay dividends, redeem or repurchase capital stock or make other restricted payments.

187

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined herein) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income or the alternative minimum tax. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

▪

U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

▪

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

▪

banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions;

▪

brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

▪

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

▪

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

▪

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

▪

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

▪

persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

▪

tax-qualified retirement plans; and

▪

“qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds.

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

188

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “U.S. person” nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

▪

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

▪

a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

▪

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

▪

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) have the authority to control substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” subject to the discretion of our board of directors and applicable provisions of the DGCL, we anticipate declaring and paying quarterly cash dividends to holders of our common stock. If we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Because we may not know the extent to which a distribution is a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes at the time it is made, for purposes of the withholding rules discussed below, we or the applicable withholding agent may treat the entire distribution as a dividend. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “— Sale or Other Taxable Disposition.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the rates applicable to United States persons. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding, a Non-U.S. Holder will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

▪

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

189

TABLE OF CONTENTS

▪

the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

▪

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest, or USRPI, by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or such Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the rates applicable to United States persons. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

A Non-U.S. Holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, which may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the Non-U.S. Holder certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any distributions on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker that does not have certain enumerated relationships with the United States generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may

190

TABLE OF CONTENTS

be imposed on dividends on, or (subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed below) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock. While withholding under FATCA would have applied also to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock on or after January 1, 2019, proposed Treasury Regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds entirely. Taxpayers generally may rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

191

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNDERWRITING

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, dated , 2025, among us, the selling stockholders and Jefferies LLC and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., as the representatives of the underwriters named below and the joint book-running managers of this offering, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us and the selling stockholders, the respective number of shares of common stock shown opposite its name below:

Underwriter			Number of Shares
Jefferies LLC
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
Citizens JMP Securities, LLC
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
Truist Securities, Inc.
Capital One Securities, Inc.
DNB Markets, Inc.
Regions Securities LLC
Synovus Securities, Inc.
FHN Financial Securities Corp
ING Financial Markets LLC
Total

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions and approval of certain legal matters by their counsel. The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters will purchase all of the shares of common stock if any of them are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and certain of their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters have advised us that, following the completion of this offering, they currently intend to make a market in the common stock as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. However, the underwriters are not obligated to do so, and the underwriters may discontinue any market-making activities at any time without notice in their sole discretion. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for the common stock, that you will be able to sell any of the common stock held by you at a particular time or that the prices that you receive when you sell will be favorable.

The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders and subject to prior sale. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part. In addition, the underwriters have advised us that they do not intend to confirm sales to any account over which they exercise discretionary authority except sales to accounts over which they have discretionary authority to exceed % of the common stock being offered.

Commission and Expenses

The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers, which may include the underwriters, at that price less a concession not in excess of $ per share of common stock.

192

TABLE OF CONTENTS

After the offering, the initial public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the representatives. No such reduction will change the amount of proceeds to be received by us and the selling stockholders as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The following table shows the public offering price, the underwriting discounts and commissions that we and the selling stockholders are to pay the underwriters and the proceeds, before expenses, to us and the selling stockholders in connection with this offering. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

Per Share

Total

Without
Option to
Purchase
Additional
Shares

With
Option to
Purchase
Additional
Shares

Without
Option to
Purchase
Additional
Shares

With
Option to
Purchase
Additional
Shares

Public offering price

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

Proceeds to us, before expenses

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by the selling
stockholders

Proceeds to the selling stockholders, before expenses

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $ and are payable by . have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses up to $ .

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us, the selling stockholders and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the underwriters believe to be comparable to us, estimates of our business potential, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant.

We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which the common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to the offering or that an active trading market for the common stock will develop and continue after the offering.

Listing

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the trading symbol “JCAP.”

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

The selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of shares from the selling stockholders at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to specified conditions, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment as indicated in the table above. This option may be exercised only if the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

193

TABLE OF CONTENTS

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers, directors and the holders of an aggregate of shares of our common stock (approximately % of the outstanding shares of our common stock upon completion of the Reorganization), including the selling stockholders, have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

▪

sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell (including any short sale), pledge, transfer, establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-l(h) under the Exchange Act, or

▪

otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of common stock, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into shares of common stock currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially, or

▪

publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Jefferies LLC and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

This restriction terminates after the close of trading of the common stock on and including the 180th day after the date of this prospectus.

Jefferies LLC and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. may, in their sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the 180-day period release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. There are no existing agreements between the underwriters and any of our stockholders who will execute a lock-up agreement, providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.

Stabilization

The underwriters have advised us that they, pursuant to Regulation M under the Exchange Act, as amended, certain persons participating in the offering may engage in short sale transactions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions or the imposition of penalty bids in connection with this offering. These activities may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. Establishing short sales positions may involve either “covered” short sales or “naked” short sales.

“Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock or purchasing shares of our common stock in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares.

“Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

A stabilizing bid is a bid for the purchase of shares of common stock on behalf of the underwriters for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock. A syndicate covering transaction is the bid for or the purchase of shares of common stock on behalf of the underwriters to reduce a short position incurred by the underwriters in connection with the offering. Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriter’s purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. A penalty bid is an arrangement permitting the underwriters to reclaim the selling concession otherwise accruing to a syndicate member in connection with the offering if the common stock originally sold by such syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction and therefore have not been effectively placed by such syndicate member.

None of we, the selling stockholders nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our

194

TABLE OF CONTENTS

common stock. The underwriters are not obligated to engage in these activities and, if commenced, any of the activities may be discontinued at any time.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by e-mail or on the web sites or through online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters or their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares of common stock for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ web sites and any information contained in any other web site maintained by any of the underwriters is not part of this prospectus, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters and should not be relied upon by investors.

Other Activities and Relationships

The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various commercial and investment banking and financial advisory services for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. For example, Citizens Bank, N.A. is acting as administrative agent under the Revolving Credit Facility, under which certain of the underwriters or their affiliates, including Citizens Bank, N.A., Capital One, N.A., DNB (UK) Limited, Regions Bank, Synovus Bank, Truist Bank, ING Capital LLC, First Horizon Bank, Raymond James Bank and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation (“SMBC”), are arrangers, agents and/or lenders. SMBC owns approximately 15.8% of Jefferies Financial Group Inc.’s, an affiliate entity of Jefferies LLC, common stock on an as-converted basis and 14.5% on a fully-diluted, as-converted, basis and SMBC has a director seat on Jefferies Financial Group Inc.’s board of directors. We expect to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and certain of the underwriters and/or certain of their affiliates, in their capacities as arrangers, agents, and/or lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility, may receive a portion of the net proceeds from this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.”

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments issued by us and our affiliates. If the underwriters or their respective affiliates have a lending relationship with us, they routinely hedge their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may hedge such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities or the securities of our affiliates, including potentially the common stock offered hereby. Any such short positions could adversely affect future trading prices of the common stock offered hereby. The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved percent of the shares of common stock to be issued by us and offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to certain of our directors, officers and employees and friends and family members of certain of our directors, officers and employees. If purchased by our directors or officers, these shares will be subject to a -day lock-up restriction. See “Underwriting” for a description of this lock-up restriction. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus. Jefferies LLC will administer our directed share program. We will agree to indemnify Jefferies LLC in connection with the directed share program, including for the

195

TABLE OF CONTENTS

failure of any participant to pay for its shares. Other than the underwriting discount described on the front cover of this prospectus, the underwriters will not be entitled to any commission with respect to shares of common stock sold pursuant to the directed share program.

Disclaimers About Non-U.S. Jurisdictions

Canada

(A)

Resale Restrictions

The distribution of the shares of common stock in Canada is being made only in the provinces of Ontario, Quebec, Alberta and British Columbia on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we and the selling stockholders prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of these shares of common stock are made. Any resale of the shares of common stock in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which may vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the shares of common stock.

(B)

Representations of Canadian Purchasers

By purchasing shares of common stock in Canada and accepting delivery of a purchase confirmation, a purchaser is representing to us, the selling stockholders and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

▪

the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the shares of common stock without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws as it is an “accredited investor” as defined under National Instrument 45-106 – Prospectus Exemptions,

▪

the purchaser is a “permitted client” as defined in National Instrument 31-103 – Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations,

▪

where required by law, the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent, and

▪

the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions.

(C)

Conflicts of Interest

Canadian purchasers are hereby notified that certain of the underwriters are relying on the exemption set out in section 3A.3 or 3A.4, if applicable, of National Instrument 33-105 – Underwriting Conflicts from having to provide certain conflict of interest disclosure in this prospectus.

(D)

Statutory Rights of Action

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if the prospectus (including any amendment thereto) such as this prospectus contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser of these shares of common stock in Canada should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

(E)

Enforcement of Legal Rights

All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein and the selling stockholders may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

(F)

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

Canadian purchasers of the shares of common stock should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the shares of common stock in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the shares of common stock for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

196

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(G)

Language of Documents

The purchaser confirms its express wish and that it has requested that this prospectus, all documents evidencing or relating to the sale of the shares of common stock described herein and all other related documents be drawn up exclusively in the English language. L’acquéreur confirme sa volonté expresse et qu’il a demandé que le présent prospectus, tous les documents attestant de la vente des titres décrits dans le présent document ou s’y rapportant ainsi que tous les autres documents s’y rattachant soient rédigés exclusivement en langue anglaise.

Australia

This prospectus is not a disclosure document for the purposes of Australia’s Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission and is only directed to the categories of exempt persons set out below. Accordingly, if you receive this prospectus in Australia:

(A)

You confirm and warrant that you are either:

a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;

a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to the Company which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made;

a person associated with the Company under Section 708(12) of the Corporations Act; or

a “professional investor” within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act.

To the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor, associated person or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this prospectus is void and incapable of acceptance.

(B)

You warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the shares of common stock issued to you pursuant to this prospectus for resale in Australia within 12 months of those shares of common stock being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant State”), no shares of common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares of common stock which have been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that the shares of common stock may be offered to the public in that Relevant State at any time:

(a)

to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation;

(b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of representatives for any such offer; or

(c)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of the shares of common stock shall require us or any of the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression “offer to the public” in relation to the shares of common stock in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information

197

TABLE OF CONTENTS

on the terms of the offer and any shares of common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares of common stock, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

Hong Kong

No shares of common stock have been offered or sold, and no shares of common stock may be offered or sold, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent; or to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong (“SFO”) and any rules made under that Ordinance; or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong (“CO”) or which do not constitute an offer or invitation to the public for the purpose of the CO or the SFO. No document, invitation or advertisement relating to the shares of common stock has been issued or may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made under that Ordinance.

This prospectus has not been registered with the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong. Accordingly, this prospectus may not be issued, circulated or distributed in Hong Kong, and the shares of common stock may not be offered for subscription to members of the public in Hong Kong. Each person acquiring the shares of common stock will be required, and is deemed by the acquisition of the shares of common stock, to confirm that he is aware of the restriction on offers of the shares of common stock described in this prospectus and the relevant offering documents and that he is not acquiring, and has not been offered any shares of common stock in circumstances that contravene any such restrictions.

Israel

This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, or the Securities Law, and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In Israel, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer of the shares of common stock is directed only at, (i) a limited number of persons in accordance with the Israeli Securities Law and (ii) investors listed in the first addendum, or the Addendum, to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, underwriters, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and “qualified individuals,” each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as qualified investors (in each case, purchasing for their own account or, where permitted under the Addendum, for the accounts of their clients who are investors listed in the Addendum). Qualified investors are required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum, are aware of the meaning of same and agree to it.

Japan

The offering has not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948 of Japan, as amended), or FIEL, and the underwriters will not offer or sell any shares of common stock, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been and will not be lodged or registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or

198

TABLE OF CONTENTS

purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the common stock is subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

(a)

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

(b)

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the common stock pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

(i)

to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

(ii)

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

(iii)

where the transfer is by operation of law;

(iv)

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

(v)

as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Switzerland

The shares of common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares of common stock or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the shares of common stock have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of shares of common stock will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares of common stock has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares of common stock.

United Kingdom

No shares of common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares of common stock which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority, except that the shares of common stock may be offered to the public in the United Kingdom at any time:

(a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation;

199

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(c)

in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the FSMA,

provided that no such offer of the shares of common stock shall require the Company or any Manager to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation. For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares of common stock in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares of common stock and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.

200

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, New York, New York. Simpson Thacher & Barlett LLP has acted as counsel for the selling stockholders in connection with certain legal matters related to this offering.

201

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2024, included in this Prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of Jefferson Capital, Inc. as of December 31, 2024, and for the period from November 12, 2024 (inception) to December 31, 2024, included in this Prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

202

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Please refer to the registration statement and exhibits for further information with respect to the common stock offered by this prospectus. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or other document are only summaries. With respect to any contract or document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, you should refer to the exhibit for a copy of the contract or document, and each statement in this prospectus regarding that contract or document is qualified by reference to the exhibit. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers, like us, that file documents electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance with this law, will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.jcap.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, these websites is not a part of this prospectus. We have included these website addresses in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

203

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	PAGE
Jefferson Capital, Inc.
Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements
Condensed Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024		F-2
Condensed Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income / (Loss) for the three months ended March 31, 2025		F-3
Condensed Statement of Stockholder’s Equity for the three months ended March 31, 2025		F-4
Condensed Statement of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2025		F-5
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements		F-6
Audited Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 34)		F-8
Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2024		F-9
Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income / (Loss) for the period from November 12, 2024 (Inception) to December 31, 2024		F-10
Statement of Stockholder’s Equity for the period from November 12, 2024 (Inception) to December 31, 2024		F-11
Statements of Cash Flows for the period from November 12, 2024 (Inception) to December 31, 2024		F-12
Notes to Balance Sheet		F-13
Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024		F-16
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024		F-17
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Member’s Equity for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024		F-18
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024		F-19
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements		F-20
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 34)		F-41
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023		F-42
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023		F-43
Consolidated Statements of Member’s Equity for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023		F-44
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023		F-45
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-46

F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital, Inc.
Condensed Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

	As of
	March 31, 2025			December 31, 2024
Assets
Deferred tax asset			4,956			2,556
Total Assets		$	4,956		$	2,556
Liabilities
Payable to affiliates			20,650			10,650
Total Liabilities			20,650			10,650
Stockholder’s Equity
Common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 100 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding			1			1
Due from stockholder			(1)			(1)
Retained Earnings			(15,694)			(8,094)
Total stockholder’s equity			(15,694)			(8,094)
Total Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity		$	4,956		$	2,556

See accompanying notes to the condensed financial statements.

F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital, Inc.
Condensed Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income / (Loss)(Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended March 31, 2025
Operating Expenses
Professional fees			10,000
Other selling, general and administrative			—
Total Operating Expenses		$	10,000
Net Operating Income / (Loss)		$	(10,000)
Income Before Income Taxes			(10,000)
Benefit / (Provision) for income taxes			2,400
Net Income / (Loss)		$	(7,600)
Comprehensive Income / (Loss)		$	(7,600)

See accompanying notes to the condensed financial statements.

F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital, Inc.
Condensed Statement of Stockholder’s Equity (Unaudited)

	Contributions by stockholder			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Retained Earnings			Total Equity
Balance, December 31, 2024		$	—		$	—		$	(8,094)		$	(8,094)
Contribution from stockholder			—			—			—			—
Net income / (loss)			—			—			(7,600)			(7,600)
Due from stockholder			—			—			—			—
Balance, March 31, 2025		$	—		$	—		$	(15,694)		$	(15,694)

See accompanying notes to the condensed financial statements.

F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital, Inc.
CONDENSED Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended March 31, 2025
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income / (Loss)		$	(7,600)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities:
Change in deferred tax asset			(2,400)
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisition:
Accounts payable and accrued expenses			10,000
Net cash provided by operating activities			—
Cash flows from investing activities
Net cash used in investing activities			—
Cash flow from financing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities			—
Exchange rate effects on cash balances held in foreign currencies			—
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash			—
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period			—
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period		$	—

See accompanying notes to the condensed financial statements.

F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements
As of MARCH 31, 2025 AND December 31, 2024 and for the
period ended March 31, 2025 (Unaudited)

1. Organization

Jefferson Capital, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on November 12, 2024 (Inception). The Company was formed for the purpose of completing a public offering and related transactions in order to carry on the business of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries (“Jefferson Capital Holdings”). Following a series of transactions that the Company will engage in immediately prior to the completion of the public offering, the Company will become a holding company with no material assets other than 100% of the equity interests in JCAP TopCo, LLC, which will remain a holding company with no material assets other than 100% of the equity interests in Jefferson Capital Holdings. As a result, the Company will indirectly wholly own the equity interest of Jefferson Capital Holdings and will operate and control all of the business affairs of Jefferson Capital Holdings.

2. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed interim financial statements reflect all adjustments which are necessary for a fair statement of results of operations, financial position, and cash flows for the periods presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). Such unaudited condensed interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. The year-end condensed balance sheet data was derived from audited financial statements but does not include all disclosures required by U.S. GAAP.

These unaudited condensed interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with our annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024 and have been prepared on a consistent basis with the accounting policies described in Note 2 of the Notes to Financial Statements included in our Annual Report.

The Company’s date of inception was November 12, 2025, and therefore, comparative information does not exist for the three-months ended March 31, 2024.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the balance sheet. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Income Taxes

The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. These tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant government taxing authorities. When determining our domestic and non-U.S. income tax expense, we make judgments about the application of these inherently complex laws.

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets (“DTA”) and deferred tax liabilities (“DTL”) for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, we determine the DTAs and DTLs on the basis of the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities by using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on DTAs and DTLs is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

would be able to realize our DTAs in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we would make an adjustment to the DTA valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

We record uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) we determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold. We recognize the largest amount of the tax benefit that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

3. Income taxes

The Company is a C-Corp and is generally subject to United States federal and state income taxes at the company level.

The Company is subject to income taxes at the federal and state level. The effective tax rate of 24.0% is different from the federal statutory rate primarily due to the impact of state taxes and transaction costs associated with the anticipated restructuring.

4. Stockholder’s Equity

On November 7, 2024, the Company was authorized to issue 100 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 100 shares of which have been issued for aggregate consideration of $1.00 and are outstanding as of March 31, 2025.

5. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company may be subject to legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. There are currently no proceedings to which the Company is a party, nor does the Company have knowledge of any proceedings that are threatened against the Company.

6. Related Party Transactions

Jefferson Capital Holdings will pay all expenses on behalf of the Company and the Company will reimburse Jefferson Capital Holdings for these expenses upon reorganization. The Company incurred $10,000 in professional fees during the three months ended March 31, 2025, which will be paid by Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC and is currently under payable to affiliates on the balance sheet.

7. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through May 21, 2025, the date the financial statements were available to be issued. The Company has concluded that no subsequent event has occurred that requires disclosure.

F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholder and the Board of Directors of Jefferson Capital, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Jefferson Capital, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2024, the related statements of operations and comprehensive income, shareholder’s equity, and cash flows for the period from November 12, 2024 (inception) to December 31, 2024, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024, and the results of its operation and its cash flows for the period from November 12, 2024 (inception) to December 31, 2024 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York
May 5, 2025

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2024.

F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital, Inc.
Balance Sheet

	As of December 31, 2024
Assets
Deferred tax asset			2,556
Total Assets		$	2,556
Liabilities
Payable to affiliates			10,650
Total Liabilities			10,650
Stockholder’s Equity
Common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 100 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding			1
Due from stockholder			(1)
Retained Earnings			(8,094)
Total stockholder’s equity			(8,094)
Total Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity		$	2,556

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital, Inc.
Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income / (Loss)

	For the Period November 12, 2024 (Inception) — December 31, 2024
Operating Expenses
Professional fees			10,000
Other selling, general and administrative			650
Total Operating Expenses		$	10,650
Net Operating Income / (Loss)		$	(10,650)
Income / (loss) Before Income Taxes			(10,650)
(Provision) / benefit from income taxes			2,556
Net Income / (Loss)		$	(8,094)
Comprehensive Income / (Loss)		$	(8,094)

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital, Inc.
Statement of Stockholder’s Equity

	Contributions By Stockholder			Retained Earnings			Total Equity
Balance, November 12, 2024 (Inception)		$	—		$	—		$	—
Contribution from stockholder			1			—			1
Net income / (loss)			—			(8,094)			(8,094)
Due from stockholder			(1)			—			(1)
Balance, December 31, 2024		$	—		$	(8,094)		$	(8,094)

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital, Inc.
Statements of Cash Flows

	For the Period November 12, 2024 (Inception) — December 31, 2024
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income / (loss)		$	(8,094)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities:
Deferred income taxes			(2,556)
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisition:
Accounts payable and accrued expenses			10,650
Net cash provided by operating activities			—
Cash flows from investing activities
Net cash used in investing activities			—
Cash flow from financing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities			—
Exchange rate effects on cash balances held in foreign currencies			—
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash			—
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period			—
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period		$	—

	November 12, 2024 - December 31, 2024
Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosures
Non-cash activities
Non-cash common stock, issued and outstanding		$	1
Non-cash due from stockholder			(1)

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital, Inc.
Notes to Balance Sheet
As of December 31, 2024 and for the Period of
November 12, 2024 (Inception) — December 31, 2024

1. Organization

2. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company are in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). Separate statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows have not been presented because the Company has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation.

Use of Estimates

Income Taxes

We recognize DTAs to the extent that we believe that these assets are more likely than not to be realized in making such a determination. We consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, carryback potential if permitted under the tax law, and results of recent operations. If we determine that we would be able to realize our DTAs in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we would make an adjustment to the DTA valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

3. Income taxes

The Company is a C-Corp and is generally subject to United States federal and state income taxes at the company level.

F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Income before taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

	For the Period November 12, 2024 (Inception) — December 31, 2024
United States		$	(10,650)
Foreign			—
Income Before Income Taxes		$	(10,650)

The provision for Income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

	For the Period November 12, 2024 (Inception) — December 31, 2024
Current Expense (benefit)
United States		$	—
		$	—
Deferred expense (benefit)
United States			(2,556)
		$	(2,556)
Provision for Income Taxes		$	(2,556)

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to our effective tax rate was as follows:

	For the Period November 12, 2024 (Inception) — December 31, 2024
U.S. Federal provision		21.0%
Effect of:
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit		3.0%
Effective rate		24.0%

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred assets and liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

	For the Period November 12, 2024 (Inception) — December 31, 2024
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating losses		$	(2,556)
		$	(2,556)
Deferred tax liabilities:
Deferred tax liabilities		$	—
		$	—
Net deferred tax assets		$	(2,556)

F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Valuation allowances are recorded against deferred tax assets if the Company believes it is more likely than not that some or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considered all available positive and negative evidence, including carryback availability, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, the Company’s recent earnings history, projected future taxable income, the overall business environment, and any applicable tax planning strategies. Based on this evaluation, management has determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized and, therefore, no valuation allowance have been recorded for fiscal years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023.

The Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) the Company determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the Company recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Company records interest and penalties related to income taxes in income tax expense.

As of December 31, 2024, and 2023 the Company has not recorded any unrecognized tax benefits or related penalties and interest. Further, the Company does not expect any significant changes related to unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months.

4. Stockholder’s Equity

5. Commitments and Contingencies

6. Related Party Transactions

Jefferson Capital Holdings will pay all expenses on behalf of the Company and the Company will reimburse Jefferson Capital Holdings for these expenses upon reorganization. The Company incurred $10,650 in professional fees and other selling, general and administrative expenses in the period of November 12, 2024 (Inception) to December, 31, 2024, which were paid by Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC and is currently under payable to affiliates on the balance sheet.

7. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through May 5, 2025, the date the financial statements were available to be issued. The Company has concluded that no subsequent event has occurred that requires disclosure.

F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

(Dollars in Thousands)

	As of March 31, 2025			As of December 31, 2024
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents		$	26,989		$	35,506
Restricted cash and cash equivalents			3,418			2,737
Investments in receivables, net			1,561,595			1,497,748
Credit card receivables (net of allowance for credit losses of $1,701 and $1,907)			16,008			17,176
Prepaid expenses and other assets			41,007			33,196
Other intangible assets, net			8,950			10,237
Goodwill			57,692			57,683
Total Assets		$	1,715,659		$	1,654,283
Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		$	69,028		$	77,028
Notes payable, net			1,211,991			1,194,726
Total Liabilities		$	1,281,019		$	1,271,754
Commitments and contingencies (note 8)
Member’s Equity
Contribution by member		$	—		$	—
Retained earnings			446,349			398,122
Accumulated other comprehensive income			(11,709)			(15,593)
Total Equity			434,640			382,529
Total Liabilities and Member’s Equity		$	1,715,659		$	1,654,283

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)

(Dollars in Thousands)

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2025			2024
Revenues
Total portfolio income		$	138,693		$	91,406
Changes in recoveries			3,621			(84)
Total portfolio revenue			142,314			91,322
Credit card revenue			1,898			2,222
Servicing revenue			10,731			6,412
Total Revenues			154,943			99,956
Provision for credit losses			542			787
Operating Expenses
Salaries and benefits			14,022			11,107
Servicing expenses			42,791			31,817
Depreciation and amortization			1,608			571
Professional fees			2,165			1,912
Other selling, general and administrative			4,549			1,834
Total Operating Expenses			65,135			47,241
Net Operating Income			89,266			51,928
Other Income (Expense)
Interest Expense			(24,819)			(17,232)
Foreign exchange and other income (expense)			2,459			141
Total Other Income (Expense)			(22,360)			(17,091)
Income Before Income Taxes			66,906			34,837
Provision for Income Taxes			(2,679)			(1,939)
Net Income		$	64,227		$	32,898
Foreign currency translation			3,884			(2,763)
Comprehensive Income		$	68,111		$	30,135

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Member’s Equity (Unaudited)

(Dollars in Thousands)

	Contributions By Member			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Retained Earnings			Total Equity
Balance, December 31, 2023		$	28,797		$	(1,642)		$	276,434		$	303,589
Distributions to member			—			—			—			—
Net income			—			—			32,898			32,898
Foreign currency translation			—			(2,763)			—			(2,763)
Balance, March 31, 2024		$	28,797		$	(4,405)		$	309,332		$	333,724
Balance, December 31, 2024		$	—		$	(15,593)		$	398,122		$	382,529
Distributions to member			—			—			(16,000)			(16,000)
Net income			—			—			64,227			64,227
Foreign currency translation			—			3,884			—			3,884
Balance, March 31, 2025		$	—		$	(11,709)		$	446,349		$	434,640

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements(unaudited)

F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

(Dollars in Thousands)

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2025			2024
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income		$	64,227		$	32,898
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment			317			345
Amortization			2,411			1,187
Provision for credit losses			542			787
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisition:
Prepaid expenses and other assets			(7,691)			(2,557)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses			(8,126)			2,735
Net cash provided by operating activities			51,680			35,395
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of receivables			(175,222)			(101,420)
Purchases of credit card receivables			(6,123)			(7,319)
Collections applied to investments in receivables, net			118,502			35,869
Collections applied to credit card receivables			6,752			7,550
Purchases of property and equipment			(143)			(155)
Net cash used in investing activities			(56,234)			(65,475)
Cash flow from financing activities
Proceeds from lines of credit			174,790			464,707
Payments on lines of credit			(159,251)			(433,086)
Debt issuance costs			(2)			(6,440)
Distributions to member			(16,000)			—
Net cash provided by financing activities			(463)			25,181
Exchange rate effects on cash balances held in foreign currencies			(2,819)			(1,677)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash			(7,836)			(6,576)
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period			38,243			20,604
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period		$	30,407		$	14,028
Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosures
Interest paid		$	37,822		$	15,458
Income taxes paid			2,699			1,939
New leases assumed			127			—
The following table provides a reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents reported within the accompanying consolidated balance sheets that sum to the total of the same such amounts shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows:
Cash and cash equivalents		$	26,989		$	10,790
Restricted cash			3,418			3,238
Total cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash as shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows		$	30,407		$	14,028

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements(unaudited)

F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (UNAUDITED)

1. Organization, Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the consolidated results of operations of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC and subsidiaries (the “Company”). The Company indirectly owns 100% of the outstanding interests of CL Holdings, LLC and Canastream Holdings Ltd. CL Holdings, LLC’s primary operating subsidiaries include Jefferson Capital Systems, LLC and FMT Services, LLC in the United States (“U.S.”), and JC International Acquisition, LLC, Creditlink Account Recovery Solutions, LTD, Resolvecall Ltd., and Moriarty Law Limited in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”). Canastream Holdings Ltd.’s primary operating subsidiaries include Canaccede Financial Group Ltd. and Fidem Finance Inc. in Canada. J.C. Flowers (“JCF”) and its affiliated funds directly or indirectly own greater than 95% of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC, with the former shareholders of Canaccede and current management owning the remainder.

The Company and its subsidiaries in the U.S., Canada, and the U.K. provide debt recovery solutions and other related services across a broad range of consumer receivables, including credit card, secured and unsecured automotive, utilities, telecom and other receivables. The Company primarily purchases portfolios of consumer receivables at deep discounts to face value and manages them by working with individuals as they repay their obligations and work toward financial recovery. Previously charged-off receivables include receivables subject to bankruptcy proceedings. The Company also provides debt servicing and other portfolio management services to credit originators for non-performing loans. Through credit card acquisition programs, the Company earns credit card revenue. All deployments are purchased from independent third parties.

The Company purchases portfolios of receivables from a diverse client base, including Fortune 500 creditors, banks, fintech origination platforms, telecommunications providers, credit card issuers, and auto finance companies. The Company’s top five clients accounted for 53.4% and 48.7%, with the top client representing 17.0% and 13.1% of purchases for the three months ended March 31, 2025, and 2024, respectively. For credit card receivables, the Company purchases from two issuers.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements include our accounts and those of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, and they reflect all adjustments which are necessary for a fair statement of results of operations, financial position, and cash flows for the periods presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). Such unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. The year-end condensed balance sheet data was derived from audited financial statements but does not include all disclosures required by U.S. GAAP.

These unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with our annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024 and have been prepared on a consistent basis with the accounting policies described in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in our Annual Report.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements reflect the accounts and operations of the Company, including all of its subsidiaries in which the Company has a controlling financial interest.

All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Translation of Foreign Currencies

F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Revenues and expenses are translated monthly utilizing average exchange rates and assets and liabilities are translated as of the balance sheet date utilizing the period end exchange rate.

The consolidated financial statements of certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are measured using their local currency as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates, and revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars using average exchange rates in effect during each period. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded as a component of other comprehensive income or loss. Equity accounts are translated at historical rates, except for the change in retained earnings during the year which is the result of the income statement translation process. Intercompany transaction gains or losses at each period end arising from subsequent measurement of balances for which settlement is not planned or anticipated in the foreseeable future are included as translation adjustments and recorded within other comprehensive income or loss. Translation gains or losses are the material components of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss.

Use of Estimates

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), and these principles require making estimates and assumptions affecting the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during each reporting period. These estimates are based on information available as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. The actual results could differ materially from these estimates. Significant estimates include the determination of recovery income associated with the investment in charged off receivables. The recognition of revenue from previously charged-off receivables is primarily calculated using ASC 326 — Financial Instruments — Credit Losses, which is commonly referred to as the Current Expected Credit Loss or “CECL,” which is based on future collections and is subject to changes in estimates. Additionally, estimates of future credit losses on credit card receivables have a significant effect on the provision for loan losses.

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash held in various bank deposit accounts. The Company considers all highly liquid cash investments with low interest rate risk and original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At times, cash balances may exceed the amounts insured by the respective national government. The Company monitors its banking relationships and has not experienced any losses in such accounts and management believes that the Company is not exposed to any significant credit risk with respect to its cash and cash equivalents. Restricted cash and cash equivalents reflects collections whereby the Company is a third-party servicer, required deposits maintained with the Company’s banking partners related to the Company’s credit card program, and U.K restricted deposits. Cash and cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

Investments in Receivables

The Company typically purchases receivable portfolios that are either significantly delinquent or have been previously charged off by the seller. These financial assets have experienced more-than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality, and as such meet the definition of Purchased Credit Deteriorated or “PCD” under CECL. Under PCD accounting, the portfolios are initially recognized at amortized cost by adding the acquisition date estimate of expected credit losses to the asset’s purchase price with no provision expense recorded at acquisition date. Receivable portfolio purchases are then aggregated into pools based on similar risk characteristics. Examples of risk characteristics include financial asset type, collateral type, size, interest rate, date of origination, term, and geographic location. The Company’s static pools are typically grouped into credit card, purchased consumer bankruptcy, and mortgage portfolios. The Company further groups these static pools by geographic location. Once a pool is established, and aggregated based on similar risk characteristics, the portfolios will remain in the designated pool unless the underlying risk characteristics change. The purchase Effective Interest Rate (“EIR”) of a pool will not change over the life of the pool even if expected future cash flows change.

F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Revenue is recognized for each static pool over the economic life of the pool. Debt purchasing revenue includes two components:

Total portfolio income, which includes the accretion of the discount on the negative allowance due to the passage of time (generally the portfolio balance multiplied by the EIR), all revenue from zero basis portfolio collections, as well as interest and fees recognized on performing receivable portfolios, and

Changes in recoveries, which include:

Recoveries above or below forecast, which is the difference between (i) actual cash collected/ recovered during the current period and (ii) expected cash recoveries for the current period, which generally represents over or under performance for the period; and

Changes in expected future recoveries, which is the present value change of expected future recoveries, where such change generally results from (i) timing of collections (amounts either expected to be collected early or later) and (ii) changes to the total amount of expected future collections (which can be increases or decreases).

The Company measures expected future recoveries based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts.

Write Off and Negative Allowance for Expected Recoveries: At purchase, the Company deems these portfolios to be uncollectible due to being significantly delinquent and previously being charged off by the seller prior to purchase. In accordance with its write-off policy, the Company immediately writes off the amortized cost of the purchased portfolios at acquisition. Subsequent to write-off, the Company establishes a negative allowance for expected recoveries equal to the amount the Company expects to collect over the life of the receivable portfolio. The negative allowance will not exceed the amortized cost basis of the purchased portfolios prior to charge off.

Pooling: The Company aggregates purchases of receivables into pools based on risk characteristics, primarily financial asset type and expected credit loss pattern. Once a pool is established, the composition of the pool will not change unless there is a change in the underlying risk characteristics of the individual loans.

Methodology: The negative allowance is calculated at a pool level and represents the amount of future expected recoveries discounted to present value. The discount rate used in the calculation is the effective interest rate that equates the purchase price of the portfolio and the expected future cash flows at the purchase date. An annual pool is created throughout the year as the Company purchases portfolios. The Company pools accounts with similar risk characteristics that are acquired in the same year. A blended effective interest rate will adjust to reflect new acquisitions and new cash flow estimates until the end of the year. The effective interest rate for a pool is fixed for the remaining life of the pool once the year has ended. Thus, the effective interest rate will not change after the year has ended even if expected cash flows change for the pool.

Income Recognition: Under ASC 326, revenue related to investments in receivables is recognized for accretion/amortization due to the passage of time, changes in current period expected recoveries due to variances between actual and expected collections, and changes in future expected recoveries, discounted to present value. Discount accretion due to the passage of time based on the established pool effective interest rate (“EIR”) is shown in “Total portfolio income” of the consolidated statement of operations. Changes in current period expected recoveries due to variances between actual and expected collections and changes in future expected recoveries, discounted to present value, are shown in “Changes in recoveries” of the consolidated statement of operations. Additionally, the Company recognized performing loans carried at amortized cost and include accrued interest receivable, deferred fees, and costs. These loans are shown in “Total portfolio income” on the consolidated statement of operations.

Credit Card Receivables

F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

at which time the Company places the loans on nonaccrual status. It is the Company’s policy to write off loans when they are 180 days past due, or sooner if facts and circumstances indicate earlier non-collectability.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The Company provides an allowance for credit losses on loans and fees receivable. Judgement is required to assess the estimate of current expected credit losses. Management continuously evaluates its estimate for determining the most appropriate allowance for credit losses. The allowance for credit losses on loans and fees receivable is computed at the pool level using a roll-rate methodology. Management considers several factors in the measurement of the allowance, including historical loss rates, current delinquency and roll-rate trends, the effects of changes in the economy, changes in underwriting criteria, and estimated recoveries. The estimated allowance consists of both qualitative and quantitative adjustments. A reasonable and supportable forecast is considered as part of the qualitative adjustment, as permitted by the standard. The allowance is estimated based on amortized cost basis of the loan including principal, accrued interest receivable, deferred fees, and costs. The Company places receivables on non-accrual at 90 days past due and writes off the accrued interest at 180 days past due. Expected recoveries are included in the measurement of the allowance for credit losses.

The Company does not record an allowance related to unfunded commitments as these agreements are unconditionally cancelable by the Company.

Other Intangible Assets

The determination of the recorded value of intangible assets acquired in a business combination requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Valuation techniques consistent with the market approach, income approach and/or cost approach are used to measure fair value. An estimate of fair value can be affected by many assumptions that require significant judgment. The Company amortizes identifiable intangible assets with finite lives over their useful lives. The Company evaluates these assets for impairment similar to long lived assets as outlined below in “Fixed Asset Impairment.”

Goodwill

Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the cost of purchased businesses over the fair value of their underlying net assets. Goodwill is allocated and evaluated at the reporting unit level, which are the Company’s operating segments. The Company allocates goodwill to one or more reporting units that are expected to benefit from synergies of the business combination.

Goodwill is not amortized but is evaluated for impairment annually as of June 30th or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. When testing goodwill for impairment, the Company has the option of first performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as the basis to determine if it is necessary to perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test. In performing its qualitative assessment, the Company considers the extent to which unfavorable events or circumstances identified, such as changes in economic conditions, industry and market conditions or company specific events, could affect the comparison of the reporting unit’s fair value with its carrying amount. If the Company concludes that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Company is required to perform a quantitative impairment test.

Quantitative impairment testing for goodwill is based upon the fair value of a reporting unit as compared to its carrying value. The Company makes certain judgments and assumptions in allocating assets and liabilities to determine carrying values for its reporting units. To determine fair value of the reporting unit, the Company uses the income approach. Under the income approach, fair value is determined using a discounted cash flow method, projecting future cash flows of each reporting unit, as well as a terminal value, and discounting such cash flows at a rate of return that reflects the relative risk of the cash flows. The impairment loss recognized would be the difference between a reporting unit’s carrying value and fair value in an amount not to exceed the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill.

F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets

Prepaid expenses and other assets consist of property and equipment, deposits the Company is required to maintain with third parties (other than restricted cash), prepaid obligations such as rent and postage, receivables due from third parties and other assets.

Property and equipment are depreciated and amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which are approximately 3 years for software, 5 years for equipment, 5 to 10 years for furniture and fixtures, and 5 to 6 years for leasehold improvements. Management periodically reviews these assets to determine if any impairment exists whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

Fixed Asset Impairment

Long-lived assets or asset groups are tested for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable. The Company groups its long-lived assets classified as held and used at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows from other assets and liabilities for purposes of testing for impairment.

The Company monitors the operating and cash flow results of its long-lived assets or asset groups classified as held and used to identify whether events and circumstances indicate the remaining useful lives of those assets should be adjusted or if the carrying value of those assets or asset groups may not be recoverable. Undiscounted estimated future cash flows are compared with the carrying value of the long-lived asset or asset group in the event indicators of impairment are identified. If the undiscounted estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying amount, the Company determines the fair value of the asset or asset group and records an impairment charge in current earnings to the extent carrying value exceeds fair value. Fair values may be determined based on estimated discounted cash flows by prices for like or similar assets in similar markets or a combination of both. There were no such impairments for the years ended December 31, 2024, or 2023.

Depreciation expense was $0.3 million for both the three months ended March 31, 2025, and 2024.

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s revenues primarily include Revenues from receivable portfolios associated with Investments in receivables, which is revenue recognized from engaging in debt purchasing and recovery activities. The Company fully writes off the amortized costs (i.e., face value net of noncredit discount) of the individual receivables it acquires immediately after purchasing the portfolio. The Company then records a negative allowance that represents the present value of all expected future recoveries for pools of receivables that share similar risk characteristics using a discounted cash flow approach, which is presented as “Investment in receivable portfolios, net” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The discount rate is an EIR established based on the purchase price of the portfolio and the expected future cash flows at the time of purchase. Additionally, in recent periods the Company has purchased performing receivable portfolios and continues to do so at a deep discount. The credit quality of these portfolios continues to meet the definition of PCD, but the Company believes it will successfully collect a significant portion where the consumer will pay on a normal schedule.

Debt purchasing revenue includes two components:

(1)

(2)

Changes in recoveries, which include:

F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Credit Card Revenue

Credit card revenue includes interest income, annual fees, late fees, as well as interchange fees, cash advance fees and other miscellaneous items from credit card transactions. Interest income is accrued monthly based on the outstanding receivables and their contractual interest rates.

Servicing Revenue

The Company recognizes servicing revenue following ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing. Servicing revenue consists primarily of fee-based income earned on accounts collected on behalf of others, primarily credit originators. The Company earns fee-based income by providing debt servicing to credit originators for nonperforming loans in the United States, Canada, and the United Kingdom.

Servicing Expenses

Servicing expenses primarily include collections and customer service expenses associated with previously charged off receivables, such as the cost of outsourced collections, debtor correspondence, and other direct expenses associated with collections and customer service efforts.

Income Taxes

The Company is a single-member limited liability company with numerous subsidiaries, most of which are limited liability companies. As such, the Company’s income is taxable to its members and generally not subject to federal and state income taxes at the company level. However, certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are required to pay income taxes.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures (“ASU 2023-07”). ASU 2023-07 requires disclosure of significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker and included within the segment measure of profit or loss. This guidance will be applied retrospectively and is effective for annual reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2024. The Company has adopted ASU 2023-07 effective December 31, 2024 and concluded that the application of this guidance did not have any material impact on its consolidated financial statements. See Note 13 for more information.

F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Recent Accounting Standards or Updates Not Yet Adopted

In October 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2023-06, Disclosure Improvements: Codification Amendments in Response to the SEC’s Disclosure Update and Simplification Initiative, to amend certain disclosure and presentation requirements for a variety of topics within the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”). These amendments align the requirements in the ASC to the removal of certain disclosure requirements set out in Regulation S-X and Regulation S-K, announced by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The effective date for each amended topic in the ASC is either the date on which the SEC’s removal of the related disclosure requirement from Regulation S-X or Regulation S-K becomes effective, or on June 30, 2027, if the SEC has not removed the requirements by that date. Early adoption is prohibited. The Company is currently evaluating these provisions and the impact they may have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (“ASU 2023-09”). ASU 2023-09 requires disaggregated information about a reporting entity’s effective tax rate reconciliation as well as information on income taxes paid. The standard is intended to benefit investors by providing more detailed income tax disclosures that would be useful in making capital allocation decisions and apply to all entities subject to income taxes. The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of this ASU and the impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, which requires disaggregated disclosure of income statement expenses for public business entities (PBEs). The objective of ASU 2024-03 is to address requests from investors for more detailed information about the types of expenses. The ASU does not change the expense captions an entity presents on the face of the income statement; rather, it requires disaggregation of certain expense captions into specified categories in disclosures within the footnotes to the financial statements. The effective date for annual reporting periods is after December 15, 2026, and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2027.The Company is currently evaluating these provisions of this ASU and the impact they may have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

2. Acquisitions

Effective December 3, 2024, the Company’s U.S. subsidiary Jefferson Capital Systems, LLC entered into a definitive agreement to purchase certain assets from Conn’s, Inc. (“Conn’s) though a bankruptcy process for $244.9 million in cash (the “Conn’s Portfolio Purchase”).

A wholly owned subsidiary of Jefferson Capital hired 197 of the former full-time equivalents (“FTE”) of Conn’s on December 4, 2024, to manage and service the assets acquired in the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase through their remaining life and entered into certain vendor contracts to maintain continuity of account servicing. In addition, Jefferson Capital was assigned a lease in San Antonio, Texas that had originally been entered into by Conn’s on November 10, 2024, at Jefferson Capital’s request, in part to ensure that the Company would have its desired facility in place by the closing of the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase. Jefferson Capital relocated the 197 new FTE of Jefferson Capital to the new San Antonio facility in January 2025.

The Conn’s Portfolio Purchase was accounted for as an asset acquisition in accordance with the asset acquisition method of accounting as detailed in ASC 805-50, Business Combinations — Related Issues (“ASC 805”). Generally, under asset acquisition accounting, acquiring assets in groups not only requires ascertaining the cost of the asset (or net assets), but also allocating that cost to the individual assets (or individual assets and liabilities) that make up the group. The cost of the group of assets acquired in an asset acquisition is allocated to the individual assets acquired or liabilities assumed based on their relative fair values of net identifiable assets acquired other than certain “non-qualifying” assets (for example cash) and does not give rise to goodwill. The Company has determined the relative fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as of the date of acquisition, as presented on the next page (in thousands):

F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Purchase Price:
Total purchase consideration paid			$	244,937
Allocation of purchase price:
Cash and cash equivalents				1,224
Investments in receivables, net:
Unpaid principal balance		566,696
Allowance for credit losses at time of acquisition		(251,317)
Non-credit discount		(89,316)
Investment in previously charged-off receivables		11,964
Total investments in receivables, net				238,028
Prepaid expenses and other assets:
Lease (ROU asset)		789
Information Technology Hardware		413
Total prepaid expenses and other assets:				1,202
Other intangible assets:
Intellectual property	$	2,881
Assembled workforce		2,391
Total other intangible assets				5,272
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Lease (ROU liability)				(789)
Total net assets acquired			$	244,937

The investments in receivables, net exhibited more than insignificant credit deterioration on the acquisition date and were valued as per ASC 326, CECL methodology for PCD assets.

The Company has allocated the purchase price by evaluating the market value of each asset or liability acquired at the time of purchase. The Company utilized the same methodology in allocating purchase price as a business combination by evaluating the market value of each item acquired at the time of purchase. The market values were determined by using the approximate costs of the services provided today. The market value apportionment percentage of each respective item was then applied to the purchase price to establish the allocated book values.

For the acquired intangible assets, the weighted-average amortization period is thirty-one (31) months for both intellectual property and assembled workforce, as well as the combined total. There will be no residual value at the end of the life. For the information technology hardware the depreciable life is thirty-six (36) months, which follows the Company’s policy.

In the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company recognized total portfolio revenue of $30.0 million, servicing revenue of $2.0 million and net operating income of $23.3 million related to the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase.

3. Fair Value Measurements

The Company measures the fair values of its assets and liabilities, where applicable, based on the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or the price paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, i.e., the “exit price”. Under applicable accounting standards, fair value measurements are categorized into one of three levels based on the inputs to the valuation technique with the highest priority given to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets and the lowest priority given to unobservable inputs. The Company categorizes its fair value measurements of financial instruments based on this three-level hierarchy. The following is a brief description of each level:

Level 1

Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Level 2

Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3

Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the overall fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. The fair value for such assets and liabilities is generally determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques that incorporate the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability. An example for the Company is Investments in Receivables, net (Note 3).

The Company does not have any financial instruments that are subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis.

Financial Instruments Not Required to Be Carried at Fair Value

The table below summarizes fair value estimates for the Company’s financial instruments that are not required to be carried at fair value.

The carrying amounts in the following table are recorded in the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024 (in thousands):

	March 31, 2025						December 31, 2024
	Carrying Amount			Estimated Fair Value			Carrying Amount			Estimated Fair Value
Financial Assets
Investments in receivables, net		$	1,561,595		$	1,747,361		$	1,497,748		$	1,646,535
Credit card receivable, net			16,008			16,008			17,176			17,176
Financial Liabilities
Credit Agreements		$	524,292		$	529,512		$	508,146		$	513,799
Senior unsecured bond due 2026			298,171			298,794			297,828			299,478
Senior unsecured bond due 2029			394,748			426,420			394,405			424,792

Investment in receivables, net

The fair value of investments in receivables, net is measured using Level 3 inputs by discounting the estimated future cash flows generated by the Company’s proprietary forecasting models. The key inputs include the estimated future gross cash flow, average cost to collect, and a discount rate. The determination of such inputs requires significant judgment. The Company evaluates the use of key inputs on an ongoing basis and refines the data as it continues to obtain market data. See Note 4.

Credit card receivables, net

The fair value approximates the carrying value, due to their short-term nature.

Credit agreements

The fair value of notes payable is measured using Level 3 inputs. The fair value approximates the principal value due to the short-term adjustable-rate nature of the notes payable.

Senior unsecured bonds due 2026 and 2029

The fair value estimates for the Senior Unsecured Bond are based on quoted market prices that were obtained from secondary market broker quotes. Accordingly, the Company uses Level 2 inputs for its fair value estimates.

4. Investment in receivables, net

The following table presents the roll forward of the balance of the investment in receivables, net for the following periods (in thousands):

F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	For the Three Months Year Ended March 31,
	2025			2024
Balance, beginning of period		$	1,497,748		$	984,496
Purchases(1)			175,222			101,420
Cash collections			(260,891)			(127,191)
Total portfolio income			138,693			91,406
Changes in expected current period recoveries			6,398			3,096
Changes in expected future period recoveries			(2,777)			(3,179)
Foreign currency adjustments			7,202			(2,874)
Balance, end of period		$	1,561,595		$	1,047,174

(1)

The table below provides the detail on the establishment of negative allowance for expected recoveries of portfolios purchased during the periods presented (in thousands):

	For the Three Months Ended March 31,
	2025			2024
Purchase price		$	175,222		$	101,420
Allowance for credit losses			2,434,302			1,323,209
Amortized cost			2,609,524			1,424,629
Noncredit discount			147,851			94,799
Face value			2,757,375			1,519,428
Write-off of amortized cost			(2,609,524)			(1,424,629)
Write-off of noncredit discount			(147,851)			(94,799)
Negative allowance			175,222			101,420
Negative allowance for expected recoveries		$	175,222		$	101,420

Recoveries above or below forecast represent over and under-performance in the reporting period, respectively. Actual collections during the three months ended March 31, 2025, and 2024, overperformed the projected collections by approximately $6.4 million and $3.1 million, respectively. The Company believes the collection outperformance was primarily driven by continued strong collection performance in the Company’s utilities and telecom asset class and the expansion of the legal channel.

When reassessing the forecasts of expected lifetime recoveries during the three months ended March 31, 2025, management considered historical and current collection performance and believes that for certain static pools sustained collections underperformance resulted in decreased total expected recoveries. As a result, the Company has updated its forecast, resulting in a net decrease of total estimated remaining collections, which in turn, when discounted to present value, resulted in a negative change in expected future period recoveries of approximately $0.1 million and $3.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2025, and 2024, respectively. Additionally, the Company performed its quarterly evaluation of the allowance for credit losses, which resulted in an increase of approximately $2.7 million.

The Company places performing receivables on nonaccrual status when the receivables are greater than 90 days. To facilitate the monitoring of credit quality for performing receivables, and for the purpose of determining an appropriate allowance for losses for these receivables, the Company utilizes payment history and current payment status. The below tables present the information on the past due and non-accrual buckets for the assets acquired in the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, and does not include all other purchased loans as they were charged-off at the time or purchase, as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 (in thousands):

F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	As of
Delinquency by Vintage	March 31, 2025			December 31, 2024
United States
Current		$	257,727		$	352,403
30 – 59			21,772			33,683
60 – 89			17,708			29,685
>90			149,883			121,337
Amortized Cost > 90 DPD and Accruing			—			—
Total		$	447,090		$	537,108

The following table presents non-accrual performing loans by segment (in thousands).

	As of March 31, 2025						As of December 31, 2024
	Nonaccrual			Nonaccrual with No Allowance			Nonaccrual			Nonaccrual with No Allowance
United States			149,883			—			121,337			—
Total		$	149,883		$	—		$	121,337		$	—

For the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company purchased receivable portfolios with face values of $2,757.4 million for a purchase price of $175.2 million or 6.4% of face value. For the three months ended March 31, 2024, the Company purchased receivable portfolios with face values of $1,519.4 million for a purchase price of $101.4 million or 6.7% of face value. The price paid relative to the face amount of receivables will vary based upon the type of debt purchased, the age of the debt at the time of acquisition and the overall debt acquisition market. The percentage reported represents the weighted average of activity for the period and is a function of the mix of assets acquired in any period. For the receivables purchased in the three months ended March 31, 2025, and 2024, the estimated amount of cash flows to be collected were $323.1 million and $196.2 million (as of purchase), respectively.

5. Credit Card Receivables

The following table summarizes the credit card receivables, gross of allowance for credit losses, by geography (in thousands):

	As of March 31, 2025			As of December 31, 2024
United States		$	7,157		$	7,470
Canada			10,552			11,613
Total		$	17,709		$	19,083

The Company places credit card receivables on nonaccrual status when the credit card receivables are greater than 90 days past due or within 60 days of being notified that the customer is in bankruptcy status, whichever is earlier. The below tables present the information on the Company’s past due and non-accrual credit card receivables as of March 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024.

F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Age Analysis of Past-Due Credit Card Receivables at March 31, 2025

	30 – 59			60 – 89			>90			Total Past Due			Current			Total			Amortized Cost > 90 DPD and Accruing(1)
United States		$	164		$	165		$	418		$	747		$	6,410		$	7,157		$	—
Canada			221			171			347			739			9,813			10,552			—
Total		$	385		$	336		$	765		$	1,486		$	16,223		$	17,709		$	—

Age Analysis of Past-Due Credit Card Receivables At December 31, 2024

($ in 000s)	30 – 59			60 – 89			>90			Total Past Due			Current			Total			Amortized Cost > 90 DPD and Accruing(1)
United States		$	196		$	177		$	551		$	924		$	6,546		$	7,470		$	—
Canada			281			157			339			777			10,836			11,613			—
Total		$	477		$	334		$	890		$	1,701		$	17,382		$	19,083		$	—

(1)

The Company does not accrue interest on receivables greater than 90 days past due.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The following table summarizes the change in the allowance for credit losses for the Company’s credit card receivables portfolio (in thousands).

	United States			Canada			Total
Balance as of December 31, 2023		$	1,109		$	1,104		$	2,213
Charge-offs			(528)			(379)			(907)
Provision			474			313			787
Balance as of March 31, 2024		$	1,055		$	1,038		$	2,093
Balance as of December 31, 2024		$	957		$	950		$	1,907
Charge-offs			(532)			(395)			(927)
Recoveries			81			98			179
Provision			332			210			542
Balance as of March 31, 2025		$	838		$	863		$	1,701

Non-Accrual Loans

The following table presents non-accrual loans by segment (in thousands).

	March 31, 2025						December 31, 2024
	Nonaccrual			Nonaccrual with No Allowance			Nonaccrual			Nonaccrual with No Allowance
United States		$	418		$	—		$	551		$	—
Canada			347			—			339			—
Total		$	765		$	—		$	890		$	—

No interest income was recorded for the non-accrual receivables for three months ended March 31, 2025 or the year ended December 31, 2024.

Credit Quality Indicators

F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

current payment status. The following table (on the next page) presents amortized cost basis credit card receivables by vintage and age analysis (in thousands).

	As of March 31, 2025
Delinquency	2021 & Prior			2022			2023			2024			2025			Total
United States
Current		$	5,608		$	210		$	147		$	244		$	201		$	6,410
30 – 59			123			13			8			18			2			164
60 – 89			130			7			11			17			—			165
>90			315			26			32			45			—			418
Total		$	6,176		$	256		$	198		$	324		$	203		$	7,157
Canada
Current		$	7,432		$	663		$	1,275		$	443		$	—		$	9,813
30 – 59			164			13			26			18			—			221
60 – 89			129			18			16			8			—			171
>90			251			16			51			29			—			347
Total		$	7,976		$	710		$	1,368		$	498		$	—		$	10,552
Combined
Current		$	13,040		$	873		$	1,422		$	687		$	201		$	16,223
30 – 59			287			26			34			36			2			385
60 – 89			259			25			27			25			—			336
>90			566			42			83			74			—			765
Total		$	14,152		$	966		$	1,566		$	822		$	203		$	17,709

	As of December 31, 2024
Delinquency	2020 & Prior			2021			2022			2023			2024			Total
United States
Current		$	5,173		$	706		$	227		$	175		$	266		$	6,547
30 – 59			127			28			15			11			16			197
60 – 89			104			22			15			17			18			176
>90			325			111			34			40			40			550
Total		$	5,729		$	867		$	291		$	243		$	340		$	7,470
Canada
Current		$	7,331		$	871		$	755		$	1,384		$	495		$	10,836
30 – 59			199			10			19			41			13			282
60 – 89			100			10			8			26			13			157
>90			229			13			12			55			29			338
Total		$	7,859		$	904		$	794		$	1,506		$	550		$	11,613
Combined
Current		$	12,504		$	1,577		$	982		$	1,559		$	761		$	17,383
30 – 59			326			38			34			52			29			479
60 – 89			204			32			23			43			31			333
>90			554			124			46			95			69			888
Total		$	13,588		$	1,771		$	1,085		$	1,749		$	890		$	19,083

F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company tests goodwill for impairment at least annually as of June 30, or more frequently, if certain events or circumstances warrant. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, and fiscal year 2024, the Company recorded no impairments of goodwill at the Company’s reporting units.

The following table summarizes the changes in goodwill and other intangible assets (in thousands) in the Company’s reportable segments:

	United States			United Kingdom			Canada			Latin America			Total
Goodwill
December 31, 2023		$	31,633		$	18,120		$	7,417		$	—		$	57,170
Acquisitions						1,073									1,073
Impact of FX Translation			—			—			(158)			—			(158)
March 31, 2024		$	31,633		$	19,193		$	7,259		$	—		$	58,085
December 31, 2024		$	31,633		$	19,209		$	6,841		$	—		$	57,683
Impact of FX Translation			—			—			9			—			9
March 31, 2025		$	31,633		$	19,209		$	6,850		$	—		$	57,692
Intangible assets
December 31, 2023		$	2,653		$	—		$	3,866		$	—		$	6,519
Less: Amortization			(73)			—			(154)			—			(227)
Impact of FX Translation			—			—			(81)			—			(81)
March 31, 2024		$	2,580		$	—		$	3,631		$	—		$	6,211
December 31, 2024		$	7,248		$	—		$	2,989		$	—		$	10,237
Less: Amortization			(1,145)			—			(145)			—			(1,290)
Impact of FX Translation			—			—			3			—			3
March 31, 2025		$	6,103		$	—		$	2,847		$	—		$	8,950

Amortization expense over the next five years and thereafter is expected as follows (in thousands):

	Amount
2025		$	2,523
2026			2,224
2027			1,442
2028			865
2029			865
Thereafter			1,031
Total future minimum amortization expense		$	8,950

F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

7. Notes Payable, Net (in thousands)

	As of March 31, 2025					As of December 31, 2024
	Amount Outstanding			Interest Rate		Amount Outstanding			Interest Rate
Senior unsecured bond due 2026		$	300,000		6.00%		$	300,000		6.00%
Senior unsecured bond due 2029			400,000		9.50%			400,000		9.50%
Credit agreements			524,292		7.42%			508,146		7.51%
Total		$	1,224,292		7.75%		$	1,208,146		7.79%
Unamortized debt issuance costs			(12,301)					(13,420)
Notes Payable, net		$	1,211,991				$	1,194,726

Effective May 21, 2021, the Company entered into a new $500 million, 3-year credit facility with a maturity of May 21, 2024 (“Credit Agreement”). The interest rate for the Credit Agreement incorporates a spread above the relevant currency LIBOR. Effective December 28, 2021, the Credit Agreement was amended to incorporate LIBOR replacement provisions to reflect the current market approach, including SONIA loans in addition to the previously available SOFR loans for GBP denominated loans. The Financial Conduct Authority ceased publishing most LIBOR rates effective January 1, 2022, with an extension to June 30, 2023, for the remaining LIBOR rates. The Company’s USD LIBOR rates fall under the extension to June 30, 2023.

On August 4, 2021, the Company completed an offering of $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.000% senior notes due 2026 (the “2026 Notes”) under an indenture (the “2026 Notes Indenture”), dated as of August 4, 2021, among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association (as successor to U.S. Bank National Association), as trustee. The 2026 Notes are general senior unsecured obligations of the Company and are guaranteed by certain of the Company’s wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries. Interest on the 2026 Notes is payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on February 15, 2022. The 2026 Notes mature on August 15, 2026. At any time and from time to time prior to August 15, 2023, the 2026 Notes may be redeemed at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2026 Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but excluding the applicable date of redemption, subject to the rights of holders of 2026 Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, plus the applicable premium as of the applicable redemption date. On and after August 15, 2023, the 2026 Notes may be redeemed, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at the redemption prices set forth below. The 2026 Notes will be redeemable at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the 2026 Notes to be redeemed) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but excluding the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of holders of the 2026 Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on August 15 of each of the years indicated below:

Dates	Percentage of Principle
2023		103.000%
2024		101.500%
2025 and thereafter		100.000%

The 2026 Notes Indenture contains covenants that limit the Company’s ability and the ability of the Company’s restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) incur or guarantee additional debt; (ii) incur certain liens; (iii) make certain investments; (iv) create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts from the Company’s restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors under the 2026 Notes Indenture; (v) enter into certain transactions with affiliates; (vi) merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of The Company’s assets; (vii) sell certain assets, including capital stock of the Company’s

F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

subsidiaries; (x) designate The Company’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and (xi) pay dividends, redeem or repurchase capital stock or make other restricted payments.

These notes incurred issuance costs of $6.9 million, including legal expenses and origination fees, which decrease the carry balance of the notes. These expenses were capitalized at the time of issuance and are being amortized over the 5-year life of the bonds. At March 31, 2025, the balance of the capitalized bond issuance costs is $1.8 million.

On February 28, 2022, the Company amended its Credit Agreement to include a new $150.0 million Canadian sub-facility to go alongside the $35.0 million UK sub-facility.

On April 26, 2023, the Company amended and extended its Credit Agreement to an aggregate commitment of $600 million with a 5-year maturity of April 26, 2028.

On September 29, 2023, the Company amended its Credit Agreement to an aggregate commitment of $750 million and modified its sub-facility limits to $85 million for the Canadian sub-facility and $50 million for the U.K. sub-facility.

On February 2, 2024, the Company completed an offering of $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9.500% senior notes due 2029 (the “2029 Notes”) under an indenture (the “2029 Notes Indenture”), dated as of February 2, 2024, among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as trustee. The 2029 Notes are general senior unsecured obligations of the Company and are guaranteed by certain of the Company’s wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries. Interest on the 2029 Notes is payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on August 15, 2024. The 2029 Notes mature on February 15, 2029. At any time and from time to time prior to February 15, 2026, the 2029 Notes may be redeemed at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2029 Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but excluding the applicable date of redemption, subject to the rights of holders of 2029 Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, plus the applicable premium as of the applicable redemption date. On and after February 15, 2026, the 2029 Notes may be redeemed, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at the redemption prices set forth below. The 2029 Notes will be redeemable at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the 2029 Notes to be redeemed) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but excluding the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of holders of the 2029 Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on February 15 of each of the years indicated below:

Dates	Percentage of Principle
2026		104.750%
2027		102.375%
2028 and thereafter		100.000%

The 2029 Notes Indenture contains covenants that limit the Company’s ability and the ability of the Company’s restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) incur or guarantee additional debt; (ii) incur certain liens; (iii) make certain investments; (iv) create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts from the Company’s restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors under the 2029 Notes Indenture; (v) enter into certain transactions with affiliates; (vi) merge or consolidate with another person, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; (vii) sell certain assets, including capital stock of the Company’s subsidiaries; (x) designate the Company’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and (xi) pay dividends, redeem or repurchase capital stock or make other restricted payments.

These notes incurred issuance costs of $6.8 million, including legal expenses and origination fees, which decrease the carry balance of the notes. These expenses were capitalized at the time of issuance and are being amortized over the 5-year life of the bonds. At March 31, 2025, the balance of the capitalized bond issuance costs is $5.3 million.

F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On November 13, 2024, the Company amended its Credit Agreement to an aggregate commitment of $825 million through the exercise of its accordion feature and modified its sub-facility limits to $110 million for the Canadian sub-facility and $665 million for the U.S. sub-facility.

Components of interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2025, and 2024 (in thousands):

	For the Three Months Ended March 31,
	2025			2024
Interest expense		$	23,699		$	16,271
Amortization of note payable origination costs			1,120			961
Total Interest Expense		$	24,819		$	17,232

As of March 31, 2025, the outstanding balances of notes payable were $1,212.0 million with the aggregated average interest rate of 7.75%. In comparison, as of December 31, 2024, the outstanding balances of notes payable were $1,194.7 million with the aggregated average interest rate of 7.79%

The Company incurred costs related to the issuance and origination of its notes payable which are deferred and recorded net of the debt balance and amortized to interest expense over the life of the debt on an effective interest method. The unamortized debt issuance costs related to the notes payable were $12.3 million and $13.4 million as of March 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively.

The Credit agreement contains five financial covenants:

▪

The Maximum Senior Leverage Ratio to not exceed 2.50 to 1.00

▪

The Maximum Leverage Ratio to not exceed 3.25 to 1.00

▪

The Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.00

▪

Minimum Tangible Net Worth not to be less than a starting value plus 50% of each subsequent quarter’s Net Income

▪

Minimum Actual Collections where the Company must collect at least 85% of the projected collections over the trailing twelve-month period

As of March 31, 2025, the Company was in compliance with all the financial covenants of its notes payable.

8. Management Long-Term Incentive Plan

The Company maintains the JCAP TopCo, LLC 2018 Underlying Units Plan (the “Plan”), effective August 31, 2018, to promote the long-term growth and profitability of the Company by providing certain of the Company’s employees and other service providers who are or will be involved in the Company’s growth with an opportunity to acquire equity interests that enable them to share in the appreciation of value of the Company, thereby encouraging such persons to contribute to and participate in the success of the Company.

Under the Plan, awards of Class B Units representing limited liability company interests in JCAP TopCo, LLC, a holding company and direct parent of the Company, are issued to Management Invest LLC, which in turn issues corresponding awards of Class B Units in Management Invest LLC to certain of the Company’s employees and other service providers. As of March 31, 2025, there were 27,097,232 Class B units available for issuance, of which 27,097,232 were issued and outstanding. As of December 31, 2024, there were 26,932,232 Class B units available for issuance, of which 26,932,232 were issued and outstanding. The Plan units qualify as liability awards since they will be settled in cash upon redemption and are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheet. The unit value is calculated based on the estimated fair value of the Company over the original investment amount. thirty percent (30%) of the units shall become vested in five equal installments on each of the first five anniversaries of their respective grant dates, and the remaining seventy percent (70%) shall vest upon a change of control if applicable distribution thresholds are achieved. The Company values its units awarded under the Plan based on the market approach. The Company utilizes public company comparable information to establish the measure of invested capital (“MOIC”), which is then applied against the strike prices of the respective vested portion of

F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the units awarded under the Plan to calculate the compensation exposure. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, and 2024, compensation expense recognized was $0.3 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

9. Commitments and Contingencies

Purchase Commitments

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into forward flow purchase agreements. A forward flow purchase agreement is a commitment to purchase receivables over a duration that is typically three to twelve months, but can be longer, generally with a specifically defined volume range, frequency, and pricing. Typically, these forward flow contracts have provisions that allow for early termination or price re-negotiation should the underlying quality of the portfolio deteriorate over time or if any particular month’s delivery is materially different than the original portfolio used to price the forward flow contract. Certain of these forward flow purchase agreements may also have termination clauses, whereby the agreements can be canceled by either party upon providing a certain specified amount of notice.

As of March 31, 2025, and 2024 the Company had entered into forward flow purchase agreements for the purchase of receivables with an estimated minimum aggregate purchase price of approximately $263.6 million and $316.2 million, respectively. The Company expects actual purchases under these forward flow purchase agreements to be significantly greater than the estimated minimum aggregate purchase price.

Employee Savings and Retirement Plan

The Company sponsors defined contribution plans in the U.S., Canada, and the U.K. The U.S. plan is organized as a 401(k) plan under which all employees are eligible to make voluntary contributions to the plan up to 100% of their compensation, subject to IRS limitations, as defined in the plan. The Company makes matching contributions of 25% of up to 6% of an employee’s salary. In Canada, the Company has a Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan (DPSP) in which the Company contributes 3% of salary to their DPSP fund. Employees contributing to the Registered Retirement Savings Plan (RRSP) or Tax-Free Savings Account (TFSA) receive up to a 2% match, bringing the potential total match to 5% of salary. In the U.K., the Company operates the government contribution plan where employees contribute 5% of their salary and the Company contributes 3% of the employee salary on a monthly basis. Employees can make additional contributions to the plan via their salary, either by one off extra contribution or increasing the monthly percentage but must contribute a minimum of 5%. Total compensation expense related to the Company’s contributions was $0.2 million and $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, and 2024, respectively.

Commitments to extend credit

The Company, in the normal course of business through its credit card programs, has the obligation to purchase the credit card receivables from the issuing bank, thereby incurring off-balance-sheet risk. This risk includes the cardholder’s rights to borrow up to the maximum credit limit on their credit card accounts, which is $16.0 million as of March 31, 2025, and $15.8 million as of December 31, 2024, beyond their current balances. The Company has not experienced a situation in which all of the Company’s cardholders have exercised their entire available line of credit at any given point in time, nor does management anticipate this will ever occur in the future. Also, the Company can, subject to certain regulatory requirements, reduce or cancel these available credit limits.

Contingent payments

As part of the Company’s acquisition of Canaccede Financial Group, Ltd. “(Canaccede”) in March 2020, an exit incentive was awarded to the former shareholders of Canaccede for up to $C 15.625 million that would be payable only on a Liquidity Event for J.C. Flowers (“JCF”), defined to mean a final exit, that yielded net returns to JCF in excess of a certain hurdles as defined in the purchase agreement. The payment, which is contingent on a Liquidity Event and achieving certain hurdles, would be based on cash-on-cash returns to JCF, measured at that final exit, as an equity-linked incentive with capped upside and designed to be paid with sale proceeds received from a new owner. Each year the Company reassesses the fair value of the exit incentive payment to determine whether such amount should be recorded within the consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2024, Jefferson Capital determined that the occurrence in the future of a Liquidity Event above the requisite MOIC thresholds will be probable by December 31, 2027. As a result, the Company accrued a liability related to the Canaccede Exit Incentive Payment of $8.0 and $7.7 million as of March 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively, reflecting the net present value of an anticipated payment of the

F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

maximum amount. This has been recorded as expense on the income statement in other selling, general and administrative with the offset being a liability on the balance sheet in accounts payable and accrued expenses

Litigation

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. For the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, there are no material pending legal proceedings to which the Company or its subsidiaries are a party.

9. Income taxes

The Company and all of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries are LLCs and are disregarded for United States federal and state income tax purposes. As such, the Company’s income is taxable to its members and generally not subject to United States federal and state income taxes at the company level. However, certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are required to pay income taxes. Provision for income tax expense was $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, an increase of $0.9 million, or 47.4%, compared to $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increase is driven by increased taxable income in our foreign entities.

Income before taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

	For the Three Months Ended March 31,
	2025			2024
United States		$	48,535		$	24,337
Foreign			18,371			10,500
Income Before Income Taxes		$	66,906		$	34,837
Provision for Income Taxes			2,679			1,939
Effective Tax Rate			4.0%			5.6%

10. Related Party Transactions

During the three months ended March 31, 2025, and 2024, the Company distributed $16.0 million and $0.0 million, respectively, to its owners. In addition, the Company paid to unitholders, a $16.0 million distribution on May 9, 2025.

In February 2023, Jefferson Capital Systems, LLC, one of the Company’s wholly owned indirect subsidiaries, entered into a participation agreement (the “Participation Agreement”) with HH Warehouse LLC (“HH Warehouse”), pursuant to which Jefferson Capital Systems, LLC sold a 26.75% beneficial ownership interest (the “Portfolio Interest”) in a portfolio of performing installment loans (the “Portfolio”) to HH Warehouse for $2.9 million and agreed to administer the Portfolio and pay HH Warehouse a share of the collections proportionate to the size of the Portfolio Interest. In July 2024, Jefferson Capital Systems, LLC entered into an amendment to the Participation Agreement with HH Warehouse, pursuant to which Jefferson Capital Systems, LLC repurchased the Portfolio Interest from HH Warehouse for $1.4 million and assumed all rights and obligations related to the Portfolio Interest. Christopher Giles, a member of the Company’s board of directors, served as Vice President of HH Warehouse and held 12.86% of the membership interests in HH Warehouse at the time of such transactions.

Bryan Szemenyei, President of Canaccede, one of the Company’s wholly owned indirect subsidiaries, is the son of Andrew Szemenyei, a member of the Company’s board of directors, and has been employed by such subsidiary since the Company’s acquisition of Canaccede in March 2020.

11. Segment Reporting

The Company’s operating segments are based on the Company’s geographies, which is how management monitors and assesses performance. The Company’s geographies are the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, and Latin America. The Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) is the Chief Executive Officer. Assets are not reported by operating segment to the CODM.

F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the Company’s operating segments, the CODM uses net operating income to allocate resources (including employees, property, and financial or capital resources). Additionally, the Company prepares an annual budget at the segment level. The CODM considers budget-to-actual variances on a monthly basis for the profit or loss measure when making decisions about allocating capital and personnel to the segments. The CODM also uses segment operating income to assess the performance for each segment by comparing the results of each segment with one another and for determining the compensation of certain employees.

The table, on the following page, provides segment measure of profit and loss, presenting Net operating income, by each operating segment (in thousands) and is the measure that the CODM utilizes to determine resource and investment allocations:

	For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025
	United States			United Kingdom			Canada			Latin America			Total
Total portfolio income		$	111,747		$	4,485		$	16,110		$	9,972		$	142,314
Credit card revenue			664			—			1,234			—			1,898
Servicing revenue			4,538			5,866			327			—			10,731
Total Revenue		$	116,949		$	10,351		$	17,671		$	9,972		$	154,943
Provision for credit losses		$	332		$	—		$	210		$	—
Salaries and benefits		$	8,917		$	3,680		$	1,312		$	113
Servicing expenses			33,451			3,977			2,332			3,031
Depreciation and amortization			1,259			83			257			9
Professional fees			1,632			224			91			218
Other selling, general and administrative			3,559			592			328			70
Net Operating Income		$	67,799		$	1,795		$	13,141		$	6,531		$	89,266
Other Income / (Expense):
Interest Expense														$	(24,819)
Foreign exchange and other income (expense)															2,459
Total Other Income / (Expense)															(22,360)
Income Before Income Taxes														$	66,906

	For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2024
	United States			United Kingdom			Canada			Latin America			Total
Total portfolio income		$	65,894		$	6,802		$	11,803		$	6,823		$	91,322
Credit card revenue			785			—			1,437			—			2,222
Servicing revenue			860			5,494			58			—			6,412
Total Revenue		$	67,539		$	12,296		$	13,298		$	6,823		$	99,956
Provision for credit losses		$	474		$	—		$	313		$	—
Salaries and benefits		$	6,354		$	3,301		$	1,355		$	97
Servicing expenses			24,801			2,811			2,111			2,094
Depreciation and amortization			167			78			320			6
Professional fees			1,325			254			113			220
Other selling, general and administrative			842			588			312			92
Net Operating Income		$	33,576		$	5,264		$	8,774		$	4,314		$	51,928
Other Income / (Expense):
Interest Expense														$	(17,232)
Foreign exchange and other income (expense)															141
Total Other Income / (Expense)															(17,091)
Income Before Income Taxes														$	34,837

F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

14.

Subsequent Events

The Company evaluates material events or transactions that occur after the consolidated balance sheet date through May 21, 2025, the date the consolidated financial statements are issued or available to be issued to determine whether any such events or transactions should be recognized or disclosed.

On April 29, 2025, the Company repurchased units from one of its unitholders for an aggregate of $1.2 million, in connection with the resignation of Andrew Szemenyiei from the board of directors.

On May 2, 2025, the Company issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of 8.250% Senior Notes due 2030 in a private offering. The Company used a majority of the proceeds, net of fees, to pay down the outstanding balance under the Credit Facility, with all excess being used for general corporate purposes.

On May 9, 2025, the Company paid a $16 million distribution to its shareholders.

There are no other events to disclose.

F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Members and the Board of Directors of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2024, and 2023, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, member’s equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024, and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2024, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.

Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York
May 5, 2025

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2022.

F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC
Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Dollars in Thousands)

	As of December 31,
	2024			2023
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents		$	35,506		$	14,371
Restricted cash and cash equivalents			2,737			6,233
Investments in receivables, net			1,497,748			984,496
Credit card receivables (net of allowance for credit losses of $1,907 and $2,213)			17,176			20,034
Prepaid expenses and other assets			33,196			26,543
Other intangible assets, net			10,237			6,519
Goodwill			57,683			57,170
Total Assets		$	1,654,283		$	1,115,366
Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		$	77,028		$	40,851
Notes payable, net			1,194,726			770,926
Total Liabilities		$	1,271,754		$	811,777
Commitments and contingencies (note 8)
Member’s Equity
Contribution by member		$	—		$	28,797
Retained earnings			398,122			276,434
Accumulated other comprehensive income			(15,593)			(1,642)
Total Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC member’s equity		$	382,529		$	303,589
Total Equity			382,529			303,589
Total Liabilities and Member’s Equity		$	1,654,283		$	1,115,366

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income

(Dollars in Thousands)

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2024			2023
Revenues
Total portfolio income		$	396,304		$	306,529
Changes in recoveries			(419)			(12,955)
Total portfolio revenue			395,885			293,574
Credit card revenue			8,338			8,820
Servicing revenue			29,118			20,678
Total Revenues			433,341			323,072
Provision for credit losses			3,497			3,524
Operating Expenses
Salaries and benefits			48,112			36,527
Servicing expenses			130,889			101,696
Depreciation and amortization			2,608			2,372
Professional fees			11,396			6,833
Canaccede exit consideration			7,738			—
Other selling, general and administrative			8,834			8,069
Total Operating Expenses			209,577			155,497
Net Operating Income			220,267			164,051
Other Income (Expense)
Interest Expense			(77,239)			(48,108)
Foreign exchange and other income (expense)			(5,474)			4,641
Total Other Income (Expense)			(82,713)			(43,467)
Income Before Income Taxes			137,554			120,584
Provision for Income Taxes			(8,663)			(9,045)
Net Income			128,891			111,539
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest			—			(20)
Net Income attributable to Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC		$	128,891		$	111,519
Foreign currency translation			(13,951)			8,261
Comprehensive Income		$	114,940		$	119,780

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Consolidated Statements of Member’s Equity

(Dollars in Thousands)

	Contributions By Member			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Retained Earnings			Non- Controlling Interest			Total Equity
Balance, December 31, 2022		$	59,361		$	(9,903)		$	164,915		$	394		$	214,767
Distributions to member			(30,564)			—			—			—			(30,564)
Net income			—			—			111,519			20			111,539
Foreign currency translation			—			8,261			—			9			8,270
Other			—			—			—			(423)			(423)
Balance, December 31, 2023		$	28,797		$	(1,642)		$	276,434		$	—		$	303,589
Distributions to member			(28,797)			—			(7,203)			—			(36,000)
Net income			—			—			128,891			—			128,891
Foreign currency translation			—			(13,951)			—			—			(13,951)
Balance, December 31, 2024		$	—		$	(15,593)		$	398,122		$	—		$	382,529

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Dollars in Thousands)

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2024			2023
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income		$	128,891		$	111,539
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment			1,325			1,456
Amortization			5,536			3,827
Provision for credit losses			3,497			3,524
Change-in value from Canaccede exit consideration			7,738			—
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisition:
Prepaid expenses and other assets			(7,761)			(8,369)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses			28,983			8,242
Net cash provided by operating activities			168,209			120,219
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of receivables			(723,253)			(530,873)
Purchases of credit card receivables			(30,750)			(35,434)
Collections applied to investments in receivables, net			188,675			137,400
Collections applied to credit card receivables			29,174			32,319
Acquisition, net of cash acquired			—			(5,596)
Payments for intangible assets			(5,272)			—
Purchases of property and equipment			(939)			(1,227)
Net cash used in investing activities			(542,365)			(403,411)
Cash flow from financing activities
Proceeds from lines of credit			1,082,484			654,734
Payments on lines of credit			(650,398)			(328,413)
Debt issuance costs			(7,266)			(5,898)
Distributions to member			(36,000)			(30,564)
Net cash provided by financing activities			388,820			289,859
Exchange rate effects on cash balances held in foreign currencies			2,975			(1,220)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash			17,639			5,447
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period			20,604			15,157
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period		$	38,243		$	20,604
Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosures
Interest paid		$	58,125		$	45,111
Income taxes paid			8,671			9,045
New leases assumed			1,808			2,407
The following table provides a reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents reported within the accompanying consolidated balance sheets that sum to the total of the same such amounts shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows:
Cash and cash equivalents		$	35,506		$	14,371
Restricted cash			2,737			6,233
Total cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash as shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows		$	38,243		$	20,604

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization, Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The Company purchases portfolios of receivables from a diverse client base, including Fortune 500 creditors, banks, fintech origination platforms, telecommunications providers, credit card issuers, and auto finance companies. The Company’s top five clients accounted for 55.2% and 35.3%, with the top client representing 32.8% and 10.0% of purchases for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. For credit card receivables, the Company purchases from two issuers.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements reflect the accounts and operations of the Company, those of its subsidiaries in which the Company has a controlling financial interest, and certain variable interest entities (“VIEs”) where the Company is the primary beneficiary. The Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary of a VIE when it has both (1) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and (2) exposure to benefits and/or losses that could potentially be significant to the entity. Assets and liabilities of VIEs and their respective results of operations are consolidated from the date that the Company became the primary beneficiary through the date that the Company ceases to be the primary beneficiary. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company did not have any VIEs.

All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Translation of Foreign Currencies

Foreign currency translation adjustments result from the process of translating financial statements from the Company’s foreign subsidiaries’ functional currency, mainly the Canadian dollar for the Company’s Canadian business and British Pound for the Company’s United Kingdom businesses, into the Company’s reporting currency, the U.S. dollar. Translation adjustments are reported as a component of other comprehensive income. Revenues and expenses are translated monthly utilizing average exchange rates and assets and liabilities are translated as of the balance sheet date utilizing the period end exchange rate.

F-46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Use of Estimates

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), and these principles require making estimates and assumptions affecting the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during each reporting period. These estimates are based on information available as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. The actual results could differ materially from these estimates. Significant estimates include the determination of recovery income associated with the investment in charged off receivables. The recognition of total portfolio revenue is primarily calculated using ASC 326 – Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, which is commonly referred to as the Current Expected Credit Loss or “CECL,” which is based on future collections and is subject to changes in estimates. Additionally, estimates of future credit losses on credit card receivables have a significant effect on the provision for loan losses.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash held in various bank deposit accounts. The Company considers all highly liquid cash investments with low interest rate risk and original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At times, cash balances may exceed the amounts insured by the respective national government. The Company monitors its banking relationships and has not experienced any losses in such accounts and management believes that the Company is not exposed to any significant credit risk with respect to its cash and cash equivalents. Restricted cash reflects collections whereby the Company is a third-party servicer, required deposits maintained with the Company’s banking partners related to the Company’s credit card program, and U.K restricted deposits. Cash and cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

Investments in Receivables

Revenue is recognized for each static pool over the economic life of the pool. Debt purchasing revenue includes two components:

Changes in recoveries, which include:

F-47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The Company measures expected future recoveries based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts.

Credit Card Receivables

The Company’s Credit Card Receivables consist primarily of credit card receivables held for investment. Loans are carried at amortized cost and include accrued interest receivable, deferred fees, and costs. Upfront fees and costs are expensed as incurred. Interest income is recognized on loans and fees receivable using the contractual interest rate. The Company considers loans to be past due when they are 90 days or more past due, at which time the Company places the loans on nonaccrual status. It is the Company’s policy to write off loans when they are 180 days past due, or sooner if facts and circumstances indicate earlier non-collectability.

Allowance for Credit Losses

F-48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The Company does not record an allowance related to unfunded commitments as these agreements are unconditionally cancelable by the Company.

Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets

Fixed Asset Impairment

F-49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

assets should be adjusted or if the carrying value of those assets or asset groups may not be recoverable. Undiscounted estimated future cash flows are compared with the carrying value of the long-lived asset or asset group in the event indicators of impairment are identified. If the undiscounted estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying amount, the Company determines the fair value of the asset or asset group and records an impairment charge in current earnings to the extent carrying value exceeds fair value. Fair values may be determined based on estimated discounted cash flows by prices for like or similar assets in similar markets or a combination of both. There were no such impairments for the years ended December 31, 2024, or 2023.

Depreciation expense was $1.3 and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Revenue Recognition

Debt purchasing revenue includes two components:

(1)

(2)

Changes in recoveries, which include:

Credit Card Revenue

Servicing Revenue

Servicing Expenses

F-50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets (“DTA”) and deferred tax liabilities (“DTL”) for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, the Company determines the DTAs and DTLs on the basis of the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities by using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on DTAs and DTLs is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company recognizes DTAs to the extent that the Company believes that these assets are more likely than not to be realized in making such a determination. The Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, carryback potential if permitted under the tax law, and results of recent operations. If the Company determines that it would be able to realize its DTAs in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, the Company would make an adjustment to the DTA valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

The Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) the Company determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold. The Company recognizes the largest amount of the tax benefit that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

Recent Accounting Standards or Updates Not Yet Adopted

F-51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of this ASU and the impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

2. Acquisitions

Effective April 1, 2023, upon approval from the U.K. Solicitors Regulation Authority, the Company’s U.K. subsidiary JCIA Holdings, LLC entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Moriarty Law Limited (“Moriarty”) for $5.8 million in cash. Moriarty is a law firm based in London, U.K that provides pre-litigation, legal recoveries, and enforcement services on behalf of its clients, including debt buyers, utilities, and banks. The Moriarty acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the date of the acquisition. The results of the acquired business have been included in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations from the date of acquisition.

The components of the purchase price allocation for the acquisition of Moriarty were as follows (in thousands):

Purchase Price:
Total purchase consideration paid	$	5,781
Allocation of purchase price:
Cash and cash equivalents		1,805
Prepaid expenses and other assets		855
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		(355)
Identified intangible assets:
Other intangible assets		—
Goodwill		3,476
Total net assets acquired	$	5,781

In the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recognized, from the Moriarty acquisition, Servicing revenue of $4.3 million and Net income of $0.3 million since the acquisition date. If the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the reporting period, the Company would have recognized an additional Servicing revenue of $1.1 million and Net income of $0.1 million. The goodwill associated with this transaction is non-taxable.

F-52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

would have its desired facility in place by the closing of the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase. Jefferson Capital relocated the 197 new FTE of Jefferson Capital to the new San Antonio facility in January 2025.

The Conn’s portfolio purchase was accounted for as an asset acquisition in accordance with the asset acquisition method of accounting as detailed in ASC 805-50, Business Combinations—Related Issues (“ASC 805”). Generally, under asset acquisition accounting, acquiring assets in groups not only requires ascertaining the cost of the asset (or net assets), but also allocating that cost to the individual assets (or individual assets and liabilities) that make up the group. The cost of the group of assets acquired in an asset acquisition is allocated to the individual assets acquired or liabilities assumed based on their relative fair values of net identifiable assets acquired other than certain “non-qualifying” assets (for example cash) and does not give rise to goodwill. The Company has determined the relative fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as of the date of acquisition, as presented on the next page (in thousands):

Purchase Price:
Total purchase consideration paid			$	244,937
Allocation of purchase price:
Cash and cash equivalents				1,224
Investments in receivables, net:
Unpaid principal balance		566,696
Allowance for credit losses at time of acquisition		(251,317)
Non-credit discount		(89,316)
Investment in previously charged-off receivables		11,964
Total investments in receivables, net				238,028
Prepaid expenses and other assets:
Lease (ROU asset)		789
Information Technology Hardware		413
Total prepaid expenses and other assets:				1,202
Other intangible assets:
Intellectual property	$	2,881
Assembled workforce		2,391
Total other intangible assets				5,272
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Lease (ROU liability)				(789)
Total net assets acquired			$	244,937

The investments in receivables, net exhibited more than insignificant credit deterioration on the acquisition date and were valued as per ASC 326, CECL methodology for PCD assets.

F-53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

In the year ended December 31, 2024, and since the acquisition date, the Company recognized total portfolio revenue of $9.4 million, servicing revenue of $1.9 million and Net income of $3.1 million related to the Conn’s portfolio purchase.

3. Fair Value Measurements

Level 1

Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2

Level 3

The Company does not have any financial instruments that are subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis.

Financial Instruments Not Required to Be Carried at Fair Value

The table below summarizes fair value estimates for the Company’s financial instruments that are not required to be carried at fair value.

The carrying amounts in the following table are recorded in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):

	December 31, 2024						December 31, 2023
	Carrying Amount			Estimated Fair Value			Carrying Amount			Estimated Fair Value
Financial Assets
Investments in receivables, net		$	1,497,748		$	1,646,535		$	984,496		$	1,079,491
Credit card receivable, net			17,176			17,176			20,034			20,034
Financial Liabilities
Credit agreements		$	508,146		$	513,799		$	481,333		$	488,195
Senior unsecured bond due 2026			297,828			299,478			296,456			287,967
Senior unsecured bond due 2029			394,405			424,792

Investment in receivables, net

F-54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

requires significant judgment. The Company evaluates the use of key inputs on an ongoing basis and refines the data as it continues to obtain market data. See Note 4.

Credit card receivables, net

The fair value approximates the carrying value, due to their short-term nature.

Credit agreements

The fair value of notes payable is measured using Level 3 inputs. The fair value approximates the principal value due to the short-term adjustable-rate nature of the notes payable.

Senior unsecured bonds due 2026 and 2029

4. Investment in receivables, net

The following table presents the roll forward of the balance of the investment in receivables, net for the following periods (in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2024			2023
Balance, beginning of period		$	984,496		$	579,953
Purchases(1)			723,253			530,873
Cash collections			(584,559)			(430,974)
Total portfolio income			396,304			306,529
Changes in expected current period recoveries			12,522			1,281
Changes in expected future period recoveries			(12,941)			(14,236)
Foreign currency adjustments			(21,327)			11,070
Balance, end of period		$	1,497,748		$	984,496

(1)

The table below provides the detail on the establishment of negative allowance for expected recoveries of portfolios purchased during the periods presented (in thousands):

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2024			2023
Purchase price		$	497,189		$	530,873
Allowance for credit losses			8,161,280			13,783,156
Amortized cost			8,658,469			14,314,029
Noncredit discount			540,042			514,450
Face value			9,198,511			14,828,479
Write-off of amortized cost			(8,658,469)			(14,314,029)
Write-off of noncredit discount			(540,042)			(514,450)
Negative allowance			497,189			530,873
Negative allowance for expected recoveries		$	497,189		$	530,873

Recoveries above or below forecast represent over and under-performance in the reporting period, respectively. Actual collections during the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, overperformed the projected collections by approximately $12.5 million and $1.3 million, respectively. The Company believes the collection

F-55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

outperformance was primarily driven by continued strong collection performance in the Company’s utilities and telecom asset class and the expansion of the legal channel.

When reassessing the forecasts of expected lifetime recoveries during the year ended December 31, 2024, management considered historical and current collection performance and believes that for certain static pools sustained collections underperformance resulted in decreased total expected recoveries. As a result, the Company has updated its forecast, resulting in a net decrease of total estimated remaining collections, which in turn, when discounted to present value, resulted in a negative change in expected future period recoveries of approximately $12.9 million and $14.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

At the time of the Conn’s portfolio purchase, which was majority performing receivables, the Company established an allowance for credit losses of $251.3 million. Additionally, due to the discount paid to face value on the portfolio, the Company also established a non-credit discount of $89.3 million at the time of purchase.

The Company places performing receivables on nonaccrual status when the receivables are greater than 90 days. To facilitate the monitoring of credit quality for performing receivables, and for the purpose of determining an appropriate allowance for losses for these receivables, the Company utilizes payment history and current payment status. The below tables present the information on the past due and non-accrual buckets for the assets acquired in the Conn’s portfolio purchase, and does not include all other purchased loans as they were charged-off at the time or purchase, as of December 31, 2024:

	As of December 31, 2024
Delinquency	2024			Total
United States
Current		$	352,403		$	352,403
30 – 59			33,683			33,683
60 – 89			29,685			29,685
>90			121,337			121,337
Amortized Cost > 90 DPD and Accruing(1)			—			—
Total		$	537,108		$	537,108

The following table presents non-accrual performing loans by segment (in thousands).

	As of December 31, 2024
	Nonaccrual			Nonaccrual with No Allowance
United States			121,337			—
Total		$	121,337		$	—

For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company purchased receivable portfolios with face values of $9,837.1 million for a purchase price of $723.3 million or 7.4% of face value. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company purchased receivable portfolios with face values of $14,828.5 million for a purchase price of $530.9 million or 3.6% of face value. The price paid relative to the face amount of receivables will vary based upon the type of debt purchased, the age of the debt at the time of acquisition and the overall debt acquisition market. The percentage reported represents the weighted average of activity for the period and is a function of the mix of assets acquired in any period. For the receivables purchased in the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the estimated amount of cash flows to be collected were $1,423.4 million and $1,045.3 million (as of purchase), respectively.

F-56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

5. Credit Card Receivables

The following table summarizes the credit card receivables, gross of allowance for credit losses, by geography (in thousands):

	As of December 31,
	2024			2023
United States		$	7,470		$	8,833
Canada			11,613			13,414
Total		$	19,083		$	22,247

Age Analysis of Past-Due Credit Card Receivables At December 31, 2024 (in thousands)

	30 – 59			60 – 89			>90			Total Past Due			Current			Total			Amortized Cost > 90 DPD and Accruing(1)
United States		$	196		$	177		$	551		$	924		$	6,546		$	7,470		$	—
Canada			281			157			339			777			10,836			11,613			—
Total		$	477		$	334		$	890		$	1,701		$	17,382		$	19,083		$	—

Age Analysis of Past-Due Credit Card Receivables At December 31, 2023 (in thousands)

	30 – 59			60 – 89			>90			Total Past Due			Current			Total			Amortized Cost > 90 DPD and Accruing(1)
United States		$	264		$	208		$	543		$	1,015		$	7,818		$	8,833		$	—
Canada			311			206			300			817			12,597			13,414			—
Total		$	575		$	414		$	843		$	1,832		$	20,415		$	22,247		$	—

(1)

The Company does not accrue interest on receivables greater than 90 days past due.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The following table summarizes the change in the allowance for credit losses for the Company’s credit card receivables portfolio (in thousands).

	United States			Canada			Total
Balance as of December 31, 2022		$	1,140		$	1,266		$	2,406
Charge-offs			(2,137)			(1,580)			(3,717)
Provision			2,106			1,418			3,524
Balance as of December 31, 2023		$	1,109		$	1,104		$	2,213
Charge-offs			(2,028)			(1,775)			(3,803)
Provision			1,876			1,621			3,497
Balance as of December 31, 2024		$	957		$	950		$	1,907

F-57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Non-Accrual Loans

The following table presents non-accrual loans by segment (in thousands).

	As of December 31, 2024						As of December 31, 2023
	Nonaccrual			Nonaccrual with No Allowance			Nonaccrual			Nonaccrual with No Allowance
United States		$	551		$	—		$	543		$	—
Canada			339			—			300			—
Total		$	890		$	—		$	843		$	—

No interest income was recorded for the non-accrual receivables for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.

Credit Quality Indicators

To facilitate the monitoring of credit quality for credit card receivables, and for the purpose of determining an appropriate allowance for credit losses for these receivables, the Company utilizes payment history and current payment status. The following table presents amortized cost basis credit card receivables by vintage and age analysis (in thousands).

	As of December 31, 2024
Delinquency	2020 & Prior			2021			2022			2023			2024			Total
United States
Current		$	5,173		$	706		$	227		$	175		$	266		$	6,547
30 – 59			127			28			15			11			16			197
60 – 89			104			22			15			17			18			176
>90			325			111			34			40			40			550
Total		$	5,729		$	867		$	291		$	243		$	340		$	7,470
Canada
Current		$	7,331		$	871		$	755		$	1,384		$	495		$	10,836
30 – 59			199			10			19			41			13			282
60 – 89			100			10			8			26			13			157
>90			229			13			12			55			29			338
Total		$	7,859		$	904		$	794		$	1,506		$	550		$	11,613
Combined
Current		$	12,504		$	1,577		$	982		$	1,559		$	761		$	17,383
30 – 59			326			38			34			52			29			479
60 – 89			204			32			23			43			31			333
>90			554			124			46			95			69			888
Total		$	13,588		$	1,771		$	1,085		$	1,749		$	890		$	19,083

F-58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

	As of December 31, 2023
Delinquency	2019 & Prior			2020			2021			2022			2023			Total
United States
Current		$	5,146		$	1,093		$	961		$	341		$	277		$	7,818
30 – 59			120			60			38			24			22			264
60 – 89			85			49			36			18			20			208
>90			212			121			115			55			40			543
Total		$	5,563		$	1,323		$	1,150		$	438		$	359		$	8,833
Canada
Current		$	9,371		$	348		$	938		$	671		$	1,269		$	12,597
30 – 59			246			10			12			11			32			311
60 – 89			172			5			7			9			13			206
>90			219			6			21			16			38			300
Total		$	10,008		$	369		$	978		$	707		$	1,352		$	13,414
Combined
Current		$	14,517		$	1,441		$	1,899		$	1,012		$	1,546		$	20,415
30 – 59			366			70			50			35			54			575
60 – 89			257			54			43			27			33			414
>90			431			127			136			71			78			843
Total		$	15,571		$	1,692		$	2,128		$	1,145		$	1,711		$	22,247

6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company tests goodwill for impairment at least annually as of June 30, or more frequently, if certain events or circumstances warrant. During fiscal year 2024 and 2023, the Company recorded no impairments of goodwill at the Company’s reporting units.

F-59

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The following table summarizes the changes in goodwill and other intangible assets (in thousands) in the Company’s reportable segments:

	United States			United Kingdom			Canada			Latin America			Total
Goodwill
December 31, 2022		$	31,633		$	13,371		$	7,257		$	—		$	52,261
Acquisitions			—			3,476			—			—			3,476
Impact of FX Translation			—			1,273			160			—			1,433
December 31, 2023		$	31,633		$	18,120		$	7,417		$	—		$	57,170
Impact of FX Translation			—			1,089			(576)			—			513
December 31, 2024		$	31,633		$	19,209		$	6,841		$	—		$	57,683
Intangible assets
December 31, 2022		$	2,952		$	—		$	4,397		$	—		$	7,349
Less: Amortization			(299)			—			(616)			—			(915)
Impact of FX Translation			—			—			85			—			85
December 31, 2023		$	2,653		$	—		$	3,866		$	—		$	6,519
Conn’s Portfolio Purchase			5,272			—			—			—			5,272
Less: Amortization			(677)			—			(607)			—			(1,284)
Impact of FX Translation			—			—			(270)			—			(270)
December 31, 2024		$	7,248		$	—		$	2,989		$	—		$	10,237

Amortization expense over the next five years and thereafter is expected as follows (in thousands):

	Amount
2025		$	3,818
2026			2,228
2027			1,447
2028			870
2029			870
Thereafter			1,004
Total future minimum amortization expense		$	10,237

7. Notes Payable, Net (in thousands)

	As of December 31,
	2024					2023
	Amount Outstanding			Interest Rate		Amount Outstanding			Interest Rate
Senior unsecured bond due 2026		$	300,000		6.00%		$	300,000		6.00%
Senior unsecured bond due 2029			400,000		9.50%			—		0.00%
Credit agreements			508,146		7.51%			481,332		8.67%
Total		$	1,208,146		7.79%		$	781,332		7.64%
Unamortized debt issuance costs			(13,420)					(10,406)
Notes Payable, net		$	1,194,726				$	770,926

F-60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Dates	Percentage of Principle
2023		103.000%
2024		101.500%
2025 and thereafter		100.000%

These notes incurred issuance costs of $6.9 million, including legal expenses and origination fees, which decrease the carry balance of the notes. These expenses were capitalized at the time of issuance and are being amortized over the 5-year life of the bonds. At December 31, 2024, the balance of the capitalized bond issuance costs is $2.2 million.

On February 28, 2022, the Company amended its Credit Agreement to include a new $150.0 million Canadian sub-facility to go alongside the $35.0 million UK sub-facility.

On April 26, 2023, the Company amended and extended its Credit Agreement to an aggregate commitment of $600 million with a 5-year maturity of April 26, 2028.

F-61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Dates	Percentage of Principle
2026		104.750%
2027		102.375%
2028 and thereafter		100.000%

These notes incurred issuance costs of $6.8 million, including legal expenses and origination fees, which decrease the carry balance of the notes. These expenses were capitalized at the time of issuance and are being amortized over the 5-year life of the bonds. At December 31, 2024, the balance of the capitalized bond issuance costs is $5.6 million.

F-62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Components of interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2024			2023
Interest expense		$	72,986		$	45,197
Amortization of note payable origination costs			4,253			2,911
Total Interest Expense		$	77,239		$	48,108

As of December 31, 2024, the outstanding balances of notes payable were $1,194.7 million with the aggregated average interest rate of 7.79%. In comparison, as of December 31, 2023, the outstanding balances of notes payable were $770.9 million with the aggregated average interest rate of 7.64%

The Company incurred costs related to the issuance and origination of its notes payable which are deferred and recorded net of the debt balance and amortized to interest expense over the life of the debt on an effective interest method. The unamortized debt issuance costs related to the notes payable were $13.4 million and $10.4 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

The Credit agreement contains five financial covenants:

▪

The Maximum Senior Leverage Ratio to not exceed 2.50 to 1.00

▪

The Maximum Leverage Ratio to not exceed 3.25 to 1.00

▪

The Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.00

▪

Minimum Tangible Net Worth not to be less than a starting value plus 50% of each subsequent quarter’s Net Income

▪

Minimum Actual Collections where the Company must collect at least 85% of the projected collections over the trailing twelve-month period

As of December 31, 2024, the Company was in compliance with all the financial covenants of its notes payable.

8. Leases

The Company recognized operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and operating lease liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company elected not to apply the recognition requirements to short-term leases, not to separate non-lease components from lease components, and elected the transition provisions available for existing contracts, which allowed the Company to carryforward its historical assessments of (1) whether contracts are or contain a lease, (2) lease classification, and (3) initial direct costs.

ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset during the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the net present value of fixed lease payments over the lease term. The Company’s lease term includes options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that it will exercise that option. ROU assets also include any advance lease payments made and are net of any lease incentives. As most of the Company’s operating leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments.

The majority of the Company’s leases are for corporate offices, various facilities, and information technology equipment. In 2024, the Company added new leases for an office in San Antonio, Texas to support the Conn’s Portfolio Purchase, its corporate headquarters in Minneapolis, Minnesota, two separate leases in London, Ontario, and a corporate office in Toronto, Ontario all of which are to support our Canadian operations. The

F-63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

components of lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, are presented on the next page as follows (in thousands):

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2024			2023
Operating lease costs(1)		$	1,587		$	1,489
Total lease costs		$	1,587		$	1,489

(1)

Operating lease expenses are included in other selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

The following table provides supplemental consolidated balance sheet information related to leases as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):

		As of December 31,
	Classification	2024			2023
Assets
Operating lease right-of-use assets	Prepaid expenses and other assets		$	4,449		$	4,034
Total lease right-of-use assets			$	4,449		$	4,034
Liabilities
Operating lease liabilities	Accounts payable and accrued expenses		$	4,861		$	4,376
Total lease liabilities			$	4,861		$	4,376

Supplemental lease information is summarized below (in thousands, except rate and lease term):

	As of December 31,
	2024		2023
Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years)
Operating leases		5.5		6.7
Weight-average discount rate
Operating leases		7.5%		4.2%

Minimum future payments on non-cancellable operating leases as of December 31, 2024, are summarized as follows (in thousands):

	Operating Leases
2025		$	1,216
2026			1,344
2027			976
2028			767
2029			551
Thereafter			1,164
Total undiscounted lease payments			6,018
Less: imputed interest			(1,157)
Lease obligations under operating leases		$	4,861

F-64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

9. Management Long-Term Incentive Plan

Under the Plan, awards of Class B Units representing limited liability company interests in JCAP TopCo, LLC, a holding company and direct parent of the Company, are issued to Management Invest LLC, which in turn issues corresponding awards of Class B Units in Management Invest LLC to certain of the Company’s employees and other service providers. As of December 31, 2024, there were 26,932,232 Class B units available for issuance, of which 26,932,232 were issued and outstanding. As of December 31, 2023, there were 29,267,097 Class B units available for issuance, of which 29,267,097 were issued and outstanding. The Plan units qualify as liability awards since they will be settled in cash upon redemption and are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheet. The unit value is calculated based on the estimated fair value of the Company over the original investment amount. Thirty percent (30%) of the units shall become vested in five equal installments on each of the first five anniversaries of their respective grant dates, and the remaining seventy percent (70%) shall vest upon a change of control if applicable distribution thresholds are achieved. The Company values its units awarded under the Plan based on the market approach. The Company utilizes public company comparable information to establish the MOIC, which is then applied against the strike prices of the respective vested portion of the units awarded under the Plan to calculate the compensation exposure. For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, compensation expense recognized was $4.5 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

10. Commitments and Contingencies

Purchase Commitments

As of December 31, 2024 and 2023 the Company had entered into forward flow purchase agreements for the purchase of receivables with an estimated minimum aggregate purchase price of approximately $326.8 million and $237.3 million, respectively. The Company expects actual purchases under these forward flow purchase agreements to be significantly greater than the estimated minimum aggregate purchase price.

Employee Savings and Retirement Plan

The Company sponsors defined contribution plans in the U.S., Canada, and the U.K. The U.S. plan is organized as a 401(k) plan under which all employees are eligible to make voluntary contributions to the plan up to 100% of their compensation, subject to IRS limitations, as defined in the plan. The Company makes matching contributions of 25% of up to 6% of an employee’s salary. In Canada, the Company has a Deferred Profit-Sharing Plan (DPSP) in which the Company contributes 3% of salary to their DPSP fund. Employees contributing to the Registered Retirement Savings Plan (RRSP) or Tax-Free Savings Account (TFSA) receive up to a 2% match, bringing the potential total match to 5% of salary. In the U.K., the Company operates the government contribution plan where employees contribute 5% of their salary and the Company contributes 3% of the employee salary on a monthly basis. Employees can make additional contributions to the plan via their salary, either by one off extra contribution or increasing the monthly percentage but must contribute a minimum of 5%. Total compensation expense related to the Company’s contributions was $0.8 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

F-65

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Commitments to extend credit

The Company, in the normal course of business through its credit card programs, has the obligation to purchase the credit card receivables from the issuing bank, thereby incurring off-balance-sheet risk. This risk includes the cardholder’s rights to borrow up to the maximum credit limit on their credit card accounts, which is $15.8 million as of December 31, 2024 and $17.8 million as of December 31, 2023, beyond their current balances. The Company has not experienced a situation in which all of the Company’s cardholders have exercised their entire available line of credit at any given point in time, nor does management anticipate this will ever occur in the future. Also, the Company can, subject to certain regulatory requirements, reduce or cancel these available credit limits.

Contingent payments

As part of the Company’s acquisition of Canaccede Financial Group, Ltd. (“Canaccede”) in March 2020, an exit incentive was awarded to the former shareholders of Canaccede for up to $C 15.625 million that would be payable only on a Liquidity Event for J.C. Flowers (“JCF”), defined to mean a final exit, that yielded net returns to JCF in excess of a certain hurdles as defined in the purchase agreement. The payment, which is contingent on a Liquidity Event and achieving certain hurdles, would be based on cash-on-cash returns to JCF, measured at that final exit, as an equity-linked incentive with capped upside and designed to be paid with sale proceeds received from a new owner. Each year the Company reassesses the fair value of the exit incentive payment to determine whether such amount should be recorded within the consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2024, Jefferson Capital determined that the occurrence in the future of a Liquidity Event above the requisite MOIC thresholds will be probable by December 31, 2027. As a result, the Company accrued a liability related to the Canaccede exit consideration of $7.7 million as of December 31, 2024, reflecting the net present value of an anticipated payment of the maximum amount. This has been recorded as expense on the income statement in other selling, general and administrative with the offset being a liability on the balance sheet in accounts payable and accrued expenses

Litigation

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. For fiscal years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, there are no material pending legal proceedings to which the Company or its subsidiaries are a party.

11. Variable Interest Entities

The Company determined that certain special purpose entities (“SPEs”) are VIEs. A VIE is an entity that has either a total equity investment that is insufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or whose equity investors lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest. A VIE is consolidated by its primary beneficiary, which is the entity that, through its variable interests has both the power to direct the activities that significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligations to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

On May 12, 2023, the Company purchased the non-controlling interest of its special purpose entity, which is fully reflected in the consolidated balance sheet and statements of operations.

Columbian Joint Venture

The Company, through a joint venture, acquired a portfolio of non-performing loans based in Colombia for $7.9 million. The acquisition, which occurred in October 2021, was funded through a capital contribution of debt and equity into the local purchasing trust. The Company held a 90% economic interest in the trust with the joint venture partner holding the remaining 10%. The 10% interest was reflected as non-controlling interest in the consolidated financial statements. On May 12, 2023, the Company purchased the remaining 10% from the joint venture partner.

12. Income taxes

F-66

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

not subject to United States federal and state income taxes at the company level. However, certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are required to pay income taxes.

Income before taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2024			2023
United States		$	97,211		$	78,904
Foreign			40,343			41,680
Income Before Income Taxes		$	137,554		$	120,584

The provision for Income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2024			2023
Current Expense (benefit)
Foreign		$	8,663		$	9,028
		$	8,663		$	9,028
Deferred expense (benefit)
Foreign			—			17
		$	—		$	17
Provision for Income Taxes		$	8,663		$	9,045

Since the Company and its domestic subsidiaries are disregarded entities for United States federal and state income tax purposes, the reconciliation of federal statutory income tax rate will result in a tax impact on international earnings equal to our effective tax rate of 6.3% as of December 31, 2024 and 7.5% as of December 31, 2023.

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to our effective tax rate was as follows:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2024		2023
U.S. Federal provision		21.0%		21.0%
Effect of:
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit		0.0%		0.0%
Income not subject to federal income tax		-21.0%		-21.0%
Tax impact on international earnings		6.3%		7.5%
Effective rate		6.3%		7.5%

F-67

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred assets and liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2024			2023
Deferred tax assets:
Difference in basis of receivable portfolio		$	1		$	184
Net operating losses		$	—		$	50
Difference in basis of depreciable and amortizable assets			14			20
		$	15		$	254
Deferred tax liabilities:
Difference in basis of receivable portfolio		$	(988)		$	(1,935)
Difference in basis of depreciable and amortizable assets			(1,043)			(1,260)
		$	(2,031)		$	(3,195)
Net deferred tax liabilities		$	(2,016)		$	(2,941)

As of December 31, 2023, certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries had net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $198.9 thousand, which were expected to be utilized over the next 24 months at that time. As of December 31, 2024, the Company has recognized all net operating loss carry forwards.

As of December 31, 2024 and 2023 the Company has not recorded any unrecognized tax benefits or related penalties and interest. Further, the Company does not expect any significant changes related to unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months. In general, the Company is not subject to United States federal and state income tax examinations for years before 2020, to Canada tax examinations for years before 2020, and to United Kingdom tax examinations for years before 2017.

Reinvestment of Unremitted Earnings of Foreign Subsidiaries

The Company is subject to foreign withholding taxes upon the distribution of unremitted earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries.

As of December 31, 2024, the Company has evaluated its strategy regarding the reinvestment of unremitted earnings from its foreign subsidiaries. Substantially all of the Company’s earnings from its U.K. and one of its Colombian subsidiaries are not intended to be indefinitely reinvested offshore. Therefore, the tax effects of repatriation for applicable foreign withholding taxes of such cash earnings have been provided for in the

F-68

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

accompanying consolidated statement of operations. For the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the potential tax liability on the Company’s unremitted earnings is $0.0 million.

As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the unremitted earnings of all other foreign subsidiaries of the Company were approximately $92.9 million and $78.1 million, respectively. The Company intends for this amount to be indefinitely reinvested in its foreign operations; therefore, no deferred tax liabilities have been recorded for these unremitted earnings. These amounts will become taxable upon a future distribution of the earnings.

Management will continue to assess the Company’s reinvestment strategy and the related tax implications. Any changes in the Company’s intentions or ability to reinvest these earnings may result in the recognition of additional tax liabilities in future periods.

13. Related Party Transactions

During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company distributed $36.0 million and $30.6 million, respectively, to its owners.

14. Segment Reporting

F-69

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The following table provides segment measure of profit and loss, presenting Net operating income by each operating segment (in thousands), which is the measure that the CODM utilizes to determine resource and investment allocations:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2024
	United States			United Kingdom			Canada			Latin America			Total
Total portfolio income		$	287,924		$	28,534		$	48,232		$	31,195		$	395,885
Credit card revenue			2,776			—			5,562			—			8,338
Servicing revenue			4,999			23,758			361			—			29,118
Total Revenues		$	295,699		$	52,292		$	54,155		$	31,195		$	433,341
Provision for credit losses		$	1,876		$	—		$	1,621		$	—
Salaries and benefits		$	28,342		$	14,127		$	5,253		$	390
Servicing expenses			95,599			15,131			10,036			10,123
Depreciation and amortization			1,671			325			587			25
Professional fees			9,258			911			370			857
Canaccede exit consideration			7,738			—			—			—
Other selling, general and administrative			4,809			2,432			1,154			439
Net operating income		$	146,483		$	19,366		$	34,527		$	19,891		$	220,267
Other Income (Expense):
Interest Expense														$	(77,239)
Foreign exchange and other income (expense)															(5,474)
Total Other Income (Expense)															(82,713)
Income Before Income Taxes														$	137,554

F-70

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2023
	United States			United Kingdom			Canada			Latin America			Total
Total portfolio income		$	207,005		$	24,177		$	44,870		$	17,522		$	293,574
Credit card revenue			3,113			—			5,707			—			8,820
Servicing revenue			4,004			16,481			193			—			20,678
Total Revenues		$	214,122		$	40,658		$	50,770		$	17,522		$	323,072
Provision for credit losses		$	2,106		$	—		$	1,418		$	—
Salaries and benefits		$	19,355		$	11,752		$	5,299		$	121
Servicing expenses			70,397			14,138			8,177			8,984
Depreciation and amortization			1,330			288			742			12
Professional fees			4,534			866			561			872
Other selling, general and administrative			3,145			2,056			1,919			290
Net Operating Income		$	112,596		$	11,558		$	32,655		$	7,243		$	164,051
Other Income (Expense):
Interest Expense														$	(48,108)
Foreign exchange and other income (expense)															4,641
Total Other Income (Expense)															(43,467)
Income Before Income Taxes														$	120,584

15. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated material events or transactions occurring after the consolidated balance sheet date through May 5, 2025, the date the consolidated financial statements were issued or were available to be issued to determine whether any such events or transactions should be recognized or disclosed.

On March 7, 2025, the Company paid a $16 million distribution to its members.

On April 29, 2025, the Company repurchased units from one of its unitholders at an aggregate purchase price of $1.25 million.

On May 2, 2025, the Company issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of 8.250% Senior Notes due 2030 in a private offering. The Company used a majority of the proceeds, net of fees, to pay down the outstanding balance under the Credit Facility, with any excess being used for general corporate purposes.

There are no other events to disclose.

F-71

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Through and including , 2025 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

Common Stock

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

Lead Bookrunning Managers

	Jefferies			Keefe, Bruyette & Woods
				A Stifel Company

Bookrunning Managers

Citizens Capital Markets

Raymond James

Truist Securities

Capital One Securities

DNB Carnegie

Regions Securities LLC

Synovus

Co-Managers

FHN Financial Securities Corp.

ING

, 2025

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Registrant in connection with the offering and sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

	Amount Paid or to Be Paid
SEC registration fee		$	15,310
FINRA filing fee			14,850
Exchange listing fee			*
Printing and engraving expenses			*
Legal fees and expenses			*
Accounting fees and expenses			*
Blue sky fees and expenses			*
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses			*
Miscellaneous expenses			*
Total		$	*

To be provided by amendment

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which he or she shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court shall deem proper.

Section 145(g) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides, in general, that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or

II-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

In connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, we will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and our executive officers. These agreements will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and such officers to the fullest extent permitted by law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws.

We will also maintain a general liability insurance policy that will cover certain liabilities of directors and officers of our company arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

We have not sold any securities, registered or otherwise, within the past three years, other than the securities to be issued in connection with the Reorganization described in the prospectus that forms a part of this registration statement. Such issuances will be deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. The recipients of securities will represent their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends will be affixed to the stock certificates.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)

Exhibits

A list of exhibits required to be filed under this item is set forth on the Exhibit Index of this registration statement and is incorporated in this Item 16(a) by reference.

(b)

Financial Statement Schedules.

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a

II-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

The following exhibits are filed as part of this registration statement.

	Exhibit No.
	1.1*			Form of Underwriting Agreement.
	3.1*			Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Jefferson Capital, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of this offering.
	3.2*			Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Jefferson Capital, Inc., to be in effect upon completion of this offering.
	4.1*			Specimen Stock Certificate evidencing the shares of common stock.
	4.2			Indenture, dated as of August 4, 2021, by and among Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association (as successor in interest to U.S. Bank National Association), as trustee.
	4.3			Form of 6.000% Senior Notes due 2026 (included in Exhibit 4.2).
	4.4			Indenture, dated as of February 2, 2024, by and among Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as trustee.
	4.5			Form of 9.500% Senior Notes due 2029 (included in Exhibit 4.4).
	4.6			Indenture, dated as of May 2, 2025, by and among Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as trustee.
	4.7			Form of 8.250% Senior Notes due 2030 (included in Exhibit 4.6).
	4.8*			Form of Registration Rights Agreement, to be in effect upon completion of this offering.
	4.9*			Form of Stockholders Agreement, to be in effect upon completion of this offering.
	5.1*			Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP.
	10.1			Amendment No. 5, dated as of June 3, 2024, to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2021, by and among CL Holdings, LLC, Jefferson Capital Systems, LLC, JC International Acquisition, LLC, the lenders party thereto and Citizens Bank, N.A., as administrative agent.
	10.2			Amendment No. 6, dated as of November 13, 2024, to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2021, by and among CL Holdings, LLC, Jefferson Capital Systems, LLC, JC International Acquisition, LLC, the lenders party thereto and Citizens Bank, N.A., as administrative agent.
	10.3			Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2024, by and among Jefferson Capital Systems, LLC, as Purchaser, Conn’s, Inc., Conn Appliances, Inc., Conn Credit Corporation, Inc., Conn Credit I, LP, CARF COL LLC, W.S. Badcock LLC, W.S. Badcock Credit LLC, and W.S. Badcock Credit I LLC, as Sellers.
	10.4†*			JCAP Topco LLC 2018 Underlying Units Plan.
	10.5†*			Management Invest LLC 2018 Management Incentive Plan.
	10.6†			Form of Management Incentive Units Award Agreement and Underlying Units Award Agreement.
	10.7†*			2025 Incentive Award Plan.
	10.8†*			Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Agreement under the 2025 Incentive Award Plan.
	10.9†*			Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Agreement under the 2025 Incentive Award Plan.
	10.10†*			Form of Jefferson Capital, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement.
	10.11†*			Amended and Restated Senior Management Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2018, by and among CL Holdings, LLC, FMT Services, LLC and David Burton.
	10.12*			Form of Indemnification Agreement.
	21.1*			List of Subsidiaries.
	23.1*			Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
	23.2			Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, as to Jefferson Capital, Inc.

II-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Exhibit No.
	23.3			Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, as to Jefferson Capital Holdings, LLC.
	24.1			Powers of Attorney (included in the signature pages to this registration statement).
	107			Filing Fee Table.

To be filed by amendment.

†

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.

II-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Minneapolis, state of Minnesota on May 21, 2025.

Jefferson Capital, Inc.

By:

/s/ David Burton

David Burton

President and Chief Executive Officer

We, the undersigned directors and officers of Jefferson Capital, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby severally constitute and appoint David Burton and Christo Realov, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys, with full power to them, and to each of them singly, to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below, the registration statement on Form S-1 filed herewith, and any and all pre-effective and post-effective amendments to said registration statement, and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of equity securities of the Company, and to file or cause to be filed the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as each of us might or could do in person, and hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys, and each of them, or their substitute or substitutes, shall do or cause to be done by virtue of this Power of Attorney.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ David Burton David Burton	President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)	May 21, 2025
/s/ Christo Realov Christo Realov	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	May 21, 2025
/s/ Thomas Harding Thomas Harding	Director	May 21, 2025
/s/ John Oros John Oros	Director	May 21, 2025
/s/ Thomas Lydon, Jr. Thomas Lydon, Jr.	Director	May 21, 2025
/s/ Christopher Giles Christopher Giles	Director	May 21, 2025

II-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ Ronald Vaske Ronald Vaske	Director	May 21, 2025
/s/ Beth Leonard Beth Leonard	Director	May 21, 2025

II-7

		Page

ARTICLE I
Definitions and Incorporation by Reference		1

Section 1.01	Definitions	1
Section 1.02	Other Definitions	27
Section 1.03	[Reserved]	28
Section 1.04	Rules of Construction	28

ARTICLE II
The Notes		29

Section 2.01	Form and Dating	29
Section 2.02	Execution and Authentication	29
Section 2.03	Registrar and Paying Agent	29
Section 2.04	Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust	30
Section 2.05	Holder Lists	30
Section 2.06	Transfer and Exchange	30
Section 2.07	Replacement Notes	30
Section 2.08	Outstanding Notes	30
Section 2.09	Temporary Notes	31
Section 2.10	Cancellation	31
Section 2.11	Registered Holders	31
Section 2.12	CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc.	31
Section 2.13	Issuance of Additional Notes	31
Section 2.14	Defaulted Interest	32

ARTICLE III
Redemption		32

Section 3.01	Notices to Trustee	32
Section 3.02	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed	32
Section 3.03	Notice of Redemption	32
Section 3.04	Effect of Notice of Redemption	33
Section 3.05	Deposit of Redemption Price	33
Section 3.06	Notes Redeemed in Part	33
Section 3.07	Optional Redemption	33

ARTICLE IV
Covenants		34

Section 4.01	Payment of Notes	34
Section 4.02	Reports	34
Section 4.03	Limitation on Indebtedness	36
Section 4.04	Limitation on Restricted Payments	39
Section 4.05	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries	44
Section 4.06	Limitation on Asset Sales	45
Section 4.07	Limitation on Affiliate Transactions	47
Section 4.08	[Reserved]	49
Section 4.09	Change of Control Repurchase Event	49
Section 4.10	Limitation on Liens	50
Section 4.11	Additional Guarantors	51


Section 4.12	[Reserved]	51
Section 4.13	Further Instruments and Acts	51
Section 4.14	Suspension of Certain Covenants	51
Section 4.15	Limited Condition Transactions / Covenant Compliance	53

ARTICLE V
Successor Company		54

Section 5.01	When Company May Merge or Transfer Assets	54

ARTICLE VI
Defaults and Remedies		56

Section 6.01	Events of Default	56
Section 6.02	Acceleration	58
Section 6.03	Waiver of Past Defaults	59
Section 6.04	Other Remedies	59
Section 6.05	Compliance Certificate	59
Section 6.06	Control by Majority	60
Section 6.07	Limitation on Suits	60
Section 6.08	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment	61
Section 6.09	Collection Suit by Trustee	61
Section 6.10	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	61
Section 6.11	Priorities	61
Section 6.12	Undertaking for Costs	61
Section 6.13	Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws	62

ARTICLE VII
Trustee		62

Section 7.01	Duties of Trustee	62
Section 7.02	Rights of Trustee	63
Section 7.03	Individual Rights of Trustee	64
Section 7.04	Trustee’s Disclaimer	65
Section 7.05	Notice of Defaults	65
Section 7.06	[Reserved]	65
Section 7.07	Compensation and Indemnity	65
Section 7.08	Replacement of Trustee	65
Section 7.09	Successor Trustee by Merger	66

ARTICLE VIII
Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance		66

Section 8.01	Satisfaction and Discharge	66
Section 8.02	Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance	67
Section 8.03	Conditions to Defeasance	68
Section 8.04	Application of Trust Money	68
Section 8.05	Repayment to Company	69
Section 8.06	Indemnity for Government Securities	69
Section 8.07	Reinstatement	69

ARTICLE IX
Amendments		69

Section 9.01	Without Consent of Holders	69
Section 9.02	With Consent of Holders	70

Section 9.03	Notice of Amendments	71
Section 9.04	[Reserved]	71
Section 9.05	Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers	71
Section 9.06	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	71
Section 9.07	Trustee To Sign Amendments	71
Section 9.08	Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel To Trustee	71

ARTICLE X
Guarantees		72

Section 10.01	Guarantees	72
Section 10.02	Limitation on Liability	73
Section 10.03	Successors and Assigns	73
Section 10.04	No Waiver	73
Section 10.05	Modification	74
Section 10.06	Release of Guarantor	74
Section 10.07	Contribution	75
Section 10.08	Non-Impairment	75

ARTICLE XI
Miscellaneous		75

Section 11.01	Trust Indenture Act Controls	75
Section 11.02	Notices	75
Section 11.03	Communication by Holders with Other Holders	76
Section 11.04	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	76
Section 11.05	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	76
Section 11.06	When Notes Disregarded	77
Section 11.07	Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar	77
Section 11.08	Legal Holidays	77
Section 11.09	Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction	77
Section 11.10	No Recourse Against Others	77
Section 11.11	Successors	77
Section 11.12	Multiple Originals	77
Section 11.13	Table of Contents; Headings	78
Section 11.14	Entire Agreement	78
Section 11.15	Severability	78
Section 11.16	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	78

Rule 144A/Regulation S Appendix
Exhibit I - Form of Initial Note
Exhibit II - Form of Transferee Letter of Representations

Term		Defined in Section
“Affiliate Transaction”		4.07(a)
“Appendix”		2.01
“Asset Sale Offer”		4.06(b)
“Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date”		4.06(b)
“Bankruptcy Law”		6.01(c)
“Change of Control Offer”		4.09(a)
“Change of Control Payment”		4.09(a)
“Change of Control Payment Date”		4.09(a)
“Company”		Preamble
“Covenant Defeasance”		8.02(a)
“Custodian”		6.01(c)
“Definitive Note”		Appendix
“Depository”		Appendix
“Event of Default”		6.01(a)
“Excess Proceeds”		4.06(b)
“Guaranteed Obligations”		10.01
“Increased Amount”		4.10
“incur”		4.03(a)
“Initial Lien”		4.10
“Initial Notes”		Appendix
“LCT Election”		4.15(a)
“LCT Test Date”		4.15(a)
“Legal Defeasance”		8.02(a)
“Paying Agent”		2.03
“Permitted Indebtedness”		4.03(b)
“Ratio Indebtedness”		4.03(a)
“Redemption Date”		3.07
“Registrar”		2.03
“Replacement Notes”		Appendix
“Restricted Payments”		4.04(a)
“Reversion Date”		4.14(c)
“Second Commitment”		4.06(a)
“Suspended Covenants”		4.14(a)
“Suspension Period”		4.14(c)

JEFFERSON CAPITAL HOLDINGS, LLC

By:	/s/ Matthew J. Pfohl
	Name:	Matthew J. Pfohl
	Title:	Senior Vice President and General Counsel

JCAP Funding Intermediate LLC
Canaccede U.S. Holdings LLC
CFG Canada Funding INTERMEDIATE, LLC, as Guarantors

By:	/s/ Matthew J. Pfohl
	Name:	Matthew J. Pfohl
	Title:	Senior Vice President and General Counsel

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:	/s/ Benjamin J. Krueger
	Name:	Benjamin J. Krueger
	Title:	Vice President

Term Appears:		Section of this Appendix in Which Definition
“Agent Members”		2.1(b)
“Definitive Note Legend”		2.3(e)
“Global Note Legend”		2.3(e)
“Global Notes”		2.1(a)
“Permanent Regulation S Global Notes”		2.1(a)
“Regulation S Global Note Legend”		2.3(e)
“Regulation S Global Notes”		2.1(a)
“Regulation S Legend”		2.3(e)
“Replacement Notes”		2.2
“Restricted Global Notes”		2.1(a)
“Restricted Note Legend”		2.3(e)
“Rule 144A”		2.1(a)
“Rule 144A Global Notes”		2.1(a)
“Temporary Regulation S Global Note Legend”		2.3(e)
“Temporary Regulation S Global Notes”		2.1(a)
“Unrestricted Global Notes”		2.1(a)

Date:			Your Signature:
			Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

(1)	[Reserved]

(2)	¨	inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or

(3)	¨	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or

(4)	¨	pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933; or

(5)	¨	pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.


		Signature
Signature Guarantee:


Signature must be guaranteed		Signature

Date of exchange	Amount of decrease in principal amount of this Global Note	Amount of increase in principal amount of this Global Note	Principal amount of this Global Note following such decrease or increase	Signature of authorized officer of Trustee or Notes Custodian

Dated:			Your Signature:
			(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.)

JEFFERSON CAPITAL HOLDINGS, LLC

By:	/s/ David M. Burton
	Name:	David M. Burton
	Title:	President

JCAP FUNDING INTERMEDIATE LLC, as Guarantor

By:	/s/ David M. Burton
	Name:	David M. Burton
	Title:	President

CANACCEDE U.S. HOLDINGS LLC, as Guarantor

By:	/s/ David M. Burton
	Name:	David M. Burton
	Title:	President

CFG CANADA FUNDING INTERMEDIATE, LLC, as Guarantor

By:	/s/ David M. Burton
	Name:	David M. Burton
	Title:	CEO

U.S. BANK TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:	/s/ Benjamin J. Krueger
	Name:	Benjamin J. Krueger
	Title:	Vice President

ARTICLE I Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
ARTICLE I Definitions and Incorporation by Reference		1

Section 1.01	Definitions	1
Section 1.02	Other Definitions	28
Section 1.03	[Reserved]	29
Section 1.04	Rules of Construction	29

ARTICLE II The Notes
ARTICLE II The Notes		29

Section 2.01	Form and Dating	29
Section 2.02	Execution and Authentication	30
Section 2.03	Registrar and Paying Agent	30
Section 2.04	Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust	30
Section 2.05	Holder Lists	31
Section 2.06	Transfer and Exchange	31
Section 2.07	Replacement Notes	31
Section 2.08	Outstanding Notes	31
Section 2.09	Temporary Notes	32
Section 2.10	Cancellation	32
Section 2.11	Registered Holders	32
Section 2.12	CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc.	32
Section 2.13	Issuance of Additional Notes	32
Section 2.14	Defaulted Interest	32

ARTICLE III Redemption
ARTICLE III Redemption		33

Section 3.01	Notices to Trustee	33
Section 3.02	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed	33
Section 3.03	Notice of Redemption	33
Section 3.04	Effect of Notice of Redemption	34
Section 3.05	Deposit of Redemption Price	34
Section 3.06	Notes Redeemed in Part	34
Section 3.07	Optional Redemption	34

ARTICLE IV Covenants
ARTICLE IV Covenants		35

Section 4.01	Payment of Notes	35
Section 4.02	Reports	35
Section 4.03	Limitation on Indebtedness	37
Section 4.04	Limitation on Restricted Payments	40
Section 4.05	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries	45
Section 4.06	Limitation on Asset Sales	46
Section 4.07	Limitation on Affiliate Transactions	49
Section 4.08	[Reserved]	50
Section 4.09	Change of Control Repurchase Event	50
Section 4.10	Limitation on Liens	52
Section 4.11	Additional Guarantors	52

Section 4.12	[Reserved]	52
Section 4.13	Further Instruments and Acts	53
Section 4.14	Suspension of Certain Covenants	53
Section 4.15	Limited Condition Transactions / Covenant Compliance	54

ARTICLE V Successor Company
ARTICLE V Successor Company		56

Section 5.01	When Company May Merge or Transfer Assets	56

ARTICLE VI Defaults and Remedies
ARTICLE VI Defaults and Remedies		57

Section 6.01	Events of Default	57
Section 6.02	Acceleration	59
Section 6.03	Waiver of Past Defaults	60
Section 6.04	Other Remedies	60
Section 6.05	Compliance Certificate	61
Section 6.06	Control by Majority	61
Section 6.07	Limitation on Suits	61
Section 6.08	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment	62
Section 6.09	Collection Suit by Trustee	62
Section 6.10	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	62
Section 6.11	Priorities	62
Section 6.12	Undertaking for Costs	62
Section 6.13	Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws	63

ARTICLE VII Trustee
ARTICLE VII Trustee		63

Section 7.01	Duties of Trustee	63
Section 7.02	Rights of Trustee	64
Section 7.03	Individual Rights of Trustee	66
Section 7.04	Trustee’s Disclaimer	66
Section 7.05	Notice of Defaults	66
Section 7.06	[Reserved]	66
Section 7.07	Compensation and Indemnity	66
Section 7.08	Replacement of Trustee	67
Section 7.09	Successor Trustee by Merger	67

ARTICLE VIII
Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance		68

Section 8.01	Satisfaction and Discharge	68
Section 8.02	Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance	68
Section 8.03	Conditions to Defeasance	69
Section 8.04	Application of Trust Money	70
Section 8.05	Repayment to Company	70
Section 8.06	Indemnity for Government Securities	70
Section 8.07	Reinstatement	70

ARTICLE IX Amendments
ARTICLE IX Amendments		70

Section 9.01	Without Consent of Holders	70
Section 9.02	With Consent of Holders	71

Section 9.03	Notice of Amendments	72
Section 9.04	[Reserved]	72
Section 9.05	Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers	72
Section 9.06	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	72
Section 9.07	Trustee To Sign Amendments	72
Section 9.08	Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel To Trustee	73

ARTICLE X Guarantees
ARTICLE X Guarantees		73

Section 10.01	Guarantees	73
Section 10.02	Limitation on Liability	74
Section 10.03	Successors and Assigns	74
Section 10.04	No Waiver	75
Section 10.05	Modification	75
Section 10.06	Release of Guarantor	75
Section 10.07	Contribution	76
Section 10.08	Non-Impairment	76

ARTICLE XI Miscellaneous
ARTICLE XI Miscellaneous		76

Section 11.01	Trust Indenture Act Controls	76
Section 11.02	Notices	76
Section 11.03	Communication by Holders with Other Holders	77
Section 11.04	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	77
Section 11.05	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	77
Section 11.06	When Notes Disregarded	78
Section 11.07	Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar	78
Section 11.08	Legal Holidays	78
Section 11.09	Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction	78
Section 11.10	No Recourse Against Others	78
Section 11.11	Successors	78
Section 11.12	Multiple Originals	78
Section 11.13	Table of Contents; Headings	79
Section 11.14	Entire Agreement	79
Section 11.15	Severability	79
Section 11.16	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	79
Section 11.17	U.S.A. Patriot Act	79

Year		Percentage
2027		104.125%
2028		102.063%
2029 and thereafter		100.000%

JEFFERSON CAPITAL HOLDINGS, LLC

By:	/s/ David M. Burton
	Name:	David M. Burton
	Title:	President

JCAP Funding Intermediate LLC, as Guarantor

By:	/s/ David M. Burton
	Name:	David M. Burton
	Title:	President

Canaccede U.S. Holdings LLC,
as Guarantor

By:	/s/ David M. Burton
	Name:	David M. Burton
	Title:	President

CFG Canada Funding INTERMEDIATE, LLC, as Guarantor

By:	/s/ David M. Burton
	Name:	David M. Burton
	Title:	CEO

	U.S. BANK TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

	By:	/s/ Brandon Bonfig
		Name:
		Title:

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

U.S. BANK TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

By
	Authorized Signatory

Date: ________________	Your Signature:
		Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

Dated:
	Notice: To be executed by an executive officer

	BORROWERS:

	CL HOLDINGS, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company


	By:	/s/ David Mitchell
	Name: David Mitchell
	Title: Chief Financial Officer


	JEFFERSON CAPITAL SYSTEMS, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company


	By:	/s/ David Mitchell
	Name: David Mitchell
	Title: Chief Financial Officer


	JC INTERNATIONAL ACQUISITION, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company


	By:	/s/ David Mitchell
	Name: David Mitchell
	Title: Chief Financial Officer


	CFG CANADA FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company


	By:	/s/ David Mitchell
	Name: David Mitchell
	Title: Chief Financial Officer

	ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:

	CITIZENS BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent


	By:	/s/ Timothy Donovan
	Name: Timothy Donovan
	Title: Vice President

ARTICLE 1
	DEFINITIONS	1
1.1	Definitions	1
1.2	Other Interpretive Provisions	36
1.3	Change in Accounting Principles	37
1.4	Certain Tests	37
1.5	[Reserved]	37
1.6	[Reserved]	37
1.7	Rates	3637

ARTICLE 2
	THE CREDITS	38
2.1	Commitments	38
2.2	Borrowing Procedures	39
2.3	Required Payments; Termination	41
2.4	Interest Rate	41
2.5	Default Rate	42
2.6	Method of Payment	42
2.7	Loan Account; Notes	42
2.8	Interest Payment Dates; Interest and Fee Basis	42
2.9	Notification of Advances, Interest Rates, Prepayments and Commitment Reductions	43
2.10	Lending Installations	43
2.11	Non-Receipt of Funds by the Administrative Agent	44
2.12	Replacement of Lender	44
2.13	Limitation of Interest	44
2.14	Fees	44
2.15	Letters of Credit	45
2.16	[Reserved]	49
2.17	Foreign Currency Subfacility	50
2.18	Inability to Determine Rates	5251

ARTICLE 3
	YIELD PROTECTION; TAXES	57
3.1	Yield Protection; Increased Costs	57
3.2	Changes in Capital Adequacy Regulations	58
3.3	Match Funding	58
3.4	Funding Indemnification	58
3.5	Taxes	59
3.6	Mitigation of Circumstances; Lender Statements	62
3.7	Replacement of Lender	62
3.8	Survival of Indemnity	62